Technical Publications

Direction 5268596-100
Rev. A

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual R1.x.x

Operating Documentation Copyright 2008 By General Electric Co.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

i--1

Regulatory Requirement
This product complies with regulatory requirements of the following European Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices.

This manual is a reference for the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO. It applies to all versions of the R1.x.x software for the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO ultrasound system.

GE Healthcare: Telex 3797371 P.O. Box 414, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201 U.S.A (Asia, Pacific, Latin America, North America) GE Ultraschall: TEL: 49 212.28.02.208 Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG: FAX: 49 212.28.02.431 Beethovenstraße 239 Postfach 11 05 60 D-42655 Solingen GERMANY

i-0

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Revision History
Reason for Change
REV
Rev. A

DATE
03/03/2008 Draft version

REASON FOR CHANGE

List of Effective Pages
REVISION NUMBER
Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A

PAGE NUMBER
Title Page Revision History Regulatory Requirement Table of Contents Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 Chapter 5 Chapter 6 Chapter 7 Chapter 8

PAGE NUMBER
Chapter 9 Chapter 10 Chapter 11 Chapter 12 Chapter 13 Chapter 14 Chapter 15 Chapter 16 Chapter 17 Chapter 18 Index

REVISION NUMBER
Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A Rev. A

Please verify that you are using the latest revision of this document. Information pertaining to this document is maintained on ePDM (GE Medical Systems electronic Product Data Management). If you need to know the latest revision, contact your distributor, local GE Sales Representative or in the USA call the GE Ultrasound Clinical Answer Center at 1 800 682 5327 or 1 262 524 5698.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

i-1

This page intentionally left blank.

i-2

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Regulatory Requirements

Conformance Standards
The following classifications are in accordance with the IEC/ EN 60601-1:6.8.1: • • • • According to 93/42/EEC Medical Device Directive, this is Class IIa Medical Device. According to IEC/EN 60601-1: • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO console is Class II. According to CISPR 11, this is Group 1, Class A ISM Equipment. According to IEC 60529, the footswitch rate is IPx1.

This product complies with the regulatory requirement of the following: • Council Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices: the CE label affixed to the product testifies compliance to the Directive. The location of the CE marking is shown in Chapter 2 of this manual. Authorized EU Representative European registered place of business: GE Medical Systems Information Technologies GmbH (GEMS IT GmbH) Munzinger Strasse 3, D-79111 Freiburg, GERMANY Tel: +49 761 45 43 -0; Fax: +49 761 45 43 -233.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

i-3

Conformance Standards (continued)
• International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). • • • • • IEC/EN 60601-1 Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1 General Requirements for Safety. IEC/EN 60601-1-1 Safety requirements for medical electrical systems. IEC/EN 60601-1-2 Electromagnetic compatibility Requirements and tests. IEC/EN 60601-1-4 Programmable electrical medical systems. IEC 60601-2-37 Medical electrical equipment. Particular requirements for the safety of ultrasonic medical diagnostic and monitoring equipment. IEC 61157 Declaration of acoustic output parameters. ISO 10993-1 Biological evaluation of medical devices.

• • • •

International Organization of Standards (ISO) Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. (UL), an independent testing laboratory. • UL 2601-1 Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1 General Requirements for Safety. CSA 22.2, 601.1 Medical Electrical Equipment, Part 1 General Requirements for Safety.

Canadian Standards Association (CSA). •

• •

NEMA/AIUM Acoustic Output Display Standard (NEMA US-3, 1998). Medical Device Good Manufacturing Practice Manual issued by the FDA (Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health, USA).

Certifications
• General Electric Medical Systems is ISO 9001 and ISO 13485 certified.

Original Documentation
• The original document was written in English.

i-4

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Table of Contents

Conformance Standards - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i-3 Certifications - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i-4 Original Documentation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i-4

Chapter 1 — Introduction
System Overview
Attention - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Documentation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Principles of Operation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Indications for Use - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Contraindication - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6

Contact Information
Contacting GE Healthcare Ultrasound - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-7 Manufacturer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1-11

Chapter 2 — Safety
Safety Precautions
Precaution Levels - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-2 Hazard Symbols - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-3 Patient Safety- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-5 Equipment and Personnel Safety - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-8 Device Labels- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-11 EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-15 Patient Environmental Devices- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-24 Acoustic Output - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-26 Warning Label Locations - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 2-29

Chapter 3 — Preparing the System for Use
Site Requirements
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Before the system arrives - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Environmental Requirements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Acclimation Time - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-4

Console Overview
Console graphics - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-5 Peripheral/Accessory Connection- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-8

System Positioning/Transporting
Moving the System - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-17

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

i-5

Transporting the System - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-19 Wheels - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-20

Powering the System
Connecting and Using the System - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-21

Adjusting the Display Monitor
Rotate and tilt the LCD monitor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-27 Brightness and Contrast - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-28 Speakers - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-29

Probes
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Selecting probes- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Connecting the Probe - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Cable Handling - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Deactivating the Probe - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Disconnecting the Probe - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Transporting Probes - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Storing the Probe - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-30 3-30 3-31 3-33 3-34 3-35 3-36 3-36 3-37 3-38 3-39 3-40 3-41

Operator Controls
Control Panel Map - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Keyboard - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Top/Sub Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Mode, Display and Record- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Measurement and Annotation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Monitor Display
Monitor Display- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3-43

Chapter 4 — Preparing for an Exam
Beginning an Exam
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-2 Beginning a New Patient - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-3 Retrieving and editing archived information - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-17 Selecting an Application Preset and a probe - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-26 Ending a Patient Exam - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 4-30

Chapter 5 — Optimizing the Image
Optimizing B-Mode
Intended Uses - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-2 B-Mode Top/Sub Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-4 Dual Purpose Controls - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-4 B-Mode Scanning Hints- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-5 Depth - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-6 Gain - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-7 Focus - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-8 Auto Optimize (Auto)- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-9 M/D Cursor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-10 Reverse - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-10 Harmonics - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-11

i-6

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Frequency - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Virtual Convex - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - TGC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Scan Area - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Tilt- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dynamic Range - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Range Focus - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Line Density - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Maps - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Frame Average- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Colorize - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Edge Enhance - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Rotation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Rejection - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B Softener - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

5-12 5-13 5-13 5-14 5-14 5-15 5-15 5-16 5-17 5-18 5-19 5-20 5-20 5-21 5-21 5-22 5-22 5-22 5-23 5-24 5-24 5-25 5-25 5-26 5-28 5-28 5-29 5-30 5-30 5-31 5-31 5-32 5-32 5-33 5-33 5-34 5-34 5-35 5-36 5-37 5-38 5-38 5-39 5-39 5-40 5-41

Optimizing M-Mode
Intended Use - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Typical exam protocol - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M-Mode Display - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M-Mode Top/Sub Menu- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dual Purpose Controls - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Scanning Hints - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Sweep Speed- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Anatomical M-Mode - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Optimizing Color Flow
Intended Use - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Activating Color Flow - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Exiting Color Flow- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Color Flow and Power Doppler Scanning Hints - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Color Flow Mode Top/Sub Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dual Purpose Controls - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Gain - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - PRF (Pulse Repetition Frequency) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Wall Filter- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Color Scan Area - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Invert (Color Invert) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Baseline- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Color Flow Line Density- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Angle Steer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Map- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Threshold- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Frame Average- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Transparency Map - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Spatial Filter - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Packet Size - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Power Doppler Imaging (PDI) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

i-7

Optimizing Spectral Doppler
Intended Use - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Spectral Doppler Display - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Doppler Mode Display - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dual Purpose Controls - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Doppler Mode Scanning Hints - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Doppler Mode Top/Sub Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B Pause- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Doppler Sample Volume Gate Position (Trackball)- - - - - - - - - - - - - - Doppler Sample Volume Length- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - PRF- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Angle Correct - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Quick Angle - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Wall Filter- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Baseline- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M/D Cursor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Invert - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Cycles to Average- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dynamic Range (Compression)- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Spectral Trace (Trace Method)- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Trace Sensitivity - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - PW/CF Ratio - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Trace Direction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Full Timeline- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Duplex/Triplex - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Display Format - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Time Resolution - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Spectral Average - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Modify Auto Calcs- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Auto Calcs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-44 5-47 5-48 5-49 5-50 5-51 5-52 5-52 5-53 5-54 5-56 5-56 5-57 5-57 5-58 5-58 5-59 5-60 5-60 5-61 5-61 5-61 5-62 5-62 5-63 5-63 5-63 5-64 5-64

Using 3D
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-65 3D Acquisition - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5-66

Chapter 6 — Scanning/Display Functions
Zooming an Image
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-2 Zoom- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-2

Split Screen
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-3

Freezing an Image
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-4 Freezing an image - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-4 Post processing - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-6

Using CINE
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-7 Activating CINE - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-7

i-8

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

CINE and Monitor Display - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-8 Using CINE - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-8

Annotating an Image
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-10 Adding Comments to an Image - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-12 Body Patterns- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-16

Electronic Documentation
Documentation Distribution - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-20 Using Online Help Via F1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-21 Electronic media - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6-27

Chapter 7 — General Measurements and Calculations
Introduction
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-2 Location of Measurement Controls - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-5 General Instructions - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-8

Measurement and Calculation Setup
Starting Study and Measurement SetUp - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Specifying Which Measurements Go in a Study or Folder- - - - - - - - - Changing Measurements- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Adding Folders and Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M&A Advanced Preset - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Manual Calcs Presets - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7-15 7-25 7-27 7-29 7-46 7-48 7-50 7-56 7-60 7-62 7-67 7-68 7-69 7-78 7-81 7-90

Mode Measurements
B-Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Doppler Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M-Mode Measurements- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Viewing and Editing Worksheets - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Transferring Patient Data to a PC- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Generic Measurements
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B-Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M-Mode Measurements- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Doppler Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Helpful hints - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Chapter 8 — Abdomen and Small Parts
Abdomen/Small Parts Exam Preparation
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-2 General Guidelines - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-2

Abdomen
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B-Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M-Mode Measurements- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Doppler Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-3 8-4 8-7 8-8

Small Parts
B-Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-12

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

i-9

M-Mode Measurements- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-16 Doppler Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 8-17

Chapter 9 — OB/GYN
OB Exam
Exam Preparation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-2 Acoustic Output Considerations - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-3 To Start an Obstetrics Exam - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-4

OB Measurements and Calculations
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-9 B-Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-11 M-Mode Measurements- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-39 Doppler Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-40 OB Worksheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-45

Anatomical Survey
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-49

OB Graphs
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-52 To View OB Graphs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-53

OB-Multigestational
Using other OB studies - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-64 Multiple Fetus- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-66

OB Table Editor
OB Table Settings Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - OB Table Templates - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - OB Table Edit Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - EFW for OB User Table/Formula Editor - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-72 9-75 9-82 9-85

GYN Measurements
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-90 To Start a Gynecology Exam - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-91 B-Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-92 M-Mode Measurements- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-99 Doppler Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 9-100

Chapter 10 — Cardiology
Cardiology Exam Preparation
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-2 General Guidelines - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-2

Cardiology Measurements
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-3 Naming Format for Cardiac Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-4 Cardiac Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-8 B-Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-9 M-Mode Measurements- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-28 Doppler Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-41 Color Flow Mode - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-68 Combination Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-72

i-10

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Cardiac Worksheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-76 Setting up and Organizing Measurements and Calculations - - - - - - - 10-80 Generic Study - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-81

ECG Option
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-84 ECG Top/Sub Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 10-85

Chapter 11 — Vascular
Vascular Exam Preparation
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11-2 General Guidelines - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11-2

Vascular Measurements
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - B-Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - M-Mode Measurements- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Doppler Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11-3 11-5 11-6 11-7

Vascular Worksheet
To view the Vascular Worksheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Worksheet Display Top/Sub Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - To edit a worksheet- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Examiner’s Comments - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Intravessel ratio - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Vessel Summary - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Recording Worksheet - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 11-23 11-25 11-26 11-30 11-31 11-33 11-36

Chapter 12 — Urology
Urology Exam Preparation
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-2 General Guidelines - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-2

Urology Calculations
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-3 Urology B-Mode Measurements - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 12-4

Chapter 13 — Pediatrics
Pediatrics Exam Preparation
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13-2 General Guidelines - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13-2

Pediatrics Calculations
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13-3 Pediatrics- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 13-4

Chapter 14 — ReportWriter
Standard Report Pages
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-2 Creating a report- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-3 Activating the Report- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-5

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

i-11

Editing a Report - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-7 Accessing Worksheet, OB Graph and Anatomical Survey Pages - - - 14-21 Storing the Report- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-21 Retrieving an Archived Report - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-22 Deleting a Report from Archive - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-22 Printing the Report - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-22 Exporting the Report to Media - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-23 Exiting the report - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-23

Designing Your Own Template
Template Designer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-24

Direct Report
Direct Report - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-50

Report Presets
Utility Report Page - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 14-54

Chapter 15 — Recording Images
Getting Set Up to Record Images
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Adding Devices - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Adding a Dataflow- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Adding Devices to a Print Button - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Formatting Removable Media - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Using the DICOM Spooler - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Troubleshooting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-2 15-4 15-4 15-4 15-4 15-5 15-5

Image/Data Management
Reviewing Patient Images - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-6 Clipboard - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-6 Storing an Image - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-9 Using the Monitor Display Controls to Manage Images- - - - - - - - - - - 15-10 Image Management Guide - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-12 Save As (Saving Images to the media to View on a Windows PC)- - - 15-13 USB Flash Drive - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-17 EZBackup and EZMove- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-19 Data Transfer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-20 Send To (Send the image to the DICOM Device) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-26 Daily Maintenance - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-28 Notes- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-30

Other Printing Options
Connecting to a Standard Computer Printer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Setting up the Off-Line Paper Printer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Setting up Digital Peripherals - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Standard Print - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-31 15-32 15-36 15-39

Transferring Patient Data to a PC
Transferring OB/GYN Patient Data to a PC - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15-41

Portable Exam

i-12

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Chapter 16 — Customizing Your System
Presets
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-2

System Presets
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-3 Changing system parameters - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-3 System/General Preset Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-4 System/System Imaging Preset Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-12 System/System Measure Preset Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-14 System/Backup and Restore Preset Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-17 System/Peripherals Preset Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-36 System/About Preset Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-37

Imaging Presets
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-38 Changing imaging presets - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-39 Imaging Presets - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-40

Comments Libraries Presets
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Comments Libraries/Libraries Preset Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Comments Libraries/Comments Preset Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Comments Libraries/Applications Preset Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-44 16-44 16-47 16-49 16-52 16-52 16-55 16-56

Body Patterns Presets
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Body Pattern Libraries/Libraries Preset Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Body Pattern Libraries/Body Patterns Preset Menu - - - - - - - - - - - - Body Pattern Libraries/Applications Preset Menu- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Application Presets
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-59

Test Patterns
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-62

Configuring Connectivity
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Structured Reporting - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Connectivity Functions - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - TCPIP - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Device - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Service - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Dataflow - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Button - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Removable Media- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Miscellaneous - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-64 16-64 16-65 16-66 16-68 16-69 16-87 16-88 16-90 16-92

Measure System Administration
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-96 System Admin - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-97 Users- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-98 Logon - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-100

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

i-13

Function Keys - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16-101

Service Search

Chapter 17 — Probes and Biopsy
Probe Overview
Ergonomics - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-2 Cable handling - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-2 Probe orientation - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-3 Labeling- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-3 Applications - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-6 Features - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-6 Specifications - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-7 Probe Usage - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-8 Care and Maintenance - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-8 Probe Safety - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-9 Special handling instructions - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-11 Probe handling and infection control - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-13 Probe Cleaning Process - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-14 Coupling gels - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-18 Planned Maintenance - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-18 Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-19

Probe Discussion
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Convex Probes- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Linear Probes- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Sector Probes - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-20 17-21 17-21 17-22

Biopsy Special Concerns
Precautions Concerning the Use of Biopsy Procedures - - - - - - - - - - 17-23

Preparing for a Biopsy TBD
Displaying the Guidezone - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Preparing the Biopsy Guide Attachment - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Biopsy Needle Path Verification - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The Biopsy Procedure- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Post Biopsy - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-25 17-28 17-40 17-41 17-42

Surgery/Intra-operative Use
Preparing for Surgery/Intra-operative Procedures - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17-43

Chapter 18 — User Maintenance
System Data
Features/Specifications - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18-2 Clinical Measurement Accuracy - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18-6

System Care and Maintenance
Overview - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18-9 Inspecting the System - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18-9 Weekly Maintenance- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18-10 Cleaning the system - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18-11

i-14

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Other Maintenance - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18-14

Quality Assurance
Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Typical Tests to Perform - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Baselines - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Periodic Checks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Results - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - System Setup- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Test Procedures - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Setting up a Record Keeping System - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Ultrasound Quality Assurance Checklist - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18-16 18-17 18-20 18-20 18-21 18-22 18-22 18-31 18-32

Assistance
Supplies/Accessories - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18-33

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

i-15

A .i-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Chapter 1 Introduction This chapter consists of information concerning indications for use/contraindications. A 1-1 . contact information and how this documentation is organized.

Keep this manual with the equipment at all times. A . Read and understand all instructions in this manual before attempting to use the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO system. 1-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Introduction System Overview Attention This manual contains necessary and sufficient information to operate the system safely. Advanced equipment training may be provided by a factory trained Applications Specialist for the agreed-upon time period. Periodically review the procedures for operation and safety precautions.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. measurements/calculations. NOTE: The system cover color varies. operating modes. probes. They do not include sonographic training or detailed clinical procedures. The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO manuals are written for users who are familiar with basic ultrasound principles and techniques. The User Guide (TRANSLATED) is a condensed user instruction guide. It is intended to be used in conjunction with the Basic User Manual in order to provide the information necessary to operate the system safely. The Advanced Reference Manual (ENGLISH ONLY) contains data tables. A 1-3 . The Quick Guide (TRANSLATED) provides descriptions of basic system features and operation. AIUM Booklet NOTE: • • • NOTE: The documentation kit provides the Quick Guide and Release Notes on paper and electronically and the Basic User Manual and Advanced Reference Manual are only provided in electronic format.System Overview Documentation LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO documentation consists of various manuals: • The Basic User Manual (TRANSLATED) and Online Help (TRANSLATED) provides information needed by the user to operate the system safely. The media includes English and all translations. • • The Release Notes (TRANSLATED) provide precautions and instructions that supplement the Basic User Manual. Please refer to the Probes chapter for a listing of available probes and features. such as OB and Acoustic Output tables. It describes the basic functions of the system. Probe information displayed on screen examples does not necessarily reflect the probes available on your ultrasound system. Paper documentation may be ordered by using a form in the Quick Guide. and user care and maintenance. safety features. Quick Cards may also be provided with additional feature information.

the user can alter the characteristics and features of the system. All signal transmission. 1-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. solid-state devices. These echo signals are highly amplified and processed by several analog and digital circuits having filters with many frequency and time response options. Sophisticated design with computer control offers a system with extensive features and functions which is user-friendly and easy to use.Introduction Principles of Operation Medical ultrasound images are created by computer and digital memory from the transmission and reception of mechanical high-frequency waves applied through a transducer. providing multiple image formats. The echoes return to the transducer where they are converted back into electrical signals. allowing a wide range of uses. an echo is created where a signal passes from an adipose tissue (fat) region to a muscular tissue region. from obstetrics to peripheral vascular examinations. the image can be displayed in real-time on the image monitor. transforming the highfrequency electrical signals into a series of digital image signals which are stored in memory. The digital design and use of solid-state components provides highly stable and consistent imaging performance with minimal required maintenance. By selection from the system control panel. The mechanical ultrasound waves spread through the body. For example. in the case of human tissue. Once in memory. Transducers are accurate. producing an echo where density changes occur. A . reception and processing characteristics are controlled by the main computer.

such as gender determination. thyroid) Basic Cardiac Vascular Urology (including prostate) This machine should be used in compliance with law. Some jurisdictions restrict certain uses. A 1-5 . Specific clinical applications and exam types include: • • • • • • • CAUTION Fetal/Obstetrics Abdominal (including GYN) Pediatric/Neonatal Small Organ (including breast.System Overview Indications for Use The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO is intended for use by a qualified physician for ultrasound evaluation. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. testes.

A .Introduction Contraindication The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO ultrasound system is not intended for ophthalmic use or any use causing the acoustic beam to pass through the eye. 1-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

call the Response Center TEL: (1) 800-643-6439 In other locations. call GE CARES TEL: (1) 800-437-1171 For service for compact products in the United States.com GE Healthcare TEL: (1) 800-437-1171 Ultrasound Service Engineering FAX: (1) 414-721-3865 9900 Innovation Drive Wauwatosa. Service Questions For service in the United States. Canada. WI 53226 For information in the United States.Contact Information Contact Information Contacting GE Healthcare Ultrasound For additional information or assistance. call TEL: (1) 877-800-6776 In other locations. Sales or Service Representative. please contact your local distributor or the appropriate support resource listed on the following pages: INTERNET USA http://www. Accessories Catalog Requests To request the latest GE Accessories catalog or equipment brochures in the United States. contact your local Applications. Mexico and parts of the Caribbean. A 1-7 . Clinical Questions LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Sales or Service Representative. contact your local Applications. contact your local Service Representative. call the Customer Answer Center TEL: (1) 800-682-5327 or (1) 262-524-5698 In other locations.gehealthcare.

831.Ultrasound FAX: 65-272-3997 298 Tiong Bahru Road #15-01/06 Central Plaza Singapore 169730 GE Yokogawa Medical Systems TEL: (81) 42-648-2910 Customer Service Center FAX: (81) 42-648-2905 LATIN & SOUTH AMERICA EUROPE ASIA JAPAN 1-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. call the GE Access Center TEL: (1) 800-472-3666 In other locations. KG TEL: (33) 130.28.02.431 Postfach 11 05 60 D-42655 Solingen GE Ultrasound Asia (Singapore) TEL: 65-291 8528 Service Department . contact your local Applications.Introduction Contacting GE Healthcare Ultrasound (continued) Placing an Order To place an order. Sales or Service Representative. WI 53226 Customer Answer Center TEL: (1) 262-524-5698 GE Ultraschall TEL: 0130 81 6370 toll free Deutschland GmbH & Co. order supplies or ask an accesory-related question in the United States. CANADA GE Healthcare TEL: (1) 800-664-0732 Ultrasound Service Engineering 9900 Innovation Drive Wauwatosa. WI 53226 Customer Answer Center TEL: (1) 262-524-5698 GE Healthcare TEL: (1) 262-524-5300 Ultrasound Service Engineering 9900 Innovation Drive Wauwatosa.300 Beethovenstrasse 239 FAX: (49) 212. A .

02.207 Beethovenstrasse 239 FAX: (49) 212. 1. KG TEL: (49) 212.02.A.Contact Information Contacting GE Healthcare Ultrasound (continued) ARGENTINA GEME S.1407 GE GesmbH Medical Systems Austria TEL: 0660 8459 toll free Prinz Eugen Strasse 8/8 FAX: +43 1 505 38 74 A-1040 WIEN TLX: 136314 GE Medical Systems Benelux TEL: 0 800 11733 toll free Gulkenrodestraat 3 FAX: +32 0 3 320 12 59 B-2160 WOMMELGEM TLX: 72722 GE Sistemas Medicos TEL: 0800-122345 Av Nove de Julho 5229 FAX: (011) 3067-8298 01407-907 Sao Paulo SP GE Healthcare . TEL: (1) 639-1619 Miranda 5237 FAX: (1) 567-2678 Buenos Aires . China GE Medical Systems TEL: +45 4348 5400 Fabriksparken 20 FAX: +45 4348 5399 DK-2600 GLOSTRUP GE Medical Systems TEL: 05 49 33 71 toll free 738 rue Yves Carmen FAX: +33 1 46 10 01 20 F-92658 BOULOGNE CEDEX GE Ultraschall TEL: 0130 81 6370 toll free Deutschland GmbH & Co.Asia TEL: (8610) 5806 9403 No.431 Postfach 11 05 60 D-42655 Solingen GE Medical Systems Hellas TEL: +30 1 93 24 582 41. A 1-9 .28.28. Nikolaou Plastira Street FAX: +30 1 93 58 414 G-171 21 NEA SMYRNI GE Medical Systems Italia TEL: 1678 744 73 toll free Via Monte Albenza 9 FAX: +39 39 73 37 86 I-20052 MONZA TLX: 3333 28 TEL: 0800 2603 toll free AUSTRIA BELGIUM BRAZIL CHINA DENMARK FRANCE GERMANY GREECE ITALY LUXEMBOURG LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Yongchang North Road FAX: (8610) 6787 1162 Beijing Economic & Technology Development Area Beijing 100176.

V. GE Medical Systems Nederland B. TEL: 05 05 33 7313 toll free Rua Sa da Bandeira.A. TEL: +90 212 75 5552 Mevluk Pehliran Sodak FAX: +90 212 211 2571 Yilmaz Han.A. Rio Lerma #302. 5A FAX: +7 502 220 32 59 123100 MOSCOW TLX: 613020 GEMED SU GE Medical Systems Espana TEL: 900 95 3349 toll free Hierro 1 Arturo Gimeno FAX: +34 1 675 3364 Poligono Industrial I TLX: 22384 A/B GEMDE E-28850 TORREJON DE ARDOZ GE Medical Systems TEL: 020 795 433 toll free PO-BOX 1243 FAX: +46 87 51 30 90 S-16428 KISTA TLX: 12228 CGRSWES GE Medical Systems (Schweiz) AG TEL: 155 5306 toll free Sternmattweg 1 FAX: +41 41 421859 CH-6010 KRIENS GE Medical Systems Turkiye A. No 24 Kat 1 Gayretteppe ISTANBUL NETHERLANDS POLAND PORTUGAL RUSSIA SPAIN SWEDEN SWITZERLAND TURKEY 1-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. de C.F.V. 585 FAX: +351 2 2084494 Apartado 4094 TLX: 22804 P-4002 PORTO CODEX GE VNIIEM TEL: +7 095 956 7037 Mantulinskaya UI. A .S. D.Introduction Contacting GE Healthcare Ultrasound (continued) MEXICO GE Sistemas Medicos de Mexico S. 1° y 2° Pisos TEL: (5) 228-9600 Colonia Cuauhtemoc FAX: (5) 211-4631 06500-Mexico. TEL: 06 022 3797 toll free Atoomweg 512 FAX: +31 304 11702 NL-3542 AB UTRECHT GE Medical Systems Polska TEL: +48 2 625 59 62 Krzywickiego 34 FAX: +48 2 615 59 66 P-02-078 WARSZAWA GE Medical Systems Portuguesa S.

FAX: +86 510 85226688 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Changjiang Road WuXi National Hi-Tech Development Zone Jiangsu. China 214028 TEL: +86 510 85225888. Ltd..Contact Information Contacting GE Healthcare Ultrasound (continued) UNITED KINGDOM GE Medical Systems TEL: 0800 89 7905 toll free Coolidge House FAX: +44 753 696067 352 Buckingham Avenue SLOUGH Berkshire SL1 4ER NO TOLL FREE TEL: international code + 33 1 39 20 0007 OTHER COUNTRIES Manufacturer GE Medical Systems (China) Co. No. P. 19. A 1-11 .R.

1-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Introduction This page intentionally left blank. A .

A 2-1 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Chapter 2 Safety Describes the safety and regulatory information pertinent for operating this ultrasound system.

DANGER WARNING Indicates that a specific hazard is known to exist which through inappropriate conditions or actions may cause: • • Severe personal injury Substantial property damage. Indicates that a specific hazard is known to exist which through inappropriate conditions or actions will cause: • • Severe or fatal personal injury Substantial property damage. A .Safety Safety Precautions Precaution Levels Icon description Various levels of safety precautions may be found on the equipment and different levels of concern are identified by one of the following flag words and icons which precede the precautionary statement. CAUTION Indicates that a potential hazard may exist which through inappropriate conditions or actions will or can cause: • • Minor injury Property damage. NOTE: Indicates precautions or recommendations that should be used in the operation of the ultrasound system. specifically: • • • Maintaining an optimum system environment Using this Manual Notes to emphasize or clarify a point. 2-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

. • Replacing fuses • Outlet guidelines LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. e. • Risk of explosion if used in the presence of flammable anesthetics. A 2-3 . the use of Power Output following the ‘as low as reasonably achievable’ principle • Flammable anesthetic Potential Hazard • Patient/user infection due to contaminated equipment. if applicable • Connections to back panel • ALARA.Safety Precautions Hazard Symbols Icon Description Potential hazards are indicated by the following icons: Table 2-1: Icon Potential Hazards Usage • Cleaning and care instructions • Sheath and glove guidelines • Probes • ECG.g. • Patient/user injury or adverse reaction from fire or smoke. ventricular • Patient injury or tissue damage from ultrasound radiation. Source ISO 7000 No. • Patient/user injury from explosion and fire. 0659 • Electrical micro-shock to patient.

Additional precautions may be provided throughout the manual. Improper use can result in serious injury.Safety Important Safety Considerations The following topic headings (Patient Safety. Training assistance is available from GE Medical Systems if needed. CAUTION 2-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The equipment user is obligated to be familiar with these concerns and avoid conditions that could result in injury. The user must be thoroughly familiar with the instructions and potential hazards involving ultrasound examination before attempting to use the device. and Equipment and Personnel Safety) are intended to make the equipment user aware of particular hazards associated with the use of this equipment and the extent to which injury can occur if precautions are not observed. A .

Patient identification Always include proper identification with all patient data and verify the accuracy of the patient's name and ID numbers when entering such data.Safety Precautions Patient Safety Related Hazards WARNING The concerns listed can seriously affect the safety of patients undergoing a diagnostic ultrasound examination. The equipment user must become thoroughly familiar with the equipment operation in order to optimize its performance and recognize possible malfunctions. A 2-5 . Applications training is available through the local GE representative. Make sure correct patient ID is provided on all recorded data and hard copy prints. Identification errors could result in an incorrect diagnosis. Added confidence in the equipment operation can be gained by establishing a quality assurance program. Diagnostic information LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Equipment malfunction or incorrect settings can result in measurement errors or failure to detect details within the image.

CAUTION Ultrasound can produce harmful effects in tissue and potentially result in patient injury. A damaged housing. Observe the acoustic output display and be familiar with all controls affecting the output level. increasing output only when needed to obtain diagnostic image quality. 2-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Electrical Hazard CAUTION Ultrasound transducers are sensitive instruments which can easily be damaged by rough handling. A damaged probe can also increase the risk of electric shock if conductive solutions come in contact with internal live parts. lens or cable can result in patient injury or serious impairment or operation. Inspect probes often for cracks or openings in the housing and holes in and around the acoustic lens or other damage that could allow liquid entry. pointed. Inspect probes often for sharp.Safety Related Hazards (continued) Mechanical hazards The use of damaged probes can result in injury or increased risk of infection. A . Take extra care not to drop transducers and avoid contact with sharp or abrasive surfaces. Use the principle of ALARA (As Low As Reasonably Achievable). Always minimize exposure time and keep ultrasound levels low when there is no medical benefit. Become familiar with all instructions and precautions provided with special purpose probes. See the Bioeffects section of the Acoustic Output chapter in the Advanced Reference Manual for more information. or rough surface damage that could cause injury or tear protective barriers. Become familiar with the probe's use and care precautions outlined in Probes and Biopsy.

possible biological effects. Please contact the local GE representative for training assistance. the derivation and meaning of the indices. A 2-7 . The ALARA education program for the clinical end-user covers basic ultrasound principles. and examples of specific applications of the ALARA principle.Safety Precautions Related Hazards (continued) Training It is recommended that all users receive proper training in applications before performing them in a clinical setting. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. ALARA training is provided by GE Application Specialists. ALARA principles.

2-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Inform a qualified service person and contact a Service Representative for information. Explosion Hazard Risk of explosion if used in the presence of flammable anesthetics. There are no user serviceable components inside the console. stop operating the equipment and perform the proper action for the patient. If any defects are observed or malfunctions occur. A .Safety Equipment and Personnel Safety Related Hazards WARNING This equipment contains dangerous voltages that are capable of serious injury or death. DANGER The concerns listed below can seriously affect the safety of equipment and personnel during a diagnostic ultrasound examination. WARNING Only approved and recommended peripherals and accessories should be used. All peripherals and accessories must be securely mounted to the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel only.

Spilled liquid may contact live parts and increase the risk of shock. Refer to Probes and Biopsy for probe use and care instructions. Follow all infection control policies established by your office. Follow sterile procedures when appropriate. The protective earth connection will loosen. To assure adequate grounding. • • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. connect the attachment plug to a reliable (hospital grade) grounding outlet (having equalization conductor ). Thoroughly clean probes and reusable accessories after each patient examination and disinfect or sterilize as needed. Do not place liquids on or above the console.Safety Precautions Related Hazards (continued) Electrical Hazard To avoid injury: • Do not remove protective covers. department or institution as they apply to personnel and equipment. • • • CAUTION Do not use this equipment if a safety problem is known to exist. Smoke & Fire Hazard The system must be supplied from an adequately rated electrical circuit. No user serviceable parts are inside. The capacity of the supply circuit must be as specified. Biological Hazard For patient and personnel safety. Never use any adaptor or converter of a three-prong-totwo-prong type to connect with a mains power plug. Have the unit repaired and performance verified by qualified service personnel before returning to use. be aware of biological hazards while performing invasive procedures. To avoid the risk of disease transmission: • Use protective barriers (gloves and probe sheaths) whenever possible. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel. A 2-9 .

CAUTION DO NOT use high-frequency surgical equipment with the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO.Safety Related Hazards (continued) CAUTION Contact with natural rubber latex may cause a severe anaphylactic reaction in persons sensitive to the natural latex protein. 2-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . Performing data backup (to any device) is recommended. CAUTION Archived data is managed at the individual sites. Sensitive users and patients must avoid contact with these items. Refer to package labeling to determine latex content and FDA’s March 29. 1991 Medical Alert on latex products.

Type/Class Label IP Code (IPX1) IPX1: FSU-2001 Bottom of Footswitch Beside the probe connector Various Various See the Console Overview section for location information.Consult accompanying documents” is intended to alert the user to refer to the operator manual or other instructions when complete information cannot be provided on the label. Inside Power Box and Console LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Table 2-2: Label/Icon Identification and Rating Plate Label Icons Location See ‘Warning Label Locations’ on page 2-29 for more information.Dangerous voltage” (the lightning flash with arrowhead) is used to indicate electric shock hazards. “Protective Earth” indicates the protective earth (grounding) terminal. “ATTENTION” .Safety Precautions Device Labels Label Icon Description The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information provided on the equipment. Amps. The power switch is used for both power on and off function. phase. A 2-11 . CAUTION: This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE Mains Supply. IPX1 cannot be used in operating room environment. and frequency) Used to indicate the degree of safety or protection. “CAUTION” . Indicates the degree of protection provided by the enclosure per IEC60 529. Purpose/Meaning • Manufacture’s name and address • Date of manufacture • Model and serial numbers • Electrical ratings (Volts. Type BF Applied Part (man in the box) symbol is in accordance with IEC 60878-02-03.

bodily injury. Type CF Defib-Proof Applied Part (heart in the box with paddle) symbol is in accordance with IEC 60878-0206. hexavalent chromium.Safety Table 2-2: Label/Icon Label Icons (Continued) Purpose/Meaning Location Bottom This symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed of as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately. “10” indicates the number of years during which the hazardous substance(s) will not leak or mutate so that the use of this product will not result in any severe environmental pollution. and polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE). On the back of LCD 2-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. On the back of LCD Do not place any objects on the monitor. Probe and Rear Panel. China Rating Plate ECG Module Utilize additional care and personnel when moving on steep incline (>5 degrees) or loading into vehicle for transport. Maximum concentration values for electronic information products. cadmium. Indicates the presence of hazardous substance(s) above the maximum concentration value. or damage to any assets. as set by the People’s Republic of China Electronic Industry Standard SJ/T11364-2006. A . Please contact an authorized representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your equipment. polybrominated biphenyl (PBB). mercury. include the hazardous substances of lead.

On the back of LCD LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 2-13 . Take care to avoid injuring hands of fingers when flipping down the LCD monitor.Safety Precautions Table 2-2: Label/Icon Label Icons (Continued) Purpose/Meaning Location On the back of LCD Do not force the LCD monitor with your hands. There is a pinch point on the LCD monitor. On the back of LCD Use the rear handle for horizontal movement only.

A . Table 2-3: Type BF Equipment Single fault condition Less than 500 microA Normal Mode Patient leakage current Less than 100 microA *3. Type CF Applied Part TYPE CF APPLIED PART providing a degree of protection higher than that for Type BF Applied Part against electric shock particularly regarding allowable LEAKAGE CURRENTS. with particular regard to allowable LEAKAGE CURRENT. This additional safety precaution prevents exposed metal parts from becoming LIVE in the event of an insulation failure. Table 2-4: Type CF Equipment Single fault condition Less than 50 microA Normal Mode Patient leakage current Less than 10 microA 2-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Type BF Applied Part TYPE BF APPLIED PART providing a specified degree of protection against electric shock.Safety Label Icon Description (continued) Classifications Type of protection against electric shock • Class I Equipment • • • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Console(*1) Degree of protection against electric shock Type BF Applied part (*2) (for Probes marked with BF symbol) Type CF Applied part (*3) (for ECG marked with CF symbol) Continuous Operation System is Ordinary Equipment (IPX0) Footswitch is IPX1 (FSU-2001) *1. Class I Equipment EQUIPMENT in which protection against electric shock does not rely on BASIC INSULATION only. but includes a protective earth ground. *2.

However. A 2-15 . there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. NOTE: LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To comply with the regulations on electromagnetic interference for a Class A FCC Device. all interconnect cables to peripheral devices must be shielded and properly grounded. Use of cables not properly shielded and grounded may result in the equipment causing radio frequency interference in violation of the FCC regulations. Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the users’ authority to operate the equipment. Class A Medical Devices Directive as stated in EN 60601-1-2. NOTE: The manufacturer is not responsible for any interference caused by using other than recommended interconnect cables or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. The equipment may cause radio frequency interference to other medical and non-medical devices and radio communications. this product complies with emissions limits for a Group 1.Safety Precautions EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) NOTE: This equipment generates. uses and can radiate radio frequency energy. the user (or qualified service personnel) should attempt to correct the problem by one or more of the following measure(s): • • • • NOTE: reorient or relocate the affected device(s) increase the separation between the equipment and the affected device power the equipment from a source different from that of the affected device consult the point of purchase or service representative for further suggestions. If this equipment is found to cause interference (which may be determined by turning the equipment on and off). To provide reasonable protection against such interference.

CAUTION 2-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.2. Keep power to these devices turned off when near this equipment. The term EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) indicates the capability of equipment to curb electromagnetic influence from other equipment and at the same time not affect other equipment with similar electromagnetic radiation from itself. other than those supplied by GE (wireless microphone. or radio controlled products). Unauthorized changes or modifications could void the users’ authority to operate the equipment. either transmitted through air or connecting cables. Notice upon Installation of Product. broadband over power lines. for example) unless intended for use with this system. please call your service personnel. transceivers. The product must be installed as stipulated in 4. The manufacturer is not responsible for any interference caused by using other than recommended interconnect cables or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment.Safety EMC Performance All types of electronic equipment may characteristically cause electromagnetic interference with other equipment. In case of issues related to EMC. patients and other people who may be around this equipment to fully comply with the above regulation. Proper installation following the service manual is required in order to achieve the full EMC performance of the product. in the vicinity of this equipment as it may cause performance outside the published specifications. Medical staff in charge of this equipment is required to instruct technicians. Do not use devices which intentionally transmit RF signals (cellular phones. A .

2 12.80 MHz d=[3.5 24. than determined according to the following method: Table 2-5: Frequency Range: Calculation Method: Portable and mobile radio communications equipment distance requirements 150 kHz . A 2-17 .0 2. including cables.0 5.5/V1] square root of P 80 MHz .2 12.Safety Precautions EMC Performance (continued) Portable and mobile radio communications equipment (e. V1=compliance value for conducted RF.g.800 MHz d = [3.0 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.2.5 GHz d = [7/E1] square root of P Where: d= separation distance in meters.2 10. cellular/cordless telephones and similar equipment) should be used no closer to any part of this system.6 5. P = rated power of the transmitter. twoway radio.6 5. E1 = compliance value for radiated RF If the maximum transmitter power in watts is rated 5 20 100 The separation distance in meters should be 2.5/E1] square root of P 800 MHz .

A . Be sure to use only the cables provided by or designated by GE Medical Systems. 3. amateur radio. If abnormal operation is observed. three-prong-to-twoprong converter). wire power cables separately from signal cables). Locate the equipment as far away as possible from other electronic equipment. additional measures may be necessary. 1. such as re-orienting or relocating the ultrasound system or using an RF shielded examination room may be necessary.g. 4. Connect these cables following the installation procedures (e. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters. 2-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. AM and FM radio broadcast. and TV broadcast transmitter cannot be predicted theoretically with accuracy. such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land mobile radios. Lay out the main equipment and other peripherals following the installation procedures described in the Option Installation manuals. Use either power supply cords provided by GE Medical Systems or ones designated by GE Medical Systems. an electromagnetic site survey should be considered. Never use any adaptor or converter to connect with a power source plug (e. If the measured field strength in the location in which the ultrasound system is used exceeds the applicable RF compliance level as stated in the immunity declaration.Safety Notice upon Installation of Product Separation distance and effect from fixed radio communications equipment: field strengths from fixed transmitters. the ultrasound system should be observed to verify normal operation.g. Products equipped with a power source plug should be plugged into the fixed power socket which has the protective grounding conductor.

2. material. etc. wiring.) b. Cables (length. cover screwing) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Securing system parts (cover open/close. System configuration/components d.Safety Precautions General Notice 1. System installation/layout c. The equipment indicated in Chapter 18 can be hooked up to the product without compromising its EMC performance. Modification of the product includes changes in: a. A 2-19 . Avoid using equipment not designated in the list. User modifications may cause degradation in EMC performance. Designation of Peripheral Equipment Connectable to This Product. Failure to comply with this instruction may result in poor EMC performance of the product. Notice against User Modification The user should never modify this product.

Electromagnetic emissions and immunity of the combination must conform to IEC/EN 60601-1-2. Risk and leakage current of the combination must comply with IEC/EN 60601-1-1. compatibility and compliance with the following on-board image recording devices: • • • Sony UP-D897 B/W Printer Sony UP-D23 Color Printer HP 470b Officejet Printer The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO may also be used safely while connected to devices other than those recommended above if the devices and their specifications. 3. General precautions for installing an alternate on-board device would include: 1.Safety Peripheral Update for EC countries The following is intended to provide the users in EC countries with updated information concerning the connection of the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO to image recording and other devices or communication networks. The added device(s) must have appropriate safety standard conformance and CE Marking. and interconnection with the system conform to the requirements of IEC/EN 60601-1-1. 4. CAUTION 2-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. There must be adequate mechanical mounting of the device and stability of the combination. Substitute or alternate equipment and connections requires verification of compatibility and conformity to IEC/EN 60601-1-1 by the installer. A . installation. 2. Peripheral used in the patient environment The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO has been verified for overall safety. Equipment modifications and possible resulting malfunctions and electromagnetic interference are the responsibility of the owner. The connection of equipment or transmission networks other than as specified in the user instructions can result in an electric shock hazard or equipment malfunction.

Safety Precautions Peripheral Update for EC countries (continued) Peripheral used in the non-patient environment The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO has also been verified for compatibility. The added device(s) must have appropriate safety standard conformance and CE Marking. The added device(s) must be used for their intended purpose having a compatible interface. 2. provided the LAN components are IEC/EN 60950 compliant. General precautions for installing an alternate on-board device would include: 1. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 2-21 . and compliance for connection to a local area network (LAN).

Compliance Group 1 Class A 2-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. RF emissions are very low and are not likely to cause any interference in nearby electronic equipment. It is suitable for use in all establishments. other than domestic establishments and those directly connected to the public low-voltage power supply network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes. Therefore.Safety Declaration of Emissions This system is suitable for use in the following environment. Table 2-6: Emission Type CISPR 11 RF Emissions Declaration of Emissions Electromagnetic Environment This system uses RF energy only for its internal function. A . The user must assure that it is used only in the electromagnetic environment as specified.

noise may appear on the image. The user must assure that the system is used according to the specified guidance and only in the electromagnetic environment listed. and people.5 GHz Image degradation or interference may occur due to conducted RF noise on the equipment mains power supply or other signal cable. concrete. If floors are covered with synthetic material. If the user requires continued operation during power mains interruptions. objects.2. the relative humidity should be at least 30%.c.80 MHz 3 V/m 80 MHz .5 cycle 40 % UT (60% dip in UT) for 5 cycle 70 % UT (30% dip in UT) for 25 cycle < 5 % UT (> 95% dip in UT) for 5 sec 3 A/m ± 6 kV contact ± 8 kV air ± 2 kV for mains ± 1 kV for SIP/SOP ± 1 kV differential ± 2 kV common < 5 % UT (> 95% dip in UT) for 0. it is recommended that the system be powered from a UPS or a battery. Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment marked with the symbol: Equipment Capability ± 6 kV contact ± 8 kV air ± 2 kV for mains ± 1 kV for SIP/ SOP ± 1 kV differential ± 2 kV common < 5 % UT (> 95% dip in UT) for 0. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Separation distance to radio communication equipment must be maintained according to the method below. Additional mains/ signal RF isolation or filtering may be needed if this type interference occurs frequently. mains voltage prior to application of the test level.5 cycle 40 % UT (60% dip in UT) for 5 cycle 70 % UT (30% dip in UT) for 25 cycle < 5 % UT (> 95% dip in UT) for 5 sec 3 A/m IEC 61000-4-8 Power frequency (50/ 60 Hz) magnetic field IEC 61000-4-6 Conducted RF IEC 61000-4-3 Radiated RF 3 VRMS 150 kHz .2. If noise generated from other electronic equipment is near the probe’s center frequency. or ceramic tile. NOTE: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Power frequency magnetic fields should be at levels characteristic of a typical location in a typical commercial and/or hospital environment. Mains power quality should be that of a typical commercial and/or hospital environment.80 MHz 3 V/m 80 MHz . NOTE: UT is the a. Table 2-7: Immunity Type IEC 61000-4-2 Static discharge (ESD) IEC 61000-4-4 Electrical fast transient/burst IEC 61000-4-5 Surge Immunity IEC 61000-4-11 Voltage dips. Such interference is easily recognized and distinguishable from patient anatomy and physiological waveforms. Interference of this type may delay the examination without affecting diagnostic accuracy.Safety Precautions Declaration of Immunity This system is suitable for use in the following environment. short interruptions and voltage variations on mains supply Declaration of Immunity Regulatory Acceptable Level EMC Environment and Guidance Floors should be wood. Good power line isolation is required.5 GHz 3 VRMS 150 kHz . Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection from structures. A 2-23 .

Officejet Printer. B/W Printer. Footswitch. Rear panel: • 2 USB Ports . Left side: 1 USB port . A . ECG 3. ECG 1 VGA Port 1 S-Video Port 1 Composite Port 1 Audio out Port 1 DICOM Port • • • • • 5. USB HDD. USB HDD. Memory Stick.Safety Patient Environmental Devices Figure 2-1.Peripheral devices. Officejet Printer. Inside Printer Box: 1 USB port . Front panel: Probe Port 2. Memory Stick.Only for B/W Printer 2-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. B/W Printer. Patient Environmental Devices 1.Peripheral devices. Right side: Probe holder 4. Footswitch.

DO NOT connect any probes or accessories without approval by GE within the PATIENT ENVIRONMENT. Options. the warranty will be INVALID. 2. Any device connected to the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO must conform to one or more of the requirements listed below: 1. Supplies CAUTION Unsafe operation or malfunction may result. A 2-25 . options and supplies approved or recommended in these instructions for use. Use only the accessories. CAUTION Unapproved Devices CAUTION DO NOT use unapproved devices. Accessories. The devices shall be connected to PROTECTIVE EARTH (GROUND). If devices are connected without the approval of GE. IEC standard or equivalent standards appropriate to devices. See ‘Peripheral Update for EC countries’ on page 2-20 for more information.Safety Precautions The Patient Environmental devices shown on the previous page are specified to be suitable for use within the PATIENT ENVIRONMENT. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A . • • 2-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.1 The MI display values between 0 and 0. The TI display starts at a value of 0. See the Acoustic Output chapter in the Advanced Reference Manual for more information. it provides an estimate of potential temperature increase in the bone or adjacent soft tissue. the acoustic output display provides the operator with real-time indication of acoustic levels being generated by the system. Used when imaging soft tissue only. Although not part of the NEMA/AIUM standard. the TI parameter will be one of three types: • Soft Tissue Thermal Index (TIS). increments in steps of 0. Used when bone is near the focus of the image as in the third trimester OB examination. Acoustic Output Display Specifications The display consists of three parts: Thermal Index (TI). Used when bone is near the skin surface as in transcranial examination. and a relative Acoustic Output (AO) value. it provides an estimate of potential temperature increase in soft tissue.4 increment in steps of 0. Cranial Bone Thermal Index (TIC).0 and increments in steps of 0.01 and for values greater than 0. Mechanical Index (MI). it provides an estimate of potential temperature increase in the bone or adjacent soft tissue. Thermal Index Depending on the examination and type of tissue involved. Bone Thermal Index (TIB).1.4. This display is based on NEMA/AIUM Standards for Real-time Display of Thermal and Mechanic Acoustic Output Indices on Diagnostic Ultrasound Equipment. The TI and MI are displayed at all times. the AO value informs the user of where the system is operating within the range of available output.Safety Acoustic Output Located on the upper right section of the system display monitor.

You can select the displayed TI type on Utility -> Imaging -> BMode.Safety Precautions Acoustic Output Display Specifications (continued) Mechanical Index MI recognizes the importance of non-thermal processes. This preset is application dependent so each application could specify a different TI type.1 and accuracy is ±50%. Controls that can influence MI and TI are detailed under the Bioeffects portion of each control in the Optimizing the Image chapter. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. cavitation in particular. Accuracy of the power output displayed value on the Top/Sub Menu is ±2% in BMode and ±10% in all other modes. The Acoustic Output control has the most significant effect on Acoustic Output. Changing the Thermal Index Type Controls Affecting Acoustic Output The potential for producing mechanical bioeffects (MI) or thermal bioeffects (TI) can be influenced by certain controls. Direct. A 2-27 . Indirect. Always observe the Acoustic Output display for possible effects. and the Index is an attempt to indicate the probability that they might occur within the tissue. Indirect effects may occur when adjusting controls. Display precision is ±0.

adjust the Power Output level on the Top/Sub Menu. 2-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Begin the exam with the probe that provides an optimum focal depth and penetration. NOTE: WARNING Acoustic Output Hazard Acoustic Output Default Levels In order to assure that an exam does not start at a high output level. Use the minimum necessary acoustic output to get the best diagnostic image or measurement during an examination.Safety Best practices while scanning HINTS Raise the Acoustic Output only after attempting image optimization with controls that have no effect on Acoustic Output. Be sure to have read and understood control explanations for each mode used before attempting to adjust the Acoustic Output control or any control that can effect Acoustic Output. the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO initiates scanning at a reduced default output level. A . Refer to the sections in Chapter 5 for a complete discussion of each control. such as Gain and TGC. To modify acoustic output. It takes effect when the system is powered on or New Patient is selected. This reduced level is preset programmable and depends upon the exam category and probe selected.

mobile radio transmitter. Possible shock hazard. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel. 2. No user serviceable parts are inside. A 2-29 . Use of these devices near this equipment could cause this equipment to perform outside the published specifications. Do not use the following devices near this equipment: cellular phone. radio receiver. radio controlled toy. Figure 2-2. Be careful of static 1. Keep power to these devices turned off when near this equipment. Do not remove covers or panels. Table 2-8: Label location Label Location Explanations 4.Safety Precautions Warning Label Locations LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO warning labels are provided in English. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. etc. To pay attention to the safety when move the machine 5. caution 3.

Safety Warning Label Locations (continued) Figure 2-3. month and day. See ISO 8601 for date formats. Catalog or model number REF Serial number SN 2-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. or year. A . year and month. as appropriate. Rating Plate Label Location (For 110V-120V AC) Table 2-9: Rating Plate Explanations Date of manufacture: The date could be a year.

A 2-31 . Rating Plate Label Location (For 220V-240V AC) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Safety Precautions Warning Label Locations (continued) Figure 2-4.

A .Safety Warning Label Locations (continued) Figure 2-5. Rating Plate Label Location (China only) 2-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Safety Precautions Warning Label Locations (continued) Figure 2-6. A 2-33 . Printer Box Rear Panel Label Location LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A . 2-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Safety This page intentionally left blank.

probes and operator controls.Chapter 3 Preparing the System for Use Describes the site requirements. adjusting the display monitor. A 3-1 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. powering on the system. system positioning/transporting. console overview.

Request training.Preparing the System for Use Site Requirements Introduction NOTE: Only qualified physicians or sonographers should perform ultrasound scanning on human subjects for medical diagnostic reasons. Never set liquids on the unit to ensure that liquid does not drip into the control panel or unit. Turn off. The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO does not contain any operator serviceable internal components. Perform regular preventive maintenance. Maintain a clean environment. Ensure that unauthorized personnel do not tamper with the unit. 3-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. and if possible. disconnect the system before cleaning the unit. if needed. A .

to be used in hospitals. clinics and other institutions which are environmentally qualified. typewriters. The use of this equipment in an inappropriate environment may cause some electronic interference to radios and televisions around the equipment. and other sources of strong electromagnetic radiation.Site Requirements Before the system arrives NOTICE This medical equipment is approved. plaster or concrete walls. in terms of the prevention of radio wave interference. • • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. floors and ceilings) helps prevent electromagnetic interference. Ensure that the following is provided for the new system: • • A separate power outlet with a 6 amp circuit breaker for 220240 VAC or a 10 amp circuit breaker for 100-120 VAC. A 3-3 . elevators. Precautions include: • Operate the console at least 15 feet away from motors. Take precautions to ensure that the console is protected from electromagnetic interference. Operation in an enclosed area (wood. Special shielding may be required if the console is to be operated in the vicinity of radio broadcast equipment.

75% non-condensing 700 . stored.1060hPa Acclimation Time After being transported.122 degrees F 10 . Table 3-1: Operational Temperature 10 . or transported within the parameters outlined below. the unit requires one hour for each 2.5 degree increment its temperature is below 10 degree C or above 40 degree C.Preparing the System for Use Environmental Requirements The system should be operated. Either its operational environment must be constantly maintained or the unit must be turned off.50 degrees C 23 . Table 3-2: Degree C Degree F hours 60 140 8 55 131 6 50 122 4 System Acclimation Time Chart 45 113 2 40 104 0 35 95 0 30 86 0 25 77 0 20 68 0 15 59 0 10 50 0 Degree C Degree F hours 5 41 2 0 32 4 -5 23 6 -10 14 8 -15 5 10 -20 -4 12 -25 -13 14 -30 -22 16 -35 -31 18 -40 -40 20 3-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.1060hPa System Environmental Requirements Storage -5 .1060hPa Transport -5 .50 degrees C 23 .104 degrees F Humidity Pressure 30 . A .90% non-condensing 700 .122 degrees F 10 .40 degrees C 50 .90% non-condensing 700 .

CD-R/W. DVD-R Drive LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO System (front view) 1. LCD Monitor 2. A 3-5 . Rear Handle 3.Console Overview Console Overview Console graphics The following are illustrations of the console: Figure 3-1. Control Panel 4.

Drawer 11. Wheels 7. CAUTION 3-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Preparing the System for Use 5. Gel Bottle Holder 8. Probe Holder 9. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO System (Back view) 1. Probe Connector 10. Rear Panel 2. Doing so can cause fire or electric shock by shorting out interior components. Power Box Do not push objects into air vents and openings of LOGIQ C5/ C5 PRO. Printer Box 6. Speaker Figure 3-2. A .

Power Input Port 3. A 3-7 . Circuit Breaker LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Console Overview Power Box CAUTION Equipotentiality: Terminal for connecting equipotential conductors when interconnecting with other equipment. Equipotentiality 2. Power Output Port 4. Fuse 5. The Electric Power Source Panel 1. Figure 3-3.

Signal ground lines are Not Isolated. Audio Out 6. Officejet Printer. B/W Printer.ECG. use only GE approved probes. 3. Each outer (case) ground line of peripheral/accessory connectors are Earth Grounded. 2 USB Ports for Peripheral devices. Network Port 2. Peripheral/Accessory Connector Panel (Rear Panel) 1. Color Printer. DO NOT connect any probes or accessories without approval by GE. USB HDD. VGA 5. Memory Stick. Composite Out 3-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Footswitch.Preparing the System for Use Peripheral/Accessory Connection Peripheral/Accessory Connector Panel LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO peripherals and accessories can be properly connected using the rear and left side panels. CAUTION CAUTION For compatibility reasons. A . S-Video Out 4. Figure 3-4. peripherals or accessories.

USB HDD. 1 USB Port for B/W Printer only. Figure 3-6. A 3-9 . Officejet Printer. Peripheral/Accessory Connector Panel (Left Panel) 1. B/W Printer. Memory Stick. Color Printer. ECG. Footswitch. 1 USB Ports for Peripheral devices. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Peripheral/Accessory Connector Panel (Printer Box Rear Panel) 1.Console Overview Peripheral/Accessory Connector Panel (continued) Figure 3-5.

Footswitch (Option) Use only the GE recommended footswitch.Preparing the System for Use Peripheral/Accessory Connector Panel (continued) CAUTION The connection of equipment or transmission networks other than as specified in these instructions can result in electric shock hazard. The footswitch may be used as select keys. The footswitch connection is located on the USB port. A . 3-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Alternate connections will require verification of compatibility and conformity to IEC/EN 60601-1-1 by the installer. Use the footswitch as Print and Store buttons on the keyboard. Use the footswitch to freeze the real-time image.

the ECG needs 4 to 5 seconds for recovery.Console Overview ECG (Option) CAUTION • • • ECG electrodes should not make contact with other conductive parts. Store the device in a dry place. Maintain in a dry place: • The exterior of the recorder may be wiped clean with a soft cloth. Clean the cables with a hospital approved cleaning procedure such as those recommended by AAMI or AORN. ECG signals (or wave patterns) that consistently contain noise or artifact may suggest need for ECG wire or cable replacement. Always protect the recorder from coming into contact with moisture. • • • • NOTE: For information on ECG installation. A 3-11 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. especially during high stages when the patient’s movements can cause artifacts. Worn or damaged patient cables are the most common cause of poor ECG signals. Do not use harsh cleaning agents to clean the unit. Do not expose the device to water or any kind of liquid. refer to the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Peripheral Installation Instruction. protect the recorder from bad weather elements by wearing the recorder inside a coat. Make sure that the lead wires do not swing. In rain or snow conditions. After the defibrillator stimulates the patient. • CAUTION The device is not waterproof. including earth. The quality of the ECG trace depends on the stability and conductivity of the electrodes during the test. Do not immerse the unit in any liquid. Do not immerse cables in water.

44 uV/LSB) Built in Detachable 3 leads (IEC or AHA) > 80 dB > 10 Mohm 10mV (-5 to +5 mV) 4000V < 10 uA 0. Each electrode cable hooks up to the appropriate stickon electrode by a color-coded clip type connector.Preparing the System for Use ECG (Option) (continued) Electrode Placement The ECG cable has triple color-coded electrode connectors on the end. EN 60601-2.05 . A .0.5 mm) USB 5V supply 80 mA +/-10% 1000 12 (2.150 Hz IEC 60601-1. Table 3-3: ECG Lead Placement Patient Cable Marking Lead I II III AHA RA (White) LA (Black) RL (Green) R (Red) L (Yellow) N (Black) IEC Position on Patient Right Arm Left Arm Right Leg Table 3-4: Feature Size [mm] Power consumption Current ECG samples/sec A/D bits Defibrillation protection Patient Leads CMMR Input resistance Signal snamic range Patient isolation Patient leakage current Frequency range (-3db) Safety standard Operating temperature Storing temperature Humidity ECG Technical Specifications Specification 85x45x22 mm (+/. IEC 60601-2-27 0 to 70 degrees C (-65) to 150 degrees C < 80% 3-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A 3-13 . Connect the B/W printer to the system. Figure 3-7. The footswitch can be properly connected using the USB Port. Footswitch Connection LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Console Overview Peripherals Connection 1. B/W Printer Connection 2. The B/W printer can be properly connected using the USB Port. Connect the footswitch to the system. Figure 3-8.

Connect the HP470b Officejet Printer to the system. The USB Memory can be properly connected using USB Port. The HP470b Officejet Printer can be properly connected using USB Port. Connect the USB Memory to the system. HP470b Officejet Printer Connection 3-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Figure 3-9. USB Memory Connection 4. Figure 3-10. A .Preparing the System for Use Peripherals Connection (continued) 3.

Hard Disk Connection 6. Connect the USB Hard Disk to the system. The USB ECG can be properly connected using USB port. A 3-15 . Figure 3-11. Connect the USB ECG to the system. ECG Connection LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Console Overview Peripherals Connection (continued) 5. Figure 3-12. The Hard Disk can be properly connected using USB port.

The color printer van be properly connected using USB port.Preparing the System for Use Peripherals Connection (continued) 7. Figure 3-13. A . Connect the color printer to the system. Color Printer Connection 3-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

6. Before moving the system 1.See ‘Power Off’ on page 3-36 for more information. Disconnect all cables from off-board peripheral devices (external printer. Unlock the wheels. DO NOT pull excessively on the cord or make sharp bends while wrapping. 2. To prevent damage to the Power Cord. Unplug the power cord (if the system is plugged in). etc. the system. 4. follow the precautions below to ensure the maximum safety for personnel. A 3-17 . 3. Store sufficient gel and other essential accessories in the special storage case. Store all probes in their original cases or in soft cloth or foam to prevent damage.) from the console. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Shut down the system.System Positioning/Transporting System Positioning/Transporting Moving the System When moving or transporting the system. and other equipment. 5.

lock the wheels. Use two or more persons to move the system on inclines or long distances. Do not let the system strike walls or door frame. Ask for help if necessary. Take extra care when moving the system long distance and on inclines. Utilize additional care and personnel when moving to steep incline (>5 degrees) or loading into a vehicle for transport. CAUTION DO NOT attempt to move the console using any cables or fixtures. such as the probe connectors. A .Preparing the System for Use When moving the system 1. 3. Avoid ramps that are steeper than ten degrees to avoid tipping over the system. Limit movement to a slow careful walk. 3-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. To avoid possible injury and equipment damage: • • • Be sure the pathway is clear. CAUTION The system weighs approximately 75 kg (165 lbs) without peripherals and probes. 5. 4. Once the destination is reached. Use extra care when crossing door or elevator thresholds. Always use the handle to move the system.

A 3-19 . Secure system with straps or as directed otherwise to prevent motion during transport. place the system in its special storage case. also perform the following: 1. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 3. CAUTION Remove all peripherals from the console before transportation.System Positioning/Transporting Transporting the System Use extra care when transporting the system using vehicles. 2. In addition to the instructions used when moving the system (See ‘Moving the System’ on page 3-26 for more information. Ensure that the system is firmly secured while inside the vehicle. Before transporting.).

Preparing the System for Use Wheels Examine the wheels frequently for any obvious defects that could cause them to break or bind. 1. Lock 2 Front Pedal 3-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Unlock 2. A . Back wheels Swivel. Front wheels Swivel and brake lock. Setting the front wheels lock The brake lock is located on the front wheels of the unit and enables the user to control the movement of the wheels. 1 Figure 3-14. Press to apply the brake and depress to unlock the brake.

A 3-21 . CAUTION Use the appropriate power cord provided by or designated by GE Healthcare.Powering the System Powering the System Connecting and Using the System To connect the system to the electrical supply: 1. Push the power plug securely into the wall outlet. Ensure that the wall outlet is of the appropriate type. To help assure grounding reliability. 4. CAUTION Use caution to ensure that the power cable does not disconnect during system use. properly rated outlet. Ensure that the power switch is turned off. data may be lost. 2. See ‘Before the system arrives’ on page 3-3 for more information. connect to a “hospital grade” or “hospital only” grounded power outlet. Unwrap the power cable. If the system is accidentally unplugged. the system power must be supplied from a separate. 3. Make sure to allow sufficient slack in the cable so that the plug is not pulled out of the wall if the system is moved slightly. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. WARNING To avoid risk of fire.

(1*) Argentina (1*) USA (2*) Europe (1*) Australia (1*) Denmark (1*) (1*) (2*) 220-240 VAC. A . 500VA Plug and Outlet Configuration 3-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.K. 500VA Plug and Outlet Configuration 100-120 VAC.Preparing the System for Use Connecting and Using the System (continued) Table 3-5: AC DC Type Example Plug and Outlet Configurations AC DC Type Specification Switzerland (1*) Specification China (1*) India (1*) U.

Powering the System Power On CAUTION Press the Power On/Off switch to turn the power on. The circuit breaker must also be in the on position. Power On/Off Switch Location 1. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Figure 3-15. Power On/Off Switch Lightly press the Power On/Off switch on the control panel. A 3-23 . The backlit color changes from amber to green.

freeze the image and take a picture for reference. 3-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. If no probe is connected. A . the system goes into freeze mode. Power Up Graphic Sequence HINTS If problems occur.Preparing the System for Use Power Up Sequence The system is initialized. This will help if there is a need to call for service. • NOTE: Probes are initialized for immediate operation. Figure 3-16. During this time: • The system boots up and the status is reflected on the monitor.

Disconnect power plug from the power outlet. Instead.Powering the System Power Off To power off the system: 1. NOTE: If the system has not fully shut down in 60 seconds. press and hold down the On/Off switch until the system shuts down. Disconnect the probes. When you shutdown the system. The shutdown process takes a few seconds and is completed when the Power On/Off switch illumination is turned amber. A 3-25 . Store them in their shipping cases to avoid damage. enter the scan screen and lightly press the Power On/Off switch at the front of the system once. Clean or disinfect all probes as necessary. Data may be lost or system software damaged if the circuit breaker is turned off before the Power On/Off switch LED is amber. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Using the Trackball. The System-Exit window is displayed. NOTE: DO NOT press and hold down the Power On/Off switch to shutdown the system. select Shutdown. 3. CAUTION DO NOT turn off the circuit breaker before the Power On/Off switch LED is amber. 2. 4. lightly press the Power On/ Off switch and select Shutdown.

The circuit breaker automatically shuts off power to the system in case of a power overload. On supplies main power to all internal systems. Disconnect the Power Cable. Figure 3-17. Location of Circuit Breaker 3-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Preparing the System for Use Circuit breaker The Circuit Breaker is located in the Power Box at the rear panel of the system. NOTE: If the Circuit Breaker switch does not remain in the On position or trips again: 1. Turn off all peripheral devices. Call Service immediately DO NOT attempt to use the system. If a power overload occurs: 1. 2. The Circuit Breaker switch should stay in the On position. follow the Power On procedure previously described. DO NOT hold the switch in the On position. A . Reactivate the Circuit Breaker switch. If the Circuit Breaker switch remains On. 2. Off removes main power from all internal systems.

Tilt Adjustable Monitor: Tile Angle: Up 45 degrees. To avoid injury or damage. A 3-27 . Down 90 degrees. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. DO NOT push the LCD monitor over the maximum opening angle. LCD Monitor CAUTION • • To avoid damage. make sure nothing in within the range of motion before moving the monitor and monitor arm. Figure 3-18. This includes both objects and people. Range of Movement • • Rotate Adjustable Monitor: Rotate Angle: Left 50 degrees. Right 50 degrees.Adjusting the Display Monitor Adjusting the Display Monitor Rotate and tilt the LCD monitor The LCD monitor position can be adjusted for easy viewing.

but not saturated. 1. The lowest level of black should just disappear into the background and the highest white should be bright. readjust all preset and peripheral settings. this should not be changed unless the brightness and contrast of your scanning environment changes. Press the Toggle button on the display monitor once. Press the Toggle button on the display monitor twice. Adjustment (+) Button Brightness and Contrast a. To adjust the contrast: 1. Toggle Button 3. Press the Adjustment (-) button to decrease brightness. The amount of contrast is shown on the screen. The brightness and Contrast of the LCD monitor should be set first as it affects the Gain and Dynamic Range settings of your image. 3-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Press the Adjustment (+) button to increase contrast. 2. Adjustment (-) Button 2. To adjust the brightness: 1. Figure 3-19. Brightness Indicator b. The proper setup displays a complete gray scale. Press the Adjustment (-) button to decrease contrast. The amount of brightness is shown on the screen. Once set. 2. A . Press the Adjustment (+) button to increase brightness. Contrast Indicator NOTE: NOTE: After readjusting the LCD monitor's Brightness and Contrast.Preparing the System for Use Brightness and Contrast Adjusting the LCD monitor's contrast and brightness is one of the most important factors for proper image quality.

A 3-29 .Adjusting the Display Monitor Speakers Audio is provided by speakers located at the top of the control panel. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

• 3-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Begin the scan session using the default Power Output setting for the probe and exam. Begin the scanning session by choosing the correct application and preset for the examination by selecting Preset. Refer to the Probes chapter. Selecting probes • • Always start out with a probe that provides optimum focal depths and penetration for the patient size and exam. All approved imaging probes can be connected into the probe port of the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO. A .Preparing the System for Use Probes Introduction Only use approved probes.

3. Turn the connector locking handle counterclockwise. DO NOT use a transducer which appears damaged until functional and safe performance is verified. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Carefully position the probe cord so it is free to move and is not resting on the floor. DO NOT allow the probe head to hang free. Carefully remove the probe and unwrap the probe cord. To ensure that the ports are not active. inserting the connector into the probe port. 2. Impact to the probe head could result in irreparable damage. Place the probe's carrying case on a stable surface and open the case. A thorough inspection should be conducted during the cleaning process. To connect a probe: 1. A 3-31 . 4. 8. Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place. place the system in the image freeze condition. inspect the probe connector pin. When the probe is connected. 6. it is automatically activated. Before. If the pin is bent. Use the integrated cable management hook to wrap the cord. Inspect the probe before and after each use for damage or degradation to the housing. seal and connector. do not use the probe until it has been inspected and repaired/replaced by a GE Service Representative. 5. 7. lens. Turn the connector locking handle clockwise to secure the probe connector. strain relief. regardless of whether the console is powered on or off.Probes Connecting the Probe Probes can be connected at any time.

Probe connector locked handle 3-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Probe connector locking handle Figure 3-22.Preparing the System for Use Connecting the Probe (continued) Figure 3-20. Probe connection Figure 3-21. A .

Cable Handling Take the following precautions with probe cables: • Do not bend the cable acutely LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Probes Connecting the Probe (continued) CAUTION Fault conditions can result in electric shock hazard. Do not touch the surface of probe connectors which are exposed when the probe is removed. Do not touch the patient when connecting or disconnecting a probe. A 3-33 .

Preparing the System for Use Deactivating the Probe To deactivate a probe: 1. Ensure that the probe is placed gently in the probe holder. A . Ensure the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO is in freeze mode. 3. Carefully slide the probe around the right side of the keyboard. 3-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press the Freeze key. If necessary. toward the probe holder. 2. Gently wipe the excess gel from the face of the probe.

3. A 3-35 . Move the probe locking handle counterclockwise. Carefully slide the probe and connector away from the probe port and around the right side of the keyboard. Be sure that the probe head is clean before placing the probe in its storage box or a wall hanging unit. Ensure the cable is free. However. 2. 4. 1. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Probes Disconnecting the Probe Probes can be disconnected at any time. 5. Pull the probe and connector straight out of the probe port. the probe should not be active when disconnecting the probe.

DO NOT use excessive force or impact the probe head. • • • First place the probe connector into the carrying case.Preparing the System for Use Transporting Probes When transporting a probe a long distance. Storing the Probe It is recommended that all probes be stored in the provided carrying case or in the wall rack designed for probe storage. Carefully wind the cable into the carrying case. 3-36 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. store it in its carrying case. Carefully place the probe head into the carrying case. A .

Clear. Measure. See the callouts for this figure on the following page. 2. 6. PW-Mode. Time Gain Compensation (TGC) 18. 14. 13. 15. M/D Cursor. 5. Gain/Auto key 9. 12. M-Mode.Operator Controls Operator Controls Control Panel Map Controls are grouped together by function for ease of use. Figure 3-23. 1. Comment. Set 17. Control Panel Depth Key Reverse. Probe Holder LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Scan Area. Harmonics keys Patient key Mode keys: B-Mode. CF Mode 8. A 3-37 . 7. Print. Zoom key 10. Ellipse key 11. Steer. Store keys Left. Gel Holder 19. Bodymark. Right key Freeze key Trackball Imaging/Measurement Keys: Cursor. PDI. Power On/Off Switch Probe Key Top Menu Controls Keyboard Preset. 3. 4. 16.

Enter the Utility function for system configuration and customization. ECG On/Off.Preparing the System for Use Keyboard The standard alpha-numeric keyboard has some special functions. Annotation arrow. Activates Sub Menu. Access the report page. A . Text Overlay. End an examination. 3-38 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Set Home. The following functions are available for the F6-F12 keys: WorkSheet. LOGIQ View. Esc Help (F1 Key) Arrow (F2 Key) Eject (F3 Key) Spooler (F4 Key) F5 Key User Defined Keys (F6 through F12 Keys) Utility End Exam Report Exit current display screen. Word delete. Access Online help / user manual. Activates DICOM Job Spooler screen. 3D. Eject media. Grab Last.

a.Operator Controls Top/Sub Menu The Top/Sub Menu contains exam function and mode/function specific controls. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Use the Direction keys to toggle/change functions Figure 3-25. the paddle switches are used to access and adjust the menu. A 3-39 . b. Top Menu Controls: Activates the changes of functions in the Top Menu Figure 3-24. Sub menu Controls: Activates Sub Menu for Modes and toggles/changes functions. NOTE: Different menus are displayed depending on which Top/Sub Menu is selected. The functionality of these controls change. Top Menu Controls 2. depending upon the currently displayed menu. 1. The adjustable knobs are used to toggle optional functions between up/down selections. Press F5 on the keyboard to activate Sub Menu. Sub Menu Controls The Top/Sub Menu contains adjustable knobs associated with it.

Preparing the System for Use Mode. Store key saves the image to hard disk (factory default setting). • • • • NOTE: 3-40 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Print key prints the image (factory default setting). The function of the Store and Print keys can be customized by the user. Depth controls the image display depth.g. display orientation. multi-image camera. gain and Cine scroll. To activate a specific mode. freeze. Auto is used to: • • • • • initiate auto optimize turn off auto optimize. A . The Mode Controls select the desired display mode or combinations of display modes. • • During dual display modes the L and R keys activate the Left or Right displayed image. image archive option). The Reverse key toggles the left/right orientation of the scan image. Record keys are used to activate/print the designated recording device (e. Pressing Freeze a second time continues live image data acquisition. The Freeze key is used to stop the acquisition of ultrasound data and freeze the image in system memory. image recording/saving. press the appropriate mode key. Display and Record This group of controls provides various functions relating to the display mode. video page printer.

the measurement Top/Sub Menu is displayed. The measurement is then displayed in the measurement result window. • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. When the Measure key is pressed. When the Ellipse control is adjusted. • • Pressing the Comment key once enables the image text editor and displays the annotation library Top/Sub Menu. The Clear key is generally used to erase functions. such as annotations/comments. • The Measure key is used in all types of basic measurements. It also becomes the “mouse” arrow for making selections along with the Set key (to fix or finish a selection). it activates the ellipse measurement function after the first distance measurement has been set and the second caliper is activated. The Clear key also can quickly exit the Sub Menu. body patterns and measurements.Operator Controls Measurement and Annotation This group of controls performs various functions related to making measurements. annotating and adjusting the image information. Pressing the Clear key again exits the selected function. Press Set to fix the measurement after the ellipse adjustment is complete. A 3-41 .

The Trackball is used with almost every key function in this group. The Scan Area key enables Trackball control of the B-Mode image area size and position in B/W and the Zoomed area size and position in Zoom. but is generally used to fix or finish an operation (e. Trackball control depends on the last key function pressed. • • 3-42 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.g. The Set key is used for various functions. to fix a measurement caliper). A .Preparing the System for Use Measurement and Annotation (continued) • • The M/D Cursor key enables Trackball control of the MMode or Doppler cursor line (not angle correction).

18.Monitor Display Monitor Display Monitor Display Figure 3-26. Measurement Summary Window. Power Output Readout 4. Focal Zone Indicator. Patient Name. M&A (Measurement and Analysis). Exam Preset. 20. Scan Area Width and Tilt LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 10. 2. Operator Identification. Image. 8. Monitor Display Tour 1. 16. Depth Scale. 9. 5. 7. Measurement Calipers. Measurement Results Window. Institution/Hospital Name. A 3-43 . Body Pattern. Cine Gauge. Probe Identifier. 3. Gray/Color Bar. 14. Date. Caps Lock (On or Off) Start Menu Icon Card Icon Trackball Functionality Status: Scroll. 6. Image Preview. 11. 17. 22. GE Symbol: Probe Orientation Marker. 21. 13. TGC. Top/Sub Menu. Patient Identification. Time. 12. 15. Position. 19. Imaging Parameters by Mode. Size.

Preparing the System for Use This page intentionally left blank. 3-44 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .

Chapter 4 Preparing for an Exam Describes how to begin an exam. A 4-1 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A . CAUTION 4-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Preparing for an Exam Beginning an Exam Introduction Begin an exam by entering new patient information. Dataflow 2. always verify the identification with the patient. Patient name 5. Make sure the correct patient identification appears on all screens and hard copy prints. such as: 1. Patient ID 4. Exam Information The patient's name and ID number is retained with each patient's image and transferred with each image during archiving or hard copy printing. The operator should enter as much information as possible. Exam category 3. To avoid patient identification errors.

selecting Patient View activates the Patient Search screen. selecting Exam View activates the Exam History screen.Beginning an Exam Beginning a New Patient Pressing the Patient key on the keyboard displays the Patient screen on the monitor. NOTE: NOTE: If the current patient does not exist. Pressing New Patient automatically stores all patient data. A 4-3 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. New Patient should be selected at the beginning of each new patient exam. calculations and worksheets of the last exam. A warning message appears regarding images being erased or saved. annotations. Exams and patients can always be erased later. measurements. If the current patient exists. It is always best to select “Store All” if you are unsure of saving. End Exam should be pressed at the end of each exam. Images are not automatically stored.

A . Function Selection 3. Image Management 2. Dataflow Selection 5. Exam Information 9. EZBackup and EZMove 4. Exit 6. Category Selection 8.Preparing for an Exam Patient Screen Figure 4-1. Patient Screen (Example: Category OB) 1. Patient View 4-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Patient Information 7.

Data Transfer–Provides an interface to handle patient data from a remote device. Register–Used to enter new patient information into the database prior to the exam. To navigate through the Patient Entry menu. Function Selection • • NOTE: LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Active Images–Provides preview of the currently selected exam.Beginning an Exam Patient Screen (continued) Enter Patient Data with the alphanumeric keyboard. The Patient Screen details are: 1. Image Management • • • • Patient–Provides a search and creation of patient. New Patient–Used to clear patient entry screen in order to input a new patient’s data into the database. A 4-5 . do not select Register. 2. use the Tab key or Trackball and Set to move and fix the cursor. If you are using the auto-generate Patient ID feature. (currently selected) Image History–Provides a list of images per exam for the currently selected patient.

Preparing for an Exam Patient Screen (continued) • Details–Select the Detail box to activate/deactivate the exam details. A . EZMove–Move and delete patient images. Detail Window 3. Comments. 4-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Admission Number and Exam Description. Exam details include Indications. Figure 4-2. EZBackup–One-step method to backup patient images to an external media.

5. the pop-up menu displays disk capacity. Figure 4-3. Exit–Used to exit Patient Menu. A 4-7 . If you place the cursor on the icon. Dataflow Pop-up WARNING Ensure you have selected a dataflow. First and Middle DOB (Birthdate) Age (automatically calculated when birthdate is input) Sex 7. Gynecology. Urology. Obstetrics. Patient Information • • • • • Patient ID Number Patient Name–Last. Small Parts or Pediatrics.Beginning an Exam Patient Screen (continued) 4. A Ø appears next to Dataflow if No Archive is selected. The other 6 exam categories are optional and can be displayed if selected in the Utility -> System -> General -> Configuration Application presets. Vascular. no patient data is saved. NOTE: The Abdomen and Vascular exam categories are standard and always displayed. Dataflow Selection–Select the appropriate dataflow. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Cardiology. 6. Category Selection Select from 8 exam application categories: Abdomen. the measurement and category presets are displayed. If No Archive is selected. When a category is selected.

Figure 4-4. Past Exam (only for OB)–Input past exam data (register the patient before using). Information pertinent to the selected exam category appears in the window. Input Past Exam 4-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Exam Information Shows the Current/Active Exam information. Figure 4-5. All possible information needs to be entered. • Images–Displays the selected exam’s images. • • Images Clear–Clears existing data.Preparing for an Exam Patient Screen (continued) 8. A .

• Search key–select search item from Patient ID. • NOTE: String–enter appropriate information. Exam Description. Review–Select Patient/Exam for review. NOTE: • • NOTE: Figure 4-6. If “Exam Date Between” is selected. Patient List with Resume Exam LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Show XX/XX–Displays the searched (selected) patients (number of patients currently displayed on the list/ number of patients in the database). Exam Date Before. In the Search String. the Input Dialog displays and you can select the date from the displayed calender.Beginning an Exam Patient Screen (continued) 9. Show All–Displays all patients in the database. Exam Date Between. the From and To dates are separated by a “-” (dash) if “Exam Date Between” is used for the Search key. A 4-9 . Exam Date After. First Name. Exam Date. Last Name. select it at the bottom or press the cursor key when one patient in the list is selected. Resume Exam–Continues the exam for that patient if you select the last exam of the day. To activate Resume Exam. • • • Clear–Clears the entered string. Patient View–Lists the patients in the database. Exam Today. Accesstion Number. Birthdate. Sex.

all exams are locked. “Delete” is only displayed when you login as Administrator. Prevents move and delete functions. To unlock. select the locked exam or patient and select Unlock. Unlock the exam 4-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. If you select one exam. Figure 4-8.Preparing for an Exam Patient Screen (continued) • • NOTE: • • New Exam–Creates a new exam on a current patient. select the exam or patient to be locked and select Lock. Delete–Deletes Patient/Exam. To lock. Figure 4-7. Hide–Hides the Patient List Section. Lock the exam If you select the patient. A . Lock/Unlock–Locks the exam/patient. the selected exam is locked and the lock icon displays in the patient ID cell.

the data is saved on two or more disks. If “+” displays behind the disk name. Exam View CAUTION To avoid patient identification errors. always verify the identification with the patient. Make sure the correct patient identification appears on all screens and hard copy prints. • Disk .Beginning an Exam Patient Screen (continued) Exam View–Displays the Exam History of the selected patient. A 4-11 . See ‘Reviewing the Image’ on page 4-20 for more information. Figure 4-9. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Displays the disk name on which you saved the exam’s image data.

4-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. you can select 700M for a CD or 4700M for a DVD. Before beginning EZBackup.000. select a proper capacity for the "Media capacity for estimate" preset under Utility ->System ->Backup/Restore. Go to the patient screen. For example. select the patients/exams to delete so the remaining number is less than 1.Preparing for an Exam Patient Screen (continued) CAUTION To maintain optimum performance and to safeguard patient data. A . set the “Backup Files Older Than in Days” to “0” on the Utility -> System -> Backup/Restore -> EZBackup/ Move screen to backup all data. DVD-R before EZBackup. keep the total number of patients in the database below 1.000. 1. Backup all patient data by EZBackup. NOTE: NOTE: Removing image data with the “Move” function does not reduce the patient number in the database. To reduce the total number of patients in the database. 2. 3. Select “Delete” to delete the selected data. perform the following procedure. Prepare the USB HDD or unformatted CD-R. NOTE: Formatted CD-R or DVD-R cannot be used for EZBackup. For each media to do EZBackup or Move.

if desired. NOTE: NOTE: DO NOT use the removable media Data Flows on the New Patient menu. 4. Columns drive the ordering of the patients displayed. If the “Warn register to No Archive” preset is selected in the Utility -> Connectivity -> Miscellaneous menu. Select the probe to start scanning (or select Exit. Fill in patient information. Perform the exam. NOTE: You can also select a patient from the patient database at the bottom of the Patient menu if the patient has a patient ID. A different dataflow for permanent storage of patient data should be selected. 2. or go to active images. 9.Beginning an Exam Scanning a New Patient When starting a new patient’s exam. 6. Press Patient. a warning displays. 7. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. a pop-up menu appears. 5. or Freeze). Specify whether you want to store images permanently. The column that you select drives the order of the displayed patient database. Scan. 8. Verify the dataflow. Select Register. A 4-13 . If there are images on the clipboard. delete images. ensure you do the following: 1. Choose the exam category. Esc. Enter Past OB Exam information. Press New Patient on the Patient menu. 3. The system can display a warning dialog when the patient is registered to “No Archive”.

Press Store (or the assigned Store key). A .Preparing for an Exam Scanning a New Patient (continued) 10. 4-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. run the cineloop using the Trackball. The image management screen displays. To store the cineloop. Select the start/end frame and run the selected loop. Select the frame and press Store (or the assigned Store key). 11. Store the raw data to the clipboard. When you have completed the study. Select Permanent Store to store the images permanently. To store the still image. Select the images (still frame or cineloop) you want to store or select Select All to store all images. press Freeze and run the cineloop using the Trackball. press End Exam.

Repeat above steps as required. Figure 4-10. Enter the Patient ID. Press Register. 3. 1. Print the patient list 3. Patient List Printout You can print the patient list on a connected printer. The pop-up menu displays. 4. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Press New Patient to erase the current patient data. Select Print and press Set. 2. 5. 6. Enter the patient and exam information. 2.Beginning an Exam Entering a Patient List All patient information can be entered before starting an exam. 1. Select the patient from the Patient List and select Resume Exam to start an exam. Move the cursor to the patient list and select any patient. Press the left Set key. A 4-15 . Press Patient to display Patient Screen.

Enter patient data and exam information as necessary. A new exam is created. Press Patient to display the Patient Search screen. 7.Preparing for an Exam Starting a new exam on an existing patient 1. the message “Unsaved images. Press Permanent Store. measurements or fetus number will be linked to the current patient information . 6.” Press OK. continue?” appears when the patient ID is registered. 3. Press Exit. 5. Enter the data and begin the scan. 2. 4-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 4. Press Patient. Scanning without entering any patient data To scan a patient without entering any patient data until the end of the exam: 1. 4. NOTE: If you have images or measurements that are not attached to a Patient ID. Enter the Patient ID. Select New Exam. A . 3. Select the patient from the Patient List. Scan the patient and save images to clipboard without patient. Press Active Images. 2. You receive a warning that states “A patient must be selected for permanent storage of image.

In this case. A 4-17 . it takes time to search for a patient or switch to another screen. NOTE: When the number of patients on a hard disk is in the hundreds. Press Patient to display the Patient Screen. Enter the search string. do one of the following: • • Uncheck the Auto Search function at the Utility -> Connectivity -> Miscellaneous screen. Delete unnecessary patient data. The Patient Search Screen is displayed.Beginning an Exam Retrieving and editing archived information Searching for an existing patient 1. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Figure 4-11. Select the search key. Patient Search Screen 2.

Patient of the Day 4-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. An appropriate patient is displayed in the patient list. If you select the patient and press the left Set key. Archived Patient If you select the patient of the day. Select Review to review the exam history of this patient. Figure 4-13. Resume Exam displays to continue the exam. Figure 4-12. Select Delete to delete this patient. NOTE: NOTE: “Delete” is only displayed when you login as Administrator. the popup menu displays. A . Select New Exam to create a new exam for this patient.Preparing for an Exam Searching for an existing patient (continued) 3.

The exam list displays in the Exam History field. Search the patient by using Patient Search Field. Move the cursor to the patient and press Set. 4. Patient Exam Screen 5. A 4-19 . Select Review or the Exam View tab. 3. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The Patient Exam screen displays.Beginning an Exam Reviewing the patient exam 1. Figure 4-14. 2.

2.Preparing for an Exam Reviewing the Image 1. Figure 4-15. Select the exam which includes the image to review. 3. A . The image is displayed. Select the image and press Review or double click on the image. Active Images Screen 4-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select Active Images.

Select Review. A 4-21 . The selected image (maximum of 4 images) is displayed. 5. Image History Screen 4. ‘Active Exam’ is displayed on the button. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 3. 2. Select the patient.Beginning an Exam Reviewing the Image (continued) Another method to review the image: 1. Select the appropriate button which shows the old exam by date and storage location. Figure 4-16. Select Image History. Move the cursor to the required image for review.

Raw data Color image d. Figure 4-17. Raw data B-Mode image c. Image History (without disk in drive) a. Place the cursor on the icon. The disk name displays under the preview window. a triangle icon displays instead of a thumbnail. Image which does not have raw data (screen capture image) 4-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Insert the appropriate disk.Preparing for an Exam Reviewing the Image (continued) If the image data is saved on a disk and you do not insert the disk when displaying the Image History page. A . Name of the disk displayed under the preview window b.

Select OK to delete or Cancel. Select the patient in the patient list 3. The confirmation dialog box displays. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Verify the media before deletion. 2. The confirmation dialog box displays.Beginning an Exam Deleting the existing patient/exam/image CAUTION Before deleting a patient or image from the Patient Screen. 1. OR Press the left Set key. Search and select the patient in the patient list with the Ctrl or Shift keys. A 4-23 . Select Delete. Select Delete. Deleting the existing patient Figure 4-18. make sure you have already saved the data with EZBackup/ EZMove or Export. A pop-up menu displays.

Search and select the patient in the patient list. 4. Select Delete. Select Review. Select the exam which contains the image to be deleted. The confirmation dialog box displays. 2. The confirmation dialog box displays. The patient exam screen displays. 3. The confirmation dialog box displays. Deleting the existing image 1. A pop-up menu displays. Select Delete.Preparing for an Exam Deleting the existing patient/exam/image (continued) Delete multiple patients from the patient list 1. Select Review. 3. Select the image to delete and select Delete. Figure 4-19. A . Select Delete. Select the exam to be deleted. The patient exam screen displays. OR Press the left Set key. 5. Select deleted patients in the patient list 3. Select Yes to delete or No to cancel. Deleting the existing exam 1. Select the multiple patients to be deleted from the patient list. Search and select the patient in the patient list. 6. Select OK to delete or Cancel. 4-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. Select OK to delete or Cancel. 2. The confirmation dialog box displays. 5. Select Active Images to display the image list. 4.

Birthdate. Select patient from the Patient list. use the New Exam feature. Enter search string (for example. 4. Select Resume Exam or New Exam to register the new exam. measurements. A new exam is automatically created on that patient unless an exam already exists on that day for that patient. To display the patient information on the title bar. If the exam category needs to be changed. Select the Preset and appropriate probe Top/Sub Menu keys.Beginning an Exam Changing Patient Information or an Exam If patient information needs to be edited. • • Select Search key (Patient Data: ID. Sex or Exam Date. If patient information needs to be edited or the exam category changed. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Selecting New Exam allows modification of the Patient Screen without erasing accumulated patient images. The appropriate patient is displayed. calculations and worksheets. 5. Display the Patient screen by pressing Patient. if necessary. calculations and worksheets. initial letter of Patient Name) 3. press Patient to modify information. measurements. you can go to the New Patient page and choose the tab that is desired. A 4-25 . Last Name. If the patient is still active. The system automatically searches to see if the patient is already in the database. The exam changes in the Exam View area. select New Exam to modify the Patient Screen without erasing accumulated patient images. 1. First Name. press the Esc key or the B-Mode key. 2. annotations. annotations.

The factory default preset selections are displayed on the Application screen. OB Preset Selection Screen Use these parameters as a starting point for the exam.Preparing for an Exam Selecting an Application Preset and a probe Selecting an Application Preset Press the Preset key. The exam category preset that best describes the desired exam to be performed is chosen after the exam category is selected. 4-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Figure 4-20. A .

press the Preset key. A pop-up menu appears: Figure 4-22. Figure 4-21. A 4-27 . Select New. The Probe screen appears. To set up User-Defined Application Presets. NOTE: Create New User Application Menu The new user application is based upon the current exam category and application. Probe Screen 2. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Beginning an Exam User-Defined Application Presets There are four user-defined application presets that can be set on the system. 1. From the keyboard. including the comment library and M&A calcs. plus any modifications you have made.

4-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: You can set up to four (4) user-defined application presets for each exam category. Figure 4-23. Type the name of the new application.Preparing for an Exam User-Defined Application Presets (continued) 3. Specify which User Top/Sub Menu key you want to use and press Save. A . the name can include numbers and letters. However. New User Application The new application now appears on the Top/Sub Menu. Create New User Application Menu Figure 4-24. NOTE: The name of the new application cannot include spaces or symbols.

make sure to save the changes via Save --> Overwrite (user application). To view/edit the parameters for the user-defined preset. there is no way to delete a user-defined application. A 4-29 . If you change the settings for this application. Figure 4-25. the settings for this userdefined application revert back to the factory settings for the exam category and application it was based upon.Beginning an Exam User-Defined Application Presets (continued) 4. NOTE: LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: Imaging Presets for User-Defined Application If you select Reload Factory Defaults for the User-Defined application that you created. Currently. press Utility --> Imaging.

Preparing for an Exam
Selecting a probe
Select the appropriate probe from the probe indicator. Probes can be used in more than one exam category/application. • • Always start out with a probe that provides optimum focal depths and penetration for the patient size and exam. Begin the scan session using the default Power Output setting for the probe and exam.

Ending a Patient Exam
When you have completed the study, press End Exam, End Current Patient or New Patient, then Store All Images Permanently.

4-30

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Chapter 5 Optimizing the Image
Describes how to adjust the image. This chapter is broken into the following sections: B-Mode, M-Mode, Color Flow Mode, Doppler Mode, and 3D Mode.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

5-1

Optimizing the Image

Optimizing B-Mode

Intended Uses
B-Mode is intended to provide two-dimensional images and measurement capabilities concerning the anatomical structure of soft tissue.

Figure 5-1.

B-Mode Display

5-2

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Optimizing B-Mode
Typical B-Mode Exam Protocol
A typical examination using B-Mode might proceed 1. Record exam-related patient information. Verify system setup (probes and presets). 2. Position the patient and the console for optimum operator and patient comfort. Perform the scan. 3. Complete the study by collecting all the data.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

5-3

Optimizing the Image B-Mode Top/Sub Menu

Figure 5-2.

B-Mode Top/Sub Menu

Dual Purpose Controls
The following share the same controls. Press the control to toggle between functions: • • • • • Focus Position and Focus Number Frequency and Virtual Convex Dynamic Range and Gray Map Edge Enhance and Colorize Rotation (Updown Invert) and Rejection

5-4

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Optimizing B-Mode B-Mode Scanning Hints
HINTS These B-Mode controls produce the following results: Tissue Harmonics. Enhances near and mid field resolution for improving imaging contrast and reducing noise as well as far field penetration. Frequency. Changes system parameters to best optimize for a particular patient type. Gray Map. Affects the presentation of B-Mode information. Choose the gray map prior to making other adjustments. There is an interdependency between gray maps, gain, and dynamic range. If you change a map, revisit gain and dynamic range settings. Dynamic Range. Affects the amount of gray scale information displayed. If you increase the gain, you may want to decrease the Dynamic Range. Edge Enhance. Affects the amount of border crispness. Frame Average. Smooths the image by averaging frames. Affects the amount of speckle reduction. B Softener. Affects the amount of lateral smoothing. TGC. Adjust TGC to adjust Gain in specific areas. Focus Number/Position. The best focusing is at the focal zone location. Put focal zone(s) at the area of interest. Be conscious of where the focal zones are. Focal zones must be moved to track at the center of the anatomy of interest. Scan Area. Sizes region of interest. Adjust the Scan Area to the smallest reasonable size to maximize frame rate. Range Focus. Improves the near/mid field image quality, borders/interfaces, increases contrast and detail resolution across the image, and allows for less filling in the vessels.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

5-5

Optimizing the Image Depth
Description Depth controls the distance over which the B-Mode images anatomy. To visualize deeper structures, increase the depth. If there is a large part of the display which is unused at the bottom, decrease the depth. Each adjustment cycles you to the next Depth setting. Imaging and display parameters adjust automatically. To increase/decrease, adjust Depth. Preset You can reverse how the Depth control functions on the Utility -> System -> General page. You can set the depth by probe and application on the Utility --> Imaging page. Depth increments vary by probe and application. Depth displays on the monitor in centimeters. Depth values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe, Exam Category/Exam Calc, or New Patient. Benefits Depth adjusts your field of view. It increases your field of view to look at larger or deeper structures; it decreases your field of view to look at structures near the skin line. After adjusting the depth, you may need to adjust the TGC and focus. Changing Depth, • • Bioeffects Clears Cine memory. Erases real-time calculations graphics on the display (but not the completed results on the worksheet page).

Adjusting

Values

Affect on other controls

Changing the depth may change the TI and/or MI. Observe the output display for possible effects. Make sure enough space is left below the anatomy of interest to demonstrate shadowing or enhancement.

HINTS

5-6

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Optimizing B-Mode Gain
Description B-Mode Gain increases or decreases the amount of echo information displayed in an image. It may have the effect of brightening or darkening the image if sufficient echo information is generated. Gain values vary depending on the probe; they are not associated with a particular position of the knob. NOTE: TruAccess allows you to change the gain on a frozen image. B-Mode gain is independent of M-Mode and Doppler and Color Flow Gain. Changing the M-Mode Gain while in M-Mode does not affect the B-Mode image gain. To decrease/increase, rotate Gain. Preset Values You can set gain by probe and application on the Utility --> Imaging page. Gain displays on the monitor in Gn. Maximum gain varies by probe. Gain values vary by probe, application, and frequency setting. NOTE: Maximum gain is factory preset to an optimum setting to eliminate noise in the display. Gain values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe, Exam Category/Exam Calc, or New Patient. Benefits Affect on other controls Gain allows you to balance echo contrast so that cystic structures appear echo-free and reflecting tissue fills in. After you adjust the Power Output, you may need to adjust the gain. Generally speaking, if you increase the Power Output, you need to decrease the gain; if you decrease the Power Output, you need to increase the gain. Gain and TGC interact by adding together. Gain has no affect on Power Output. However, with increased gain, the power output level can usually be reduced to produce an equivalent image quality. NOTE: Always optimize gain before increasing the Power Output.

Adjusting

Bioeffects

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

5-7

Optimizing the Image Focus
Description Increases the number of focal zones or moves the focal zone(s) so that you can tighten up the beam for a specific area. A graphic caret corresponding to the focal zone position(s) appears on the right edge of the image. To increase/decrease the number of focal zones, adjust Focus Number. NOTE: Focus Position and Focus Number share the same control. Press the control to toggle between Focus Position and Focus Number. To move the focal zone to the near/far field, adjust Focus Position. Focal zones adjust automatically when you adjust the depth. Preset NOTE: You can reverse how the Focus control functions on the Utility -> System -> General page. Each adjustment cycles you to the next setting. You can set the focus (Depth % and Number) by probe and application on the Utility --> Imaging page. Values Focus zone number and position vary depending on the depth, zoom, probe, application, and frequency setting selected. Focal zone number values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe, Exam Category, Exam Calc, or New Patient. Benefits Affect on other controls Bioeffects Focus optimizes the image by increasing the resolution for a specific area. Changing the focal number affects the frame rate. The greater number of focal zones, the slower the frame rate. Changing the focal zone may change the TI and/or MI. Observe the output display for possible effects.

Adjusting

5-8

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Optimizing B-Mode Auto Optimize (Auto)
Description Auto Optimize (Auto) lets you optimize the image based upon a the actual B Mode image data (Auto Tissue Optimize, ATO). The preset levels (Low, Medium, and High) allow you to pick a preference for the contrast enhancement in the resulting image. Low does the least amount of contrast enhancement, high does the most. Auto TGC allows the system to automatically adjust internal TGC curves to achieve uniform brightness throughout the image. You can preset ATO, Auto TGC and Both in the Utility -> Imaging preset menus. Auto is available in single or multi image, on live, frozen or CINE images (in B-Mode only), and while in zoom, in Color Flow Mode, and in Spectral Doppler. Auto in Color Flow Mode automatically adjusts the overall color gain. Auto in PW Doppler Mode optimizes the spectral data. Auto adjusts the Velocity Scale/PRF (live imaging only), baseline shift, dynamic range, and invert (if preset). Upon deactivation, the spectrum is still optimized. Benefit Adjusting Preset Auto can be found in reduced optimization time and a more consistent and accurate optimization process. To activate, press Auto. To specify the ATO level, press Utility -> Imaging -> B-Mode -> ATO Level. Three ATO levels are available: Low, Medium, or High. Values Affect on other controls Auto is active until you deactivate it or when you change the following: Probe, Exam Category, Exam Calc, or New Patient. You may need to adjust the Gain.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

5-9

Optimizing the Image M/D Cursor
Description Adjusting Values Benefits Displays the M/D-Mode cursor on the B-Mode image. To activate/deactivate the M/D-Mode cursor, press M/D Cursor. Trackball to position M/D-Mode cursor. On/Off. Lets you position the cursor before you go into M-Mode or Doppler Mode so that you can make optimum use of the larger B-Mode image.

Reverse
Description Adjusting Values Flips the image 180 degrees left/right. To flip the image 180 degrees, select Reverse. The image rotates in 180 degrees left/right. Reverse settings vary by probe and application. Reverse settings are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe, Exam Category, Exam Calcs, or New Patient. Benefits Used for anatomical correctness. When reading a reverse image, be careful to observe the probe orientation to avoid possible confusion over scan direction or left/right image reversal.

CAUTION

5-10

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Optimizing B-Mode Harmonics
Description Adjusting NOTE: Values NOTE: Harmonics enhances near field resolution for improved small parts imaging as well as far field penetration. To activate Harmonic imaging, Select the Harmonics key. Multi frequency is not active when the image is frozen. On/Off. See Chapter 17 for probe availability. `THI' appears next to the active probe indicator. Changing multi frequency resets those parameters which are presettable by frequency to their preset values for the current harmonic frequency. Multi frequency values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe, Exam Category, Application, or New Patient. Benefits Harmonics diminishes low frequency high amplitude noise and improves imaging technically difficult patients. Harmonics may be especially beneficial when imaging isoechoic lesions in shallow-depth anatomy in the breast, liver, and hard-to-visualize fetal anatomy. Harmonics may improve B-Mode image quality without introducing a contrast agent. You may need to change the field of view (Depth). DO NOT use contrast agents while in Tissue Harmonics. Activating multi frequency mode may change the TI and/or MI. Observe the output display for possible effects.

Affect on other controls Bioeffects

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

5-11

Optimizing the Image Frequency
Description Adjusting Multi Frequency mode lets you downshift to the probe's next lower frequency or shift up to a higher frequency. To select a new frequency, 1. Select Frequency. 2. Select the desired frequency. NOTE: Frequency change is not active when the image is frozen. The selected frequency appears in the upper, right-hand portion of the monitor display. NOTE: Changing frequency resets those parameters which are presettable by frequency to their preset values for the current frequency. Vary, depending on the probe and application. Frequency values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe, Exam Category, Exam Calcs, or New Patient. Benefits Bioeffects This optimizes the probe's wide band imaging capabilities at multiple frequencies to image at greater depths. Activating multi frequency mode may change the TI and/or MI. Observe the output display for possible effects.

Values

5-12

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Optimizing B-Mode Virtual Convex
Description On Linear probes, Virtual Convex provides a larger field of view in the far field. Virtual Convex is always active with linear probes. Adjusting Values Benefits Bioeffects NOTE: To activate/deactivate Virtual Convex, select Virtual Convex. On/Off. Virtual Convex allows for a wider field of view. Available in BMode, Color Flow Mode, and Doppler Mode. Activating Virtual Convex may change the TI and/or MI. Observe the output display for possible effects. Color Flow can be steered when in straight fire, but not in Virtual Convex.

TGC
Description TGC amplifies returning signals to correct for the attenuation caused by tissues at increasing depths. TGC slide pots are spaced proportionately to the depth. The area each pot amplifies varies as well. A TGC curve may appear on the display (if preset), matching the controls that you have set (except during zoom). You can choose to deactivate the TGC curve on the image. To decrease/increase TGC, move slide pot to the left/right. NOTE: Values TGC adjusts automatically when using zoom. When you change the depth, TGC is rescaled across the new depth range. Each pot is proportionately scaled across the depth. TGC Display On/Off -- preset via Utility --> System --> System Imaging. TGC balances the image so that the density of echoes is the same throughout the image.

Adjusting

Preset Benefits

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

5-13

Optimizing the Image Scan Area
Description Adjusting You can widen or narrow the size of the sector angle to maximize the image's region of interest (ROI). To narrow/widen the angle, press Scan Area until Width is highlighted in the message line and move the Trackball left/right to decrease/increase the angle size. Then press Scan Area to set the ROI. Varies, depending upon the probe (not applicable to linear probes) and application. Increase the sector angle to see a wide field of view; decrease the sector angle when you need to have a faster frame rate, as in fetal heart. Changing the sector angle affects the frame rate. The narrower the sector angle, the faster the frame rate. Changing the sector angle may change the TI and/or MI. Observe the output display for possible effects.

Values Benefits

Affect on other controls Bioeffects

Tilt
Description You can steer the sector angle to get more information without moving the probe while in B-Mode, M-Mode, Doppler Mode, and Color Flow Mode. Tilt is not available on Linear probes. To steer the angle to the left/right, press Scan Area until Tilt is highlighted, then move the Trackball to the left/right. Varies, depending on the probe. Allows you to move a reduced sector angle laterally, without moving the probe. Beneficial in GYN. Steering the sector angle may change the TI and/or MI. Observe the output display for possible effects.

Adjusting Values Benefits Bioeffects

5-14

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Optimizing B-Mode Dynamic Range
Description Dynamic Range controls how echo intensities are converted to shades of gray, thereby increasing the adjustable range of contrast. To increase/decrease, adjust Dynamic Range. The settings cycle in 3 dB steps from 30 dB to 120 dB (except the 7.5L-RC and 7L-RC probe which ranges from 30 dB to 120 dB). The current value displays. Dynamic Range values vary by probe, application, and frequency setting. Dynamic Range levels are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe, Exam Category, Exam Calcs, New Patient, or Multi Frequency. Benefits Dynamic Range is useful for optimizing tissue texture for different anatomy. Dynamic Range should be adjusted so that the highest amplitude edges appear as white while lowest levels (such as blood) are just visible. Dynamic range operates in realtime, Freeze, CINE, and CINE Timeline. It also affects Gain.

Adjusting Values

Affect on other controls

Range Focus
Description Improves the near/mid field image quality, borders/interfaces, increases contrast and detail resolution across the image, and allows for less filling in the vessels. Activate via the B-Mode Top/Sub Menu. Available in B-Mode and Harmonics. Activating Range Focus may change the TI and/or MI. Observe the output display for possible effects.

Adjusting Bioeffects

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

5-15

Optimizing the Image Line Density
Description Adjusting Values NOTE: Optimizes B-Mode frame rate or spatial resolution for the best possible image. Press Line Density right to increase resolution or left to increase frame rate. Varies by probe. Not available in timeline. Values vary by probe and application. Line Density values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe, Exam Category, Exam Calcs, or New Patient. Benefits A lower line density is useful in fetal heart beat, adult cardiac applications and in clinical Radiology applications requiring significantly higher frame rates. A higher line density is useful in obtaining very high resolution, e.g., thyroid, testicles. Affect on other controls Bioeffects Line density changes the vector density and frame rate. Activating color flow line density may change the TI and/or MI. Observe the output display for possible effects.

5-16

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Map values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. To select a map. Exam Calcs. Exam Category. The image reflects the map as you go through the selections. and Doppler Mode system maps. Map values vary by probe. Gray maps gradually change from least contrasty or softest to most contrasty. press Gray Map on the Top/Sub Menu. Values LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. application. M. or New Patient. and multi frequency setting. A map window displays. A 5-17 .Optimizing B-Mode Maps Description Adjusting The system supplies B.

softer image. This has the effect of presenting a smoother. and multi frequency setting. thereby using more pixels to make up one image. To adjust frame averaging. Adjusting Values 5-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. adjust Frame Average on the Top/ Sub Menu. A . or New Patient. Exam Calcs. Frame Average values are returned to the preset value when you change the following: Probe. Frame Average values vary by probe. Exam Category. The current value displays on the Top/Sub Menu.Optimizing the Image Frame Average Description Temporal filter that averages frames together. Benefits Smooths the image. application.

Optimizing B-Mode Colorize Description Colorize is the colorization of a conventional B-Mode image or Doppler Spectrum to enhance the user's ability to discern B. To deselect. and Doppler Mode intensity valuations. M. 3. Colorize enhances the visibility of the spectrum's characteristics and enhances your ability to identify spectral broadening and the edge contours of the spectrum used to define the peak frequency/velocity. Select Colorize on the Top/Sub Menu. Colorize is NOT a Doppler Mode. The gray bar displays while Colorize is activated. Trackball to cycle through available maps. Press Set to select. Spectrum Colorize colorizes the spectrum as a function of power using the inverse of the Colorize map for the signal intensity in each Doppler line. Adjusting To activate Colorize. A 5-19 . Colorizes the gray scale image to enhance the eye's discrimination capability. 2. 1. select a gray map. NOTE: You can colorize realtime or CINE images or Timeline CINE. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Adjusting Values Benefits Affect on other controls Rotation Description Adjusting Values Flips the image 180 degrees up/down. A . Edge Enhance cleans out the B-Mode image/M-Mode timeline by subduing some of the gray scale in order to highlight the vessel wall or organ. Values are returned to the preset value when you change: Probe. 0-5. Edge Enhance operates in realtime only. application. select Rotation on the Top/Sub Menu. Values are returned to the preset value when you change: Probe. Exam Category. not in Freeze or CINE. Values vary by probe and application. Values vary by probe. be careful to observe the probe orientation to avoid possible confusion over scan direction or left/right image reversal. and multi frequency setting. Exam Category. Exam Calcs. The current value displays on the Top/Sub Menu. Exam Calcs. with 0 = Off and 5 = High. Up/down. or New Patient. Benefits CAUTION 5-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. or New Patient. adjust Edge Enhance on the Top/Sub Menu. To cycle through settings. Adjustments to MMode's edge enhancement affects the M-Mode only. To flip the image vertically. This is helpful when you cannot differentiate between the chambers of the heart. When reading a rotated image.Optimizing the Image Edge Enhance Description Edge Enhance brings out subtle tissue differences and boundaries by enhancing the gray scale differences corresponding to the edges of structures. Beneficial in transvaginal and transrectal scanning.

Low. Medium. Adjusting Values Benefits B Softener Description Values Affects the amount of lateral smoothing. 0-5 Allows for the elimination from the display of low level echoes caused by noise.Optimizing B-Mode Rejection Description Selects a level below which echoes will not be amplified (an echo must have a certain minimum amplitude before it will be processed). High LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Off. A 5-21 . It’s similar to dynamic range by softening the appearance/edges of the image. Adjust to the right to increase and left to decrease.

5. Press M-Mode. 7. Press M/D Cursor. 9. Gain. A .Optimizing the Image Optimizing M-Mode Intended Use M-Mode is intended to provide a display format and measurement capability that represents tissue displacement (motion) occurring over time along a single vector. The most common use is for viewing motion patterns of the heart. Trackball to position the mode cursor over the area that you want to display in M-Mode. 4. Power Output. Get a good B-Mode image. Adjust the Sweep Speed. 5-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Record the trace to disk or to the hard copy device. 2. press M-Mode. Introduction M-Mode is used to determine patterns of motion for objects within the ultrasound beam. as needed. Survey the anatomy and place the area of interest near the center of the B-Mode image. Press Freeze to stop the M trace. Typical exam protocol A typical examination using M-Mode might proceed as follows: 1. and Focus Position. 6. 8. Press Freeze to continue imaging. 3. To exit. TGC.

Format. A 5-23 . in cm.Optimizing M-Mode M-Mode Display Figure 5-3. Values Displays Overall M-Mode Gain as ##dB. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Image depth. Table 5-1: M-Mode Display M-Mode Gain Depth Scale Indicator Time Scale M-Mode Cursor M-Mode Display M-Mode Display Explanations Description. Eight speeds: 0-7. Displays where the M-Mode Cursor is positioned. Major marker = 1 second.

Optimizing the Image M-Mode Top/Sub Menu Figure 5-4. M-Mode Top/Sub Menu Dual Purpose Controls The following share the same controls. A . Press the control to toggle between functions: • • • • • Sweep Speed and Display Format Dynamic Range and Gray Map Edge Enhance and Colorize Power Output and Anatomical M Rejection and Full Timeline 5-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Sweep Speed values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. Each selection represents a different sweep time. Sweep Speed. Dynamic Range. Exam Category. To increase/decrease.Optimizing M-Mode Scanning Hints HINTS These M-Mode controls produce the following results: Edge Enhance. Affects the amount of gray scale information displayed. Affects border sharpness. Exam Calcs. Controls speed of M-Mode update. Available in M-Mode and Doppler Mode. A 5-25 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Benefits You can speed up or slow down the timeline to see more or fewer occurrences over time. select Sweep Speed. or New Patient. Sweep Speed Description Adjusting Values Changes the speed at which the timeline is swept.

The M-Mode display changes according to the position of the cursor. 1. 3. Press B-Mode. 2. 5-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Activating Anatomical M Mode To activate Anatomical M-Mode: Press the Anatomical M Top/Sub Menu control. Figure 5-5. Press M-Mode.Optimizing the Image Anatomical M-Mode Description Anatomical M-Mode gives you the ability to manipulate the cursor at different angles and positions. Select the AnatomicalM Top/Sub Menu key. A .

Changing the Packet Size. Move the Trackball up/down to move the M cursor up/down. • • • • Values Benefits Adjust the Top/Sub Menu control to move the M cursor to the desired area. and ROI size may change the TI and/or MI. PRF. A 5-27 .Optimizing M-Mode Anatomical M-Mode (continued) Adjusting Use the Top/Sub Menu control and Trackball to position the M cursor over the required area of the B-Mode image. Bioeffects LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Color Flow Mode is Doppler Mode intended to add color-coded qualitative information concerning the relative velocity and direction of fluid motion within the B-Mode or M-Mode image. Move the Trackball left/right to move the cursor line left/right. Observe the output display for possible effects. On/Off. Press Scan Area to angle the M cursor.

Follow the same procedure as described under B-Mode to locate the anatomical area of interest. 6. 3. 7.Optimizing the Image Optimizing Color Flow Intended Use Color Flow Mode is a Doppler Mode intended to add colorcoded qualitative information concerning the relative velocity and direction of fluid motion within the B-Mode image. After optimizing the B-Mode image. 1. Introduction A typical examination using Color Flow Mode. If more definitive information is needed about flow. Record color flow images as necessary. 4. Move the color flow area of interest as close to the center of the image as possible. Optimize the color flow parameters so that a high frame rate can be achieved and appropriate flow velocities are visualized. add Color Flow. A . 2. Press Freeze to hold the image in memory. utilize the procedures described under Doppler Mode. 5-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 5.

whereas Doppler Mode provides spectral information in a smaller area. Move the Trackball to move the CF window. Color Flow allows visualization of flow in the CF ROI. The CF window appears over the BMode image. You use Color Flow to locate flow and vessels prior to activating Doppler. Color Flow Mode Display Uses Color Flow is useful to see flow in a broad area. 1.Optimizing Color Flow Activating Color Flow To activate Color Flow Mode. A 5-29 . Figure 5-6. Press CF (Color Flow). LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Color Flow is also sometimes used as a stepping stone to Doppler.

Percentage of gray scale level where color Doppler is overwritten. Increases/decreases size of color window. If the frame rate is too slow. Color Threshold. decrease the line density. or reduce the packet size.' Packet Size. Affects low flow sensitivity versus motion artifact. Wall Filter. Color Flow and Power Doppler Scanning Hints HINTS Color Flow Mode controls produce the following results: Line Density. Frame Average. 5-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Affects temporal smoothing and color Doppler `robustness. select CF-Mode or B-Mode.Optimizing the Image Exiting Color Flow To exit Color Flow. Focus Position. The best focusing occurs at the focal zone caret location. Scan Area. Trades frame rate for sensitivity and spatial resolution. reduce the size of the region of interest. Put focal zone(s) at the area of interest. A . Affects the amount of color Doppler sensitivity versus frame rate.

A 5-31 . Color Flow Mode Top/Sub Menu Dual Purpose Controls The following share the same controls. Press the control to toggle between functions: • • • • • PRF and Wall Filter Color Invert and Packet Size Color Map and Spatial Filter Angle Steer and Threshold Frequency and Virtual Convex LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Optimizing Color Flow Color Flow Mode Top/Sub Menu Figure 5-7.

To raise/lower the velocity scale. or New Patient. Exam Category. Changing the PRF range may change the TI and/or MI. Gain values change depending on the probe and application. adjust the dial to the left/right. Exam Calcs. To decrease/increase Gain. press PRF/Wall Filter until you reach PRF. CINE memory is cleared. Observe the output display for possible effects. Gain values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. New Patient. PRF is in kHz. frame rate. However. Changing the PRF may affect Power Output. 5-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. PRF values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. and wall filter. application. Exam Category.Optimizing the Image Gain Description Adjusting Gain amplifies the overall strength of echoes processed in the Color Flow window or spectral Doppler timeline. with increased Gain. Exam Calcs. and multi frequency setting. the power output level can usually be reduced to produce an equivalent image quality. A . Allows you to control the amount of color within a vessel or to fill in or clean out spectral information. When you adjust the velocity scale. Benefits Affect on other controls Bioeffects Imaging of higher velocity flow requires increased scale values to avoid aliasing. Gain displays as dB. then adjust PRF up/down. Values vary by probe. Gain has no affect on Power Output. they are not associated with a particular position of the button. or Multi Frequency. Values Benefits Bioeffects PRF (Pulse Repetition Frequency) Description Adjusting Values Increases/decreases the PRF on the color bar.

The smaller the color window. Observe the output display for possible effects. or New Patient. A 5-33 . The window grows from the center of the color flow window. Color Scan Area Description Adjusting Color Scan Area sizes and positions the color window. Sizing the color window may change the TI and/or MI. and packet size. Values vary. application. Benefits Gets rid of excess. depending upon the probe and application. To adjust the size.Optimizing Color Flow Wall Filter Description Adjusting Values Filters out low flow velocity signals. Exam Calcs. up/down. To raise/lower the wall filter. Increase the color window to see a larger area. Values Benefits Affect on other controls Bioeffects LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. It helps get rid of motion artifacts caused from breathing and other patient motion. then adjust Wall Filter up/down. press PRF/Wall Filter until you reach Wall Filter. press Scan Area (Size appears in the Trackball Status area on the monitor display) then move the Trackball left/ right. decrease the color window to improve frame rate and spatial resolution. To adjust the position. depending upon probe. unnecessary low frequency signals caused by motion. the faster the frame rate and vice versa. Exam Category. Varies. press Scan Area (Pos appears in the Trackball Status area on the monitor display) then move the Trackball to position the color window. The wall filter is displayed numerically on the monitor (Hz). Wall Filter values vary by probe and application and are returned to factory or user preset value when you change: Probe.

In Triplex.Optimizing the Image Invert (Color Invert) Description Lets you view blood flow from a different perspective. as necessary. Adjusting Values To adjust the baseline. adjust Baseline up/down. red away (negative velocities) and blue toward (positive velocities). The default baseline is at the midpoint of the color display and at the midpoint of the color bar reference display. NOTE: Adjusting Invert reverses the color map. NOT the color PRF. Values vary by probe and application. 5-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Invert (Color Invert) . Exam Category. Zero velocity follows the baseline. or vice versa. or New Patient. Exam Calcs. A . Minimizes aliasing by displaying a greater range of forward flow with respect to reverse flow. Benefits Allows you to view blood flow according to your personal preference. Benefits Unwraps the alias during color flow imaging. Baseline values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. Values Invert and non-Invert. Higher velocities can be displayed without reversal of colors. without flipping the probe.g. or New Patient. Baseline adjusts the alias point. Exam Calcs. e. Values vary by probe and application. To reverse the color flow. Exam Category. both Color Flow and Doppler Mode velocity scales are inverted.. Invert values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. You can invert a real-time or frozen image. Baseline Description Changes the Color Flow or Doppler spectrum baseline to accommodate higher velocity blood flow. The total PRF range remains the same.

A 5-35 . High resolution is useful in situations where very small vessels are being imaged.g. Benefits Low line density is useful in fetal heartbeat. New Patient. Observe the output display for possible effects. adult cardiac applications. thyroid. and clinical Radiology applications which require significantly higher frame rates. Frame Rate/Resolution values vary by: Probe. testicles. Settings are returned to factory or user preset value when you change any of the above. To adjust the line density.. and Frequency. Exam Calcs. Modifying line density may change the TI and/or MI. select the Line Density Top/Sub Menu key.Optimizing Color Flow Color Flow Line Density Description Adjusting Values Optimizes the Color Flow frame rate or spatial resolution for the best possible color image. Line density changes the vector density and frame rate. Exam Category. Affect on other controls Bioeffects LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The current frame rate is shown on the Top/Sub Menu. e.

Linear probes can be steered left (10 or 20 degrees). Beneficial in Peripheral Vascular to image carotids. The Angle Steer function only applies to linear probes. Exam Calcs. adjust Angle Steer.Optimizing the Image Angle Steer Description You can slant the ROI of the Color Flow linear image left or right to get more information without moving the probe. To slant the linear image to the left/right. center. A . Observe the output display for possible effects. or right (10 or 20 degrees). Adjusting Values Benefits Bioeffects 5-36 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Activating angle steer may change the TI and/or MI. Angle Steer values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. or New patient Provides a Doppler cursor angle suitable for linear probe orientation. Exam Category.

Advanced Velocity Mode Maps (A). To cycle through available maps. Adds green to velocity maps. Provides a measure of turbulence (stenosis). the Color Flow Top/Sub Menu displays. Power Doppler Imaging Maps (P). Benefits Shows the direction of the flow and highlights the higher velocity flows. move the Trackball to view available maps. Velocity Variance Maps (VV). and press Set to select. select Map. A 5-37 .Optimizing Color Flow Map Description Adjusting Allows you to select a specific color map. Values LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. After you activate Color Flow. Velocity Maps (V). Color display based on combination of velocity and power date. PDI Map P7 is used for Directional PDI. After you have made your selection. Flow shown as blue away/red toward the probe. the color bar displays the resultant map.

The Color Threshold level is displayed on the Top/Sub Menu. The values are returned to factory or user preset value when you change: Probe. A . Trades off between frame rate and color quality. Benefits Limits color flow overlay to low level echoes inside vessel walls. The settings cycle through various values: 10%-100% of the gray scale. the frame rate may decrease and as the frame rate increases. To increase/decrease the gray scale threshold. The selected value displays on the Top/Sub Menu. As the color quality increases. Higher frame averaging keeps the color displayed longer for increased flow visualization while lower frame averaging provides greater flow dynamics. or New Patient. select Threshold left/right. Benefits Affect on other controls 5-38 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Exam Calcs. the color image quality decreases. Values vary by probe and application and are returned to factory or user preset value when you change: Probe. select Frame Average. low values displays more B-Mode gray scale data. Frame Average Description Adjusting Values Averages color frames. Exam Category. or New Patient.Optimizing the Image Threshold Description Adjusting Values Threshold assigns the gray scale level at which color information stops. To smooth temporal averaging. Frame Average values vary by probe and application. Exam Category. Helps minimize color `bleeding' outside vessel walls. High values display more color. Exam Calcs.

Spatial Filter Description Adjusting Values Benefits Smooths out the color. Smooths the image. A 5-39 . makes it look less pixely. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select Transparency Map to adjust 0-4 Helps demonstrate the tissues behind the color.Optimizing Color Flow Transparency Map Description Adjusting Values Benefits Brings out the tissue behind the color data. Select Spatial Filter to adjust. 0-5.

Values are displayed on the monitor display as P. select Packet Size left/ right. Allows you to improve the color sensitivity and accuracy of color averaging (increase packet size) or frame rate (decrease packet size). Changing packet size may change the TI and/or MI. A . To increase/decrease the packet size. When you increase the packet size. When you decrease the packet size. you improve image quality at the expense of frame rate. or New Patient. Values vary by probe and application and are returned to factory or user preset value when you change: Probe. as needed. Exam Category. Exam Calcs. Observe the output display for possible effects.Optimizing the Image Packet Size Description Adjusting Values Controls the number of samples gathered for a single color flow vector. you increase the frame rate at the expense of image quality. Benefits Affect on other controls Bioeffects 5-40 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Move the Trackball to move the CF window.Optimizing Color Flow Power Doppler Imaging (PDI) Description Power Doppler Imaging (PDI) is a color flow mapping technique used to map the strength of the Doppler signal coming from the flow rather than the frequency shift of the signal. therefore it is not subject to aliasing. To exit. The color flow window appears over the B-Mode image. PDI does not map velocity. Using this technique. A 5-41 . the ultrasound system plots color flow based on the number of reflectors that are moving. regardless of their velocity. press PDI or select a new mode. Adjusting Power Doppler Imaging Display Press PDI. Figure 5-8.

The expanded map is designed to expand or increase the dynamic range of data displayed in a PDI image to show both low and high flow states. Frame Averaging is adjusted. Color Map is set to a power map. P-7. Used in applications where sensitivity and angle independence is desired. When changing maps. Twelve power (P0-P6 and P8-P12) and one Directional PDI map (P7) is available. Threshold is set to 100%. It is especially useful for highlighting very low flow states just above the noise floor as in renal vessels. These controls are reset to their previous values upon exiting PDI. Directional PDI displays the direction of flow while in Power Doppler Imaging. it does not aliase. Gives all the benefits of PDI while also providing directional information not available in traditional PDI. but directional information is also required. higher gain settings may be needed. flow away is dark blue to light blue. Benefits Affect on other controls Since PDI does not display velocity. Wall Filter is set to a lower setting. Line Density is adjusted. P-3. When PDI is activated. NOTE: HINTS 5-42 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the following controls are adjusted: PRF is set to a lower setting. A . Packet Size is adjusted. Flow towards the transducer is red.Optimizing the Image Power Doppler Imaging (PDI) (continued) Values On/Off. The compressed map is designed to compress or decrease the dynamic range of the PDI image data to highlight high flow states and suppress noise. P-1.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Optimizing Color Flow PDI (Power Doppler Imaging) Mode Top/Sub Menu Figure 5-9. see the Color Flow Mode optimization control descriptions. PDI Mode Top/Sub Menu NOTE: For more details on the controls. A 5-43 .

Differences in frequencies can be caused by moving objects in the path of the ultrasound signal. The sample volume gate can be moved anywhere within the B-Mode image. and spectral content of blood flow at selected anatomical sites. The resultant signals are presented audibly through the system speakers and graphically on the system display. the received echoes are processed to extract the difference in frequency between the transmitted and received signals. PW Doppler is typically used for displaying the speed. The site where PW Doppler data is derived appears graphically on the B-Mode image (Sample Volume Gate).Optimizing the Image Optimizing Spectral Doppler Intended Use Doppler is intended to provide measurement data concerning the velocity of moving tissues and fluids. energy is transmitted from the ultrasound probe into the patient. such as moving blood cells.PW Doppler In Pulsed Wave Doppler (PW) Mode. as in B-Mode. A . Typical Use . PW Doppler can be combined with B-Mode for rapidly selecting the anatomical site for PW Doppler examination. PW Doppler operates in two different modes: conventional PW and High Pulse Repetition Frequency (HPRF). The X axis of the graph represents time while the Y axis represents the shift in frequency. However. The Y axis can also be calibrated to represent velocity in either a forward or reverse direction. 5-44 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. direction. PW Doppler lets you examine blood flow data selectively from a small region called the sample volume.

Listen. A 5-45 . when positioning the sample volume cursor. Connect the appropriate probe. Sample along the whole length of the vessel. The PW Doppler spectrum appears and the system operates in combined B+Doppler Mode. Enter the appropriate patient data using the appropriate exam category. Make sure that the probe is parallel to flow. 5. Position the sample volume gate by moving the Trackball up and down. as necessary. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Perform measurements and calculations. 6. 4. Press CF to help locate the vessel you wish to examine. Press M/D Cursor to display the sample volume cursor and gate. Position the patient for the examination. 8. application and probe to be used. 11. Adjust Volume to adjust Doppler audio. Size the gate by clicking SV Length. Optimize the PW Doppler spectrum. as necessary. or Press PW. Position the sample volume cursor by moving the Trackball left and right. Refer to the Doppler Optimization section of this chapter for more information. Get a good B Mode image. Locate the anatomy to be examined. 2. Press B Pause to toggle between real time B-Mode with Doppler Mode (with audio). 3. 12. Activate CINE Timeline. Press Freeze to hold the trace in memory and stop imaging. The Doppler signal is heard through the speakers. Refer to the Measurements and Calculations chapter for more information. as necessary. 9. then look. Press Patient. 10. Select the preset.Optimizing Spectral Doppler Typical exam protocol A typical examination using PW Doppler Mode might proceed as follows: 1. leaving the probes in their respective holders. 7.

Use Doppler Audio to listen for when the sample volume gate is positioned over an area of flow. Record results by pressing the appropriate print key. Use To exit Doppler is used to examine blood flow information. 14. Press Freeze to resume imaging. PW Doppler Mode. 16. The cursor changes to a Doppler cursor. Press PW.Optimizing the Image Typical exam protocol (continued) 13. then PW. Use Doppler Audio to listen for when the sample volume gate is positioned over an area of flow. A . 15. Activating Triplex Mode To activate Triplex Mode. press CF. press CF. Use To Exit Triplex Mode is used to examine blood flow information. 5-46 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The Doppler spectrum displays along with the Color Flow and BMode image. press PW. You can now position and size the sample volume gate to get a velocity. B Pause toggles between real time B-Mode with Doppler Mode and real time spectral display. The Doppler spectrum displays along with the B-Mode image. You can now position and size the sample volume gate to get a velocity. The cursor changes to a Doppler cursor. Repeat the above procedure until all relevant flow sites have been examined. Replace the probe in its respective holder. PW Doppler Mode. press PW. Activating Doppler Mode To activate PW Doppler Mode. depending on the setup of your recording devices.

Strong signals are displayed as bright while weak signals are displayed as varying shades of gray. Activating Pulsed Wave Doppler. The Doppler signals from all the gates are added together and displayed in one spectrum. Optimizing the Doppler spectrum. When HPRF is active. appears as a solid line running horizontally across the display. Thus. Typically. blood flow is not uniform but is composed of a mix of blood cells moving at different velocities and in different directions. The baseline of the graph (representing zero velocity. This chapter includes: • • • A discussion of PW Doppler. By convention. As time progresses. Negative frequencies or velocities appear below the baseline. Positive frequencies or velocities appear above the baseline. A 5-47 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Doppler information can be received from any of the multiple sample volume gates. zero frequency shift.Optimizing Spectral Doppler Spectral Doppler Display Time zero (the start of the trace) appears on the left side of the graph. or no detected flow). HPRF (High Pulse Repitition Frequency) is invoked when you are operating in PW Doppler Mode and conditions activate HPRF (when the velocity scale factor or sample volume gate depth exceeds certain limits). the display is composed of a spectrum as gray scale values. the trace moves to the right. multiple sample volume gates appear along the Doppler mode cursor. movement toward the probe is positive and movement away from the probe is negative. Information about the PW Doppler display is automatically written on the screen and updated when scanning parameters are changed.

Wall filter size. Displays when Doppler cursor is present. displayed as WF in Hz. Values Pulse repetition frequency. Velocities obtained when the angle is greater than 80° are displayed as asterisks (***). displayed as PRF in kHz. Displays as GN in decibels (dB). Indicates angle in degrees between the Doppler mode cursor and the angle correction indicator. Displays (in Cm) when Doppler cursor is present.Optimizing the Image Doppler Mode Display Figure 5-10. Doppler Mode Display Table 5-2: Doppler Display PRF Wall Filter Doppler Gain* Sample Volume Depth Doppler Angle (AC ##) Doppler Mode Display Explanations Description. A . The Doppler Angle displays in red when the angle exceeds 60°. Format. 5-48 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Flow direction has a positive and negative indicator. Format. Indicates flow direction. A 5-49 . Time Scale Angle Correct Sample Volume Gate Doppler Velocity Scale Dual Purpose Controls The following share the same controls. it is displayed to the first decimal point (4.6 rather than 5 cm/s). The Doppler velocity scale adjust as you adjust the PRF. Values INVERT appears when the spectral trace is inverted and the plus/minus signs (+/-) are reversed. Each probe defaults to a specific range gate. Each selection represents a different sweep time. HPRF mode is used when detected velocities exceed the processing capabilities of the currently selected PW Doppler scale or when the selected anatomical site is too deep for the selected PW Doppler scale. noted in centimeters per second (cm/sec). When the velocity scale is less than 10 cm/s.Optimizing Spectral Doppler Table 5-2: Doppler Display Spectral Invert HPRF Doppler Mode Display Explanations (Continued) Description. Indicates sample volume box. Press the control to toggle between functions: • • • • • Frequency and SV Length PRF and Wall Filter Angle Correct and Quick Angle Sweep Speed and Angle Steer Baseline and Spectral Invert LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Removes the noise caused by vessel or heart wall motion at the expense of low flow sensitivity. Control overview Dynamic Range.Optimizing the Image Doppler Mode Scanning Hints HINTS The best Doppler data is collected when parallel to flow. 5-50 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. you don't usually get both an ideal B-Mode image and ideal Doppler data simultaneously. whereas. Affects the amount of Doppler amplitude data displayed. the best B-Mode image data is collected perpendicular to the anatomic target. Controls speed of spectral update. with orientation also parallel to the anatomic target. A . Sweep Speed. Therefore. Wall Filter.

A 5-51 .Optimizing Spectral Doppler Doppler Mode Top/Sub Menu Figure 5-11. PW Mode Top/Sub Menu LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Update increases the Spectral Doppler display quality. move Trackball left or right until positioned over the vessel. Positions the sample volume gate to sample blood flow. Values Benefits Bioeffects Can move continuously throughout the field of view. a black bar may appear with a lightning bolt signalling a break in the timeline. On/Off. Observe the output display for possible effects. To activate. Activating Update may change the TI and/or MI. The gate is positioned over a specific position within the vessel. To move Doppler Mode cursor position. press B Pause to toggle between simultaneous and update. A . Changing the sample volume gate position may change the TI and/or MI. Values Benefits Bioeffects Doppler Sample Volume Gate Position (Trackball) Description Moves the sample volume gate on the B-Mode's Doppler Mode cursor. however. Doppler Mode does not restart each time the image is updated. Adjusting 5-52 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Optimizing the Image B Pause Description Adjusting Toggles between simultaneous and update presentation while viewing the timeline. move Trackball up or down until positioned inside the vessel. Observe the output display for possible effects. To move sample volume gate position.

Changing the sample volume gate size may change the TI and/ or MI. or New Patient.Optimizing Spectral Doppler Doppler Sample Volume Length Description Adjusting Sizes the sample volume gate. Exam Calcs. You can also enlarge the gate for sampling large vessels or areas. NOTE: Values Adjustments to the sample volume gate size are made from the center point of the sample volume position. Benefits A smaller gate produces accurate sampling results because it is more sensitive. Values vary by probe and application. Observe the output display for possible effects. Bioeffects LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Hold down key to continuously size gate. Sample volume gate size values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. Exam Category. A 5-53 . To increase/decrease the gate size. You can adjust the sample volume gate length whenever the sample volume gate appears on the display. adjust SV Length on the Top/Sub Menu.

If the sample volume gate range exceeds single gate PRF capability. Press the control to toggle between PRF and Wall Filter). Exam Category. Adjusting Values 5-54 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . the system automatically switches to high PRF mode. To raise/lower. signals from more than one flow area are superimposed. The display updates velocity scale parameters after you adjust the velocity scale. adjust the PRF on the Top/Sub Menu (PRF and Wall Filter share the same control. Velocity scale determines pulse repetition frequency. multiple energy pulses are used. the Doppler Mode velocity scale is also updated if Triplex is on.Optimizing the Image PRF Description Adjusts the velocity scale to accommodate faster/slower blood flow velocities. or New Patient. Otherwise. In HPRF mode. In Triplex. Multiple gates appear. when you change the velocity scale in Color Flow. Exam Calcs. HPRF mode is used when detected velocities exceed the processing capabilities of the currently selected PW Doppler scale or when the selected anatomical site is too deep for the selected PW Doppler scale. Velocity Scale values vary by probe and application. Velocity Scale values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. NOTE: Ensure that only one gate overlays a blood vessel at a time. The pulse repetition frequency (PRF) is displayed to the left of the spectrum in frames per second. High PRF High Pulse Repetition Frequency (HPRF) is a special operating mode of PW Doppler. This allows higher velocities to be detected without causing aliasing artifacts. and HPRF is indicated on the display.

Changes in the spectrum are relative to changes in the velocity scale. the spectral waveform may increase in size. that is. the spectral waveform may decrease in size. CINE memory is cleared. Bioeffects LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. When you adjust the velocity scale.Optimizing Spectral Doppler PRF (continued) Benefits Affect on other controls Blood flow information is not cut off due to the effect of aliasing. Changing the velocity range may change the TI and/or MI. it sizes accordingly. When you raise the velocity scale. when you lower the velocity scale. Observe the output display for possible effects. A 5-55 . Adjustments may affect sample volume size and Doppler wall filter.

Angle Correct values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. press Quick Angle. 5-56 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. you cannot see the angle correct indicator. adjust Angle Correct to the left/right. Angle Correct values vary by probe and application. The possible range of operation is from 0 degrees to 90 degrees in either direction. Exam Category. To quickly adjust the angle. or New Patient. the angle of incidence should be between 45-60 for vascular applications.Optimizing the Image Angle Correct Description Estimates the flow velocity in a direction at an angle to the Doppler vector by computing the angle between the Doppler vector and the flow to be measured. To adjust the angle relative to the probe face. For optimum velocity measurements. Exam Calcs. Flow toward the probe is mapped above the baseline and vice versa. This is especially useful in vascular applications where you need to measure velocity. The velocity scale changes when you adjust angle correct. NOTE: When the Doppler Mode Cursor and angle correct indicator are aligned (the angle is 0). Benefits Optimizes the accuracy of the flow velocity. Adjusting Quick Angle Description Adjusting Values Quickly adjusts the angle by 60 degrees. NOTE: Values Angle Correct can be adjusted in Triplex Mode when B Pause is activated. 0 degrees and 60 degrees. A . 1 increments from 0 to 90.

The control does not wrap when the maximum baseline shift (in either direction) has been reached. Baseline adjusts the point in the spectrum where the velocity trace is at zero. Exam Calcs. To increase/decrease. Benefits LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Unwraps the alias. Gets rid of excess. Each adjustment cycles you to the next setting. Exam Category. depending on the current Doppler scale factor. or New Patient. Rearranges the velocity scale without changing the velocity scale. Press the control to toggle between PRF and Wall Filter). unnecessary information. select Wall Filter. Wall Filter values are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. The current value displays on the Top/Sub Menu and the monitor. Exam Category. Values Benefits Affect on other controls Baseline Description Adjusting Adjusts the baseline to accommodate faster or slower blood flows to eliminate aliasing. Exam Calcs. Values vary. A 5-57 . Baseline values vary by probe and application and are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change: Probe. Values 50% is the center of the display and +95% is the top edge of the display and 5% is the bottom edge of the display. New Patient. Readjusts the positive and negative velocities limit without changing the total velocity range. To shift the baseline. Cleans out low level noise above and below the baseline so you don't see or hear it on the spectrum. Wall filter may be changed by changes to the velocity scale. depending upon the probe and application.Optimizing Spectral Doppler Wall Filter Description Adjusting Insulates the Doppler signal from excessive noise caused from vessel movement. then adjust Wall Filter on the Top/Sub Menu (PRF and Wall Filter share the same control. The baseline is raised and lowered in equal increments. The default baseline is at the midpoint of the spectrum. adjust Baseline on the Top/Sub Menu. The baseline displays as a solid line running across the spectrum.

Lets you position the cursor before you go into Doppler Mode. On/Off. Exam Calcs. The trace corresponds to flow direction (positive flow is forward flow toward the probe or negative flow is reverse flow away from the probe). Values Forward/reverse. both Color Flow and Doppler Mode velocity scales are inverted. To activate/deactivate the Doppler Mode cursor. Exam Category. The M/D Cursor key backlights. Positive velocities display below the baseline. but the Doppler information will be reversed. A . Values Benefits Invert Description Adjusting Vertically inverts the spectral trace without affecting the baseline position.Optimizing the Image M/D Cursor Description Adjusting Displays the Doppler Mode cursor on the B-Mode image. The plus (+) and minus (-) signs on the velocity scale reverse when the spectrum is inverted. If you change the probe angle to accommodate anatomy. To invert the spectral trace. It is easier in cases like this to invert the spectrum instead of reversing the probe orientation. blood flow still moves in the same direction. In Triplex. or New Patient. Trackball to position sample volume graphic. press M/D Cursor. The invert setting is returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. press Invert. Benefits 5-58 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

available for live and frozen images. If you have 5 cycles on the display. values would be averaged for 3 cycles. A 5-59 .Optimizing Spectral Doppler Cycles to Average Description The average value over a number of cycles (from 1-5). For example. which are identified by a line drawn over the 3 averaged cycles. 1-5. the PS would be the average of 3 of the 5 cycles. Values LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. if you set the number of cycles at 3.

Exam Calcs. Select the spectral trace method from Trace Method. press To get a peak trace. Selecting Trace Position Benefits Trace direction key lets you trace the cardiac cycle in the timeline above.Optimizing the Image Dynamic Range (Compression) Description Dynamic range controls how echo intensities are converted to shades of gray. Compression is available while frozen. or above and below (composite) the baseline. To increase/decrease. Each click cycles you to the next setting. Exam Category. A blue trace displays on the spectrum. 5-60 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. You access Doppler dynamic range from the Doppler Mode Top/ Sub Menu. Dynamic range operates only in realtime. or New Patient. To get a mean trace. The settings cycle in 4 dB increments. click MEAN TRACE. in CINE. or CINE Timeline. A green trace displays on the spectrum. Optimizes the image's texture and smoothness by increasing or decreasing the amount of gray scale. A . click MAX TRACE. thereby increasing the range of contrast you can adjust. Dynamic Range values vary by probe and application and are returned to the factory or user preset value when you change the following: Probe. press Dynamic Range. Adjusting Values Benefits Affect on other controls Spectral Trace (Trace Method) Description Adjusting Traces the average mean and peak velocities in realtime or frozen images. The current value displays on the Top/Sub Menu. To activate the Spectral Trace Top/Sub Menu. Lets you trace the cardiac cycle. below.

below. Select Trace Direction. Select the appropriate Top/Sub Menu control to adjust the value. increasing the Trace Sensitivity will allow the system to trace that signal strength. 1–CFM and PW PRF are the same 2–PW PRF is twice the CFM 4–PW PRF is four time the CFM Benefits Optimizes PW PRF in Triplex mode. Set “Dependent Triplex” to the on position at the Utility -> Imaging -> PW menu before using this feature. above. Above. PW/CF Ratio Description Adjusting NOTE: Values Active when “Dependent Triplex” is on in triplex mode. or both. Decrease aliasing without changing PRF or CFM. From -10 to 10. Used to set the PRF ratio between PW and CFM. Below.Optimizing Spectral Doppler Trace Sensitivity Description Adjusting Values Benefits Adjust the trace to follow the waveform for signal strength. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 5-61 . If the signal is very faint. or Both. You can select where on the waveform to perform the trace. Select PW/CF Ratio to select the ratio. Trace Direction Description Adjusting Values Benefits Specifies trace direction.

Select Full Timeline. • • B + PW or B + CF (Duplex) B + PW + CF (Triplex) B Pause pauses the image while keeping the PW timeline active.Optimizing the Image Full Timeline Description Adjusting Values Benefits Expands display to full timeline display. A . 5-62 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. With Duplex/Triplex active. Allows the user to have multiple modes active at the same time. Allows you to view just the timeline. B Pause then switches the active side between the image and the timeline. You can preset Duplex in Utility --> Imaging --> General. On/Off. Adjusting Preset Benefits Select Duplex/Triplex. M/D Cursor functions the same as the Duplex/Triplex control by cycling Duplex/Triplex on/off. When Duplex/Triplex is OFF. to see more detail. either the image or timeline is active. Triplex allows three modes to be active at the same time. Duplex/Triplex Description Duplex allows two modes to be active at the same time.

Optimizing Spectral Doppler Display Format Description Adjusting Values Benefits Changes the horizontal/vertical layout between B-Mode and MMode. Select Display Format. Adjusting Values Benefits Spectral Average Description Adjusting Values Benefits Averages the spectrum in a vertical direction and timeline direction Select Spectral Aver. if you select a higher setting. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 5-63 . You can select how to have your Doppler timeline and anatomy displayed. Select Time Resolution. the image appears smoother. Med (Medium). Horizontal 1/4 or 1/2 B-Mode. Time Resolution =1 (low) increases the time resolution (sharpens the image). the image appears sharper. to select the values. or 2/3 B-Mode. 1/2. 1-3 Time Resolution = 3 (high) smooths the Timeline. Time Resolution Description Adjusts image appearance so that if you select a lower setting. Off. This has the effect of presenting a smoother and softer image. High and Very High. or timeline only. Low. or Timeline Only. Vertical 1/3.

Optimizing the Image Modify Auto Calcs Description Adjusting Benefits Activates the menu to select which calculations are automatically calculated. A . Select Modify Auto Calcs to activate Modify Auto Calcs Top/ Sub Menu. • • • Live: Auto calculation activates when the system in a state of live. Select the appropriate Top/Sub Menu control to adjust the value. Off Adjusting Values 5-64 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Provides flexibility. Freeze: Auto calculation activates when you press Freeze. Auto Calcs Description Activates the calculation automatically which you select in the Modify Auto Calculation when the system is in a state of freeze or live.

Easy 3D. A 5-65 .. Baby Face scans. e.Using 3D Using 3D Overview WARNING DO NOT scan any pacemaker patient using the sensor device. The magnetic fields emitted from the device may interfere with the pacemaker operation. Movie Designed for rendering B Mode images.g. Table 5-3: 3D Type Easy 3D Description 3D Package Option Sensor/ No Sensor No sensor Available Tabs 3D Acquisition. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Vertical lines may be seen in a resliced image. press ‘L’ (the left split screen key). rock the probe once. Two screens appear. Scan more slowly. 3D Notes • • • • Adjust the 3D dataset brightness with B-Mode or Color Flow Mode Gain. scan evenly. 4. 6. To perform a sweep (fan) scan. press ‘R’ (the right split screen key). 5-66 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. set the scan distance before scanning. To start acquiring the image. but then you need to also press the 3D key to obtain the final render. NOTE: Set appropriate values for Acq Mode and Scan Plane. Press the 3D control panel key. The 3D volume of interest (VOI) is dynamically assembled on the right side of the screen. Optimize the B-Mode image. Ensure even gel coverage. A . 1. Use Colorize to change the color of the active dataset.Optimizing the Image 3D Acquisition Acquiring a 3D Scan To acquire a 3D scan. NOTE: You can also press Freeze. Note the distance of the scan. 5. Also. 3. To complete the 3D scan. To perform a parallel scan. start acquiring the 3D volume of interest again. This usually happens when you scan too fast or if the scan distance is set to a high value. Use Zoom to increase the zoom factor of the active dataset. NOTE: If the image stops before you’re done scanning. adjust the frame rate for a faster rate or adjust the scan distance. 2.

Rotating the 3D VOI Left/Right or Forward/Backward You can rotate it left to right or right to left. Figure 5-12. Use the hand to manipulate the 3D VOI. The 3D VOI is a tangible anatomical object that you can see and manipulate easily using the Trackball and Set control panel keys. Press Set to select a VOI for manipulation. You can rotate it forward/backward. yellow. or green). Move the closed white hand to manipulate the 3D VOI. A 5-67 . red. Press right Set key when the white pointer finger is positioned on the white box. Practice positioning the pointer at different places within the 3D VOI.Using 3D Manipulating the Volume of Interest Imagine you are able to manipulate the 3D volume of interest (VOI) in your hand. Highlight different colors (white. Manipulating the 3D Volume of Interest (White Hand) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

NOTE: Moving through a 3D Volume of Interest (Red Hand) Any plane in the volume can be made active (highlighted with red box) by clicking on it. 5-68 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Optimizing the Image Moving Through the 3D VOI You can move through the 3D VOI using the red hand. A . Press Set when the red pointer finger is positioned on the red box. Figure 5-13. Move the closed red hand to move through the 3D VOI.

Figure 5-14. A yellow hand appears only when the pointer is on an edge of the VOI.Using 3D Viewing Specific Portions of the Anatomy NOTE: You can pull back tissue to view specific portions of anatomy using the yellow hand. Move the closed yellow hand to manipulate the 3D VOI. Manipulating the Edge of a 3D Volume of Interest (Yellow Hand) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 5-69 . This actually moves an edge. Press Set when the yellow pointer finger is positioned on the yellow box.

Move the closed green hand to manipulate the 3D VOI. A . Figure 5-15. Press Set when the green pointer finger is positioned on the green box.Optimizing the Image Pulling Back a Corner of the VOI to View Specific Anatomy You can pull back a corner to view specific portions of anatomy using the green hand. Manipulating a Corner of the 3D Volume of Interest (Green Hand) 5-70 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Using 3D 3D Acquisition Parameter Description Figure 5-16. 3D Acquisition LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 5-71 .

take care that the transmitter is positioned correctly during data acquisition and that the transmitter cannot move. Low frame rates result in fewer acquired frames for the 3D dataset which results in intensive post-processing (interpolation). In this mode the probe must be moved to a position where you can clearly see a middle cut of the object you want to scan and render. Sensorless Sweep Sensorless Parallel. • Since the time for post-processing depends on the acquired number of frames.Optimizing the Image Table 5-4: 3D Parameter 3D Acquisition Description and Instructions for Use Description Selections: None. The entire scan time should be around 2-4 seconds. The color image is rendered in the texture mode. Before starting an acquisition. just tilted. the probe may not be moved parallel. Application Presets Acquisition Mode Selections: Sensorless Parallel. During the sweep. The values for opacity and threshold of the texture mode are set automatically according to the datasets histogram. certain rendering parameters are set automatically. Vascular. Sensorless Sweep. No sensor is mounted on the probe. Therefore. The gray surface mode is activated and the texture mode is switched off. No application preset applied. it is recommended that you check the frame rate. Opacity and threshold values are defined according to the histogram. Available only with Tru 3D package. A . 5-72 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Baby Face. The B-Mode image is rendered in the gray surface mode. In this mode the probe must be moved during 3D data acquisition without angling it. Vascular None. You should scan the object you want to render in 2-4 seconds. No sensor is mounted on the probe. The gray surface mode values for opacity and threshold are set automatically according to the datasets histogram. After having scanned in this mode. Start the acquisition and tilt the probe over a distance of around 60 degrees until the object disappears again. OB . After having scanned in this mode. OB .Baby Face. certain rendering parameters are set automatically. low frame rate = long postprocessing. The speed at which you scan should be constant. Tilt the probe to about 30 degrees until the object you want to scan disappears.

use this mode. Adjusts the distance covered during the scan. The assumed default width of a parallel scan is 6 cm. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. For acquiring a fetal face in sagittal cuts. A 5-73 . the volume of interest’s width can be enlarged or reduced. For acquiring a fetal face in coronal cuts. the rendered dataset is shown in a frontal view. You can adapt the form of a fetal face if the baby’s head looks oval instead of round. Scan Plane 3D Scan Distance Starts the rendering process.Using 3D Table 5-4: 3D Parameter 3D Acquisition Description and Instructions for Use (Continued) Description Selections: Front to Back. Side to Side Front to Back. use this mode. of a fan scan 60 degrees. Depending on the real width of a scan acquired during a sensorless 3D acquisition. After having scanned in this mode. the rendered dataset is shown from a side view. Side to Side. After having scanned in this mode.

A rotation of 30 degrees left and right around the actual image position (either the default position after acquisition or the position that was manually defined by manipulating the 3D volume of interest) is shown. For this 60 degree rotation. Undoes any manipulation you have done to your 3D dataset. eleven images in steps of 6 degrees are calculated. 5-74 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Initializes the calculation and display of a 3D movie. Easy 3D Table 5-5: 3D Parameter Reset Undo Auto Movie Easy 3D Description and Instructions for Use Description Resets the 3D volume of interest back to its original orientation.Optimizing the Image Easy 3D Figure 5-17. A .

for example a part of the placenta hiding the view to a fetal face. Gray Surface Activates the gray surface rendering mode. It leads to a transparent appearance of the object. The option of ‘erase outside’ deletes all structures outside the marked region. It creates a photorealistic appearance of the object. The option of ‘erase inside’ deletes all structures inside the marked region. As long as a contour is not closed.Using 3D Table 5-5: 3D Parameter Scalpel Easy 3D Description and Instructions for Use (Continued) Description Structures. If both Texture and Gray Surface mode are switched on. The volume of interest shows the acquired ultrasound images transformed into an isotropic rectangular coordinate system. Colorizes the 3D render or adds contrast to the 3D rendered image. All visible structures can be cut out. To close the contour. generated by displaying only a surrounding shell of structures. The volume of interest can be manipulated as described above. it can be traced back with the left Set key. the mixture percentage of both modes can be defined. double click the right Set key. As soon as the Apply button is pressed. A 5-75 . Opacity defines how strict Threshold is used for discrimination. press the right Set key for each vertex. can be cut out in a rendered image. Texture Threshold/ Opacity Colorize/ Contrast LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Activates the texture or photorealistic rendering mode. The region in the rendered image is marked with the right Set key. To define the contour of the region. A high opacity value leads to a transparent appearance of the rendered image. a new dataset is generated. A low opacity value creates a firmer appearance of the surface. The cut out process can be undone by the Undo Last function. The shading depends on the orientation of the surface of the object. Render Changes between the rendered image view and the view of a volume of interest. Threshold defines which gray values are used for rendering and which are considered noise.

Using this function. Movie 3D Table 5-6: 3D Parameter Manual Movie 3D Descriptions and Instructions for Use Description An animated rotation of the rendered image can be calculated and displayed by this function. Move the VOI to the end position and press Define End. the press Define Start. Movie 360 Degrees Auto Movie 5-76 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Optimizing the Image Movie 3D Figure 5-18. move the VOI to the start position. Initializes the calculation and display of a 3D movie. starts in steps of 15 degrees. A . A rotation of 30 degrees left and right around the actual image position (either the default position after acquisition or the position that was manually defined by manipulating the 3D volume of interest) is shown. For this 60 degree rotation. eleven images in steps of 6 degrees are calculated. The calculation and display of a complete rotation around the axis. To define this. you first need to define the start and end position of the rotation. defined by the Axis button.

As soon as Pause is pressed. Stops and restarts the rotation.Using 3D Table 5-6: 3D Parameter Axis Movie Speed Pause Movie 3D Descriptions and Instructions for Use (Continued) Description All rotations (Auto Move and Movie 360) are calculated as rotations around the specified axis (X. Y. or Z). the different rotation steps can be displayed by moving the Trackball. A 5-77 . You can adjust the speed of any 3D rotation. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

5-78 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Optimizing the Image This page intentionally left blank. A .

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 6-1 . describes additional ways to get useful information electronically. In addition.Chapter 6 Scanning/Display Functions Describes additional ways in which to adjust the image.

A reference image appears in the upper. You can also zoom frozen images. A . Zoom Bioeffect Zooming an image changes the frame rate which tends to change thermal indices. The position of the focal zones may also change which may cause the peak intensity to occur at a different location in the acoustic field. To exit zoom.Scanning/Display Functions Zooming an Image Introduction Zoom is used to magnify a zoom region of interest (ROI). 6-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To zoom an image. the MI (TI) may change. As a result. adjust Zoom. adjust Zoom until the reference zoom image is removed or press B-Mode. The system adjusts all imaging parameters accordingly. left-hand section of the display. Acoustic Output Hazard Observe the output display for possible effects.

This is useful . press the L and R keys simulataneously to display B and B+CFM. To switch between active images. press L/R. or B and B+PDI in real-time on the left and right side.To activate a quad display. press R until the screen changes. the quad screen activates. To deactivate. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. If you press and hold down the L or R key. for example. A 6-3 . HINTS HINTS While using CFM or PDI. press L.Split Screen Split Screen Overview To activate a dual split screen. It is useful to observe the ROI in B-Mode. when measuring AFI. press and hold down L.

NOTE: NOTE: While the image is frozen. Selecting a new probe unfreezes the image Freezing an image To freeze an image.Scanning/Display Functions Freezing an Image Introduction Freezing a real-time image stops all movement and allows you to measure and print the image. 1. If you are in a mixed mode. NOTE: Deactivating Freeze erases all measurements and calculations from the display (but not from the worksheet). Press Freeze. To reactivate the image. both screen formats stop immediately. Press Freeze again. Deactivating Freeze restarts both modes and places a black bar on the trace to indicate the time discontinuity. all Power Output is suspended. A . 1. 6-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The key backlights. Use the Trackball to start CINE after pressing Freeze.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Step on the footswitch. If you are in a mixed mode. NOTE: Deactivating Freeze erases all measurements and calculations from the display (but not from the worksheet). To freeze an image: 1. A 6-5 . 2. To reactivate the image: 1. Press Freeze.Freezing an Image Freezing an Image (Footswitch Option) You can also freeze the image via the footswitch. the realtime icon is removed from the monitor. Use the Trackball to start CINE after pressing Freeze. both screen formats stop immediately. Deactivating Freeze restarts both modes and places a black bar on the trace to indicate the time discontinuity. 2.

Optimizes the B-Mode image or Doppler Spectrum. • • • • • • NOTE: Angle Correct Invert Map (CF) Colorize (PW) Threshold Compression Color cannot be added to a black and white image that has been frozen. A .Scanning/Display Functions Post processing You can use the following controls to process a frozen B-Mode image. • • • • • • • Map Zoom Rotation Reverse Rejection Dynamic Range Gain You can use the following controls to process a frozen Color Flow image and Doppler Spectrum image. 6-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Auto Optimize.

Using CINE Using CINE Introduction CINE images are constantly being stored by the system and are available for playback or manual review via CINE. Move the Trackball. CINE is stored on the system's memory and can be archived as well. CINE is useful for focusing on images during a specific part of the heart cycle or to view short segments of a scan session. Press Freeze. Timeline data is continually stored at four times the display width of timeline data (and updates the corresponding B-Mode images). Activating CINE To activate CINE. Data in CINE is available until new data is acquired. You can view CINE as a continuous loop via CINE Loop or manually review CINE images frame by frame via the Trackball. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. 1. A 6-7 .

8 s).3:13. A . as well as the time at which this frame occurs within the loop (11. 6-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. CINE Top/Sub Menu Adjusting CINE Loop Speed Adjust the Loop Speed control at the bottom of the Top/Sub Menu. Figure 6-1. CINE Display Using CINE The following Top/Sub Menu appears: Figure 6-2.Scanning/Display Functions CINE and Monitor Display The CINE display (located on the left-hand side of the monitor) indicates which frame you are viewing of the whole loop (517:635).

NOT for the time phase of the acquired Doppler Spectrum. A 6-9 . Velocity Scale with B-Mode Only If you review the B-Mode CINE Loop while in Doppler Mode with the Timeline using B-Mode only. select Cine Mode Selection and select B Only. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Using CINE Disconnecting B-Mode CINE from Timeline CINE To review the B-Mode CINE Loop only. To return to linked B-Mode and Timeline CINE Loop review. select Cine Mode Selection and select TL Only. the Velocity Scale displayed with the Timeline is for the time phase of the currently-displayed B-Mode image. select Cine Mode Selection and select B/TL. To review the Timeline CINE Loop only. Check the velocity value with the measurement function if you review the CINE Loop using B-Mode only. Note that there may be a discrepancy between the velocity scale displayed and the velocity measured using the measurement function.

Comment Key 6-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Comment Key on the Alphanumeric Keyboard 1. It also provides the user with arrow markers to point to parts of the image. This assigns the trackball function to controlling the cursor and displays the comment library on the Top/Sub Menu menu. Pressing the Comment key or any keys on the alphanumeric keyboard initiates the comment mode. Figure 6-3. A .Scanning/Display Functions Annotating an Image Introduction The comment function provides the capability to type the comments of free text and/or insert the pre-defined comments from the comment library.

Pressing the F11 (Set Home) key sets the user specified position for comments. press the next function you wish to do. text can be added by using the comment library or by typing from the alphanumeric keyboard. The factory default color for comments is yellow. To move by words or by text group. the display’s home position can be changed (preferred comment area) for each display so that all subsequent comments begin in the same spot. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: The user cannot change the Font Family. or when preset via Utility--> Comments. a vertical bar type cursor appears on the screen. etc. To indicate a specific comment or text group is selected. Comments can be erased by powering down. To delete all comments and arrow marks. NOTE: In this case. Comment Mode can also be automatically activated by typing from the alphanumeric keyboard. press the Tab key. To exit the Comment/Library Comment function. A new cursor home position is established by placing the cursor in the desired position and pressing Shift+Home. bright red. The system automatically searches for the word you want in the comment bar and you can press tab to choose it. In addition. Once the comment is set or fixed. Use the Trackball to move the cursor. the cursor comes up at this selected home position.Annotating an Image Introduction (continued) In comment mode. After activating the comment mode. orange. A 6-11 . when you press Clear or New Patient. Comment Mode is activated by pressing the Comment key. Subsequently. the color turns to green. The choices are white. the color returns to yellow or to the user selected color. yellow. To delete comments by character. when entering comments. press the Backspace key. press the Clear key twice immediately after entering the comment mode. The color selection can be changed to any of the colors available on the system. the cursor begins at the same location where the comment mode was exited.

The default for the pointer size can be preset. The pointer head direction can be controlled by movement of the Trackball or Arrow Rotate control. press the Clear key right after pressing the F2 (Arrow) key. When the pointer comes up. NOTE: Comments may not be retained when the image is switched to M-Mode image format depending on the preset. allowing the users to save or printing an image without clearing the typed text. To readjust the length and thickness of the pointer. To erase all comments as well as arrows. Press Set to fix the place of the pointer and direction of the pointer head. The position of the comments is adjusted so that it is at the same relative position with respect to the display window in the new format as it was in the single image format. Arrow Pointers Arrow pointers can be used by activating the F2 (Arrow) key on the keyboard. By using this function. Text Overlays There are 2 layers of the text in comments.Scanning/Display Functions Adding Comments to an Image Comment Retention Comments from the B-Mode images are retained and carried over when switching to multi-image format or duplex mode. press the Clear key right after the Comment key. users can perform a HIDE TEXT/SHOW TEXT. To delete the arrow marks. indicating it is active and can be moved. 6-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. it is a GREEN color. A . • • • NOTE: This action clears the arrows only. use the Arrow Resize rotary control. not the comments on the screen. which can be selected by toggling the F12 (Text Overlay) function. • Move the pointer using the Trackball to any place on the screen. The GREEN color turns to YELLOW (or the default color if changed). which is pre-defined in the Utility -> Admin -> Function key preset.

Each Top/Sub Menu key can also be configured to hold a small list of up to 3 comments. To show the presence of a small list stored under a particular key. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Annotating an Image Annotating an image using the library To reduce the amount of time spent annotating an image. a small indicator (>) is placed on the key. As many as 6 libraries are available per study. The first word in the list is displayed on the Top/Sub Menu and the others can be accessed by toggling the key or pop-up menu. store frequently-used comments in the Comment Library. A 6-13 . To program your system with specific comments. Select the desired comment from the Top/Sub Menu. Press Comment and move the comment cursor location using the Trackball. One of the selected libraries is designated as the default and its entries shall be displayed on the Top/Sub Menu when the comment mode is activated for that study.

1 WORD WRAP 2 WORD WRAP Figure 6-4. The word wrap starts one line below the start of that comment. Use the Trackball to move the selected text and press Set. The selected text color turns to green. NOTE: Moving Texts The same word wrap principles apply for library scripts as typed comments.Scanning/Display Functions Annotating an image with typed words • Press Comment and type the comments where the cursor is currently located (the display's home position) and use the Trackball to further place the comment cursor in the desired location. Before 2. 6-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. or a word cannot be completed in the lower right corner. Next Line Word Wrap 1. A . • • • Place the cursor on the desired text or text group and press Set. Comments appear on all prints and photos. • NOTE: Comments wrap to the next line when they are within one character of the right margin if Word Wrapping is selected in the Text Boundary preset. After If the cursor appears at the right edge of the lowest line. You have the ability to move comments already on the screen and place them in different locations. word wrap cannot be executed. Press Enter to move to the next line.

press Shift + Grab Word. To delete previous character(s): • • Press Backspace as many times as necessary to make the deletion. Press Tab to move to the right by text group (Preset Keyboard Tab = Word) • To move through the text a word at a time: • NOTE: Press Shift + Tab to move to the left. To cancel the last action: • Press Undo key. If there is no more text to delete. Blank spaces take the place of the letter(s) that were there. then the cursor will find another text group to delete to the upper left direction. the cursor will be located at home position. NOTE: To select all text groups. Continue typing the comment after backspacing over all incorrect letters. To increase/decrease the area of the highlighted selection use HIGHLIGHT rotary. The selected comment will be highlighted. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Annotating an Image Annotating an image with typed words (continued) Editing while annotating Backspace over any error(s) made. Once all texts within the selected text group are deleted. To activate the last text group typed or selected from the Library: • • Adjust the Grab Word control. A 6-15 .

Body patterns are a simple graphic of a portion of the anatomy that is frequently scanned. The body pattern and probe marker can serve as a reference for a patient and probe positioning when images are archived or scanned. Up to 30 individual body patterns in the packages can be changed. press the Body Mark control. To activate body patterns. Top/Sub Menu displays of Body Pattern 6-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Scanning/Display Functions Body Patterns An additional way to annotate the image display is with body patterns. The body pattern packages may be customized to accommodate user preference. Figure 6-5. A . A maximum of 5 body pattern packages are displayed on the Top/ Sub Menu according to exam category and preset.

A 6-17 . Press the Body Mark and Clear controls to erase the body pattern. A probe mark is associated with the body patterns and illustrates the probe position on the body pattern. The selected body pattern is displayed on the monitor. Press the Move Pattern control on the Top/Sub Menu to reposition the body pattern with the Trackball and Set controls. use the Active Side rotary control at the bottom of the Top/Sub Menu.Annotating an Image Body Patterns (continued) Select the desired body pattern on the Top/Sub Menu. This marker can be placed with the Trackball and rotated with the Ellipse control. The probe mark type is selectable by rotating the Probe Type control on the Top/Sub Menu. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. There are different choices available with one being a blank selection. To select the active side in dual B-Mode. Press Set on the keyboard or Scan on the Top/Sub Menu to exit without erasing the body pattern. The pattern is erased and the system exits the body pattern mode.

Body Patterns Available 6-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Scanning/Display Functions Body Patterns (continued)TBD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 Figure 6-6. A .

leg8 60. leg4 56. arm1 6. body3 14. chest 21. head5 44. liver 61. leg1 53. heart7 51. uro6 93. fetus15 36. leg3 55. vet-cat3 101. twin3 82. vet-cow1 102. organ1 72. fetus3 24. vet-cow2 103. arm2 7. vet-cow3 104. heart1 45. uro4 91. ob3 68. organ4 75. uterus1 96. twin6 85. body5 16. heart6 50. uro5 92. fetus8 29. leg2 54. breast2 19. fetus12 33. ob1 66. abdom4 5. twin1 80. organ2 73. head1 40. ob4 69. head2 41. uro1 88. neck1 62. fetus13 34. body4 15. organ3 74. fetus7 28. leg5 57. arm5 10. ob5 70. thyroid 79. heart5 49. uro8 95. vet-cat2 100. fetus4 25. heart2 46. heart3 47. vet-horse5 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Annotating an Image Body Patterns (continued) 1. vet-horse4 111. twin5 84. uterus2 97. organ5 76. fetus6 27. ob2 67. uro3 90. vet-dog2 106. fetus1 22. breast3 20. head4 43. hand2 39. arm4 9. vet-horse1 108. leg7 59. A 6-19 . heart8 52. fetus11 32. hand1 38. body1 12. twin7 86. twin4 83. body2 13. vet-cat1 99. abdom2 3. neck3 64. fetus14 35. pelvis1 77. uterus3 98. vet-horse3 110. vet-horse2 109. fetus16 37. twin8 87. vet-dog3 107. body6 17. abdom3 4. arm3 8. head3 42. uro2 89. ob6 71. twin2 81. neck4 65. arm6 11. abdom1 2. pelvis2 78. fetus9 30. fetus10 31. vet-dog1 105. breast1 18. fetus5 26. heart4 48. leg6 58. neck2 63. uro7 94. fetus2 23.

Scanning/Display Functions Electronic Documentation Documentation Distribution Documentation is being provided via: • • • • • • Release Notes (supplied on paper) Quick Guide or User Guide (supplied on paper) AIUM Acoustic Output Booklet AIUM Acoustic Output Booklet (USA Only) Online Help (on the Ultrasound Scanner via F1) Electronic media. A . 6-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. which includes: • • • • • • NOTE: Basic User Manual Advanced Reference Manual Quick Guide User Guide Release Notes and Workarounds Basic Service Manual All user documentation is provided in multiple languages if translations were available at the time of media publication. You can view user documentation on a PC or on the Ultrasound Scanner via the Customer Documentation media.

A 6-21 . Help appears. help book navigational tools on the left portion of the screen (Contents. and the content portion on the right side of the screen where help topics are displayed. The Help screen is divided into three sections: navigational tools on the top. Back. Favorites). press Alt + F4 to exit or press F1 to activate the cursor. Figure 6-7. Index. After pressing F1. Forward). Search. NOTE: If the cursor is lost while using Online Help. left portion of the screen (Hide.Electronic Documentation Using Online Help Via F1 Online Help is available via the F1 key. Opening Help Screen LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Scanning/Display Functions Navigating through the Help Book Online Help is organized like a manual. Click on the plus sign next to the chapter you want to view to open up that section. Click on the link to move to the new topic. Click on the plus (+) sign next to MANUAL to open up the book. underlined text links you to related topics. sections. and pages. A . 6-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Click on the plus sign next to the chapter you want to view to open up that chapter. with individual chapters. Open up the page to view that page’s information. Sample Help Topic The blue. Figure 6-8.

underlined portion of text. press Back. To return to the link. the screen updates with this link’s content. Figure 6-9. To go back to the previous screen. Topic Link LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Forward. A 6-23 .Electronic Documentation Links After you click on a blue.

A . Type in the topic name in the Type in the keyword to find: field.Scanning/Display Functions Searching for a Topic To search for a specific topic. Either double click on the topic you want to view or highlight the topic and press the Display button to view this topics. Topics with the word or phrase you typed appear in the Select Topic to display: area. Search Results 6-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Figure 6-10. click on the Search tab in the left portion of the screen.

Adding Favorites LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. In this case. press the Favorites tab. highlight the topic in the Topics window.Electronic Documentation Saving Favorite Topics You may find that there are topics you need to refer to often. A 6-25 . and press the Add button. it’s a good idea to save these topics as Favorites. You can now view this topic quickly by going to the Favorites help tab. To save a topic as a favorite. Figure 6-11.

A . To size the Help window. left-hand portion of the screen. press the Hide icon at the upper.Scanning/Display Functions Using the Index Or. right-hand corner of the Online Help window. press the ‘X’ in the upper. Index Other Help Features To hide the left side of the screen. then use the scroll bar to look up a topic. To view the left side of the screen again. left-hand portion of the screen. 6-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. position and hold down the cursor at the very top of the Help window while moving the Trackball to the Top/Sub Menu display. Press the Index tab. position and hold down the cursor at the corner of the screen while moving the Trackball. you can look for topics by using the Index. Figure 6-12. Exiting Online Help To exit Online Help. To move the Help window to the Top/Sub Menu display. press the Show icon at the upper.

2.adobe. right-hand corner of the browser window. click on the ‘X’ in the upper. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.com. 4.html’ document. underlined link in the File Name column). Select the item you want to view (click on the blue. a free download is available on the Adobe website at http://www. Open the media drive on your desktop. NOTE: If your PC does not have Adobe Reader. 1.Electronic Documentation Electronic media Accessing Documentation Via a PC To view user documentation on a PC. Insert the media into the media drive. A 6-27 . Double click on the ‘gedocumentation. 3. To close the window.

Scanning/Display Functions This page intentionally left blank. 6-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .

Chapter 7 General Measurements and Calculations Describes how to perform general measurements and calculations. A 7-1 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

General Measurements and Calculations Introduction Measurements and calculations derived from ultrasound images are intended to supplement other clinical procedures available to the attending physician. Formulas and databases used within the system software that are associated with specific investigators are so noted. A . Be sure to refer to the original article describing the investigator's recommended clinical procedures. be sure to note any protocols associated with a particular measurement or calculation. It includes the following topics: • • • • • • • Exam workflow Location of measurement controls Description of calipers List of generic measurements General information about taking measurements Mode Measurements: Step-by-step instructions for taking specific measurements. Overview This section provides information about taking measurements and describes calculations available in each mode. The accuracy of measurements is not only determined by system accuracy. When appropriate. organized by mode Basic steps to view and edit worksheets 7-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. but also by the use of proper medical protocols by the user.

Introduction Exam workflow For each patient. and measurement. and depth. a femur length is a measurement. when you choose the Obstetrics exam category. The definitions of these terms are as follows: • Exam Category – categories include the following: • • • • • • • • • Abdomen Obstetrics Gynecology Cardiology Vascular Urology Small Parts Pediatrics Study/Preset – after you choose an exam category. you need to measure width. the system organizes information by exam category. A measurement can include several pieces of measurement data. length. to calculate the area of a gestational sac. A 7-3 . For example. study. you can choose one of the following studies: • • • • • • Generic OB-1 OB-2/3 OB-General Fetal Heart OB/GYN Vessel • Measurement – the measurements and calculations needed to analyze an item of anatomy. For example. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the system allows you to select a study. For example.

NEW PATIENT (Exam Category) Abdomen OBSTETRICS Gynecology Cardiology (Study) Generic OB-1 OB-2/3 OB-General (Measurement) GS CRL BPD FL Fetal Heart Pediatrics For details on how to start a new patient. 7-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.General Measurements and Calculations Exam workflow (continued) The following shows a workflow example for an obstetrics exam. A .

After the first caliper for a distance measurement has been set and the second caliper positioned. 3. clears all calipers and measurements from the display. Ellipse activates the area/ellipse measurement function. Select Cursor Select to adjust the measurement calipers.Introduction Location of Measurement Controls Figure 7-1. Clear. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. erases the measuring caliper and measurement data from the display. During a measurement sequence. use the Trackball to increase or decrease the size of the ellipse. Set. Activates a measurement caliper and the associated calculation package. 5. Measure. 2. selects the measurement on the Summary Window. A 7-5 . Trackball. 4. During the ellipse adjustment. Moves the measurement calipers. Fixes the caliper for measurements and completes the measurement sequence. Ellipse. When not performing a measurement sequence. Locating Measurement Controls 1.

A . The symbols are used in sequence as listed. the caliper symbol changes to one of the nine shown below. If you choose Symbol as the Cursor Type. Measurement line display While you are making a measurement. and so on. found on the System -> System Measure screen. If Show Caliper Line is not selected. An active caliper is green and a fixed caliper is yellow. 7-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The first symbol is used for the first measurement. After you press Set to complete the measurement. after you complete a measurement. the second symbol for the second measurement. it is assigned a number. the system erases the dotted line and only the measurement calipers with a number or symbol are displayed. the dotted line remains on the display if the Show Caliper Line in the Options tab is selected. The Show Caliper Line on the Options tab takes precedence over the Cursor Line Display preset. after you complete a measurement.General Measurements and Calculations Description of calipers While you are making a measurement. Figure 7-2. The numbers or symbols also identify measurements in the Results Window. Fixed Caliper Symbols For information about how to choose Cursor Type of Number or Symbol. If you choose Number as the Cursor Type. the system displays a dotted line to show the measurement. The system allows you to identify measurements by number or by unique symbol. the measurement caliper is either active (open plus sign) or fixed (closed plus sign).

For example. spline trace or open trace) Echo level Circumference and area (trace. spline trace or open trace) Circumference and area (trace. the Tissue depth measurement is available. The type of measurement depends on the current scan mode and the number of times Measure is pressed. and so on. spline trace or open trace) Echo level The type of measurement repeats as you press Measure. A 7-7 .Introduction List of general measurements The following table shows the types of general measurements available when you press Measure but do not choose a specific calculation. when you press Measure the fourth time. Time TAMAX and TAMEAN Two velocities. Table 7-1: If you press Measure (while frozen) Once General Measurements by Mode MODE B and CF • • Twice • Distance Circumference and area (ellipse) Circumference and area (trace. in M-Mode. time and acceleration Time interval Doppler Velocity M Tissue depth Three times • Time and velocity • Four times • • NOTE: LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

if you select the calculation before you take the measurement. If you select the calculation after you take the measurement. Selecting a calculation When you take measurements. then the system assumes you want to start the calculation. if you make any further measurements. in Obstetrics. the available calculations are displayed on the Top/ Sub Menu.General Measurements and Calculations General Instructions You can take measurements in all modes and image formats. Once the Results Window has nine measurements. The system then uses the calculation for the next measurement. After you select an exam category. frozen. if you select a calculation and the measurement is not applicable for the calculation. the estimated fetal age is displayed as you take the measurement. 7-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. each measurement is given a sequential number on the display and in the Results Window. The system can display nine measurements on the screen at one time. you can select the calculation before you take the measurement or after you take it. While you are taking a measurement. For example. the estimated fetal age is displayed after you complete the measurement. Measurement and calculation results As you take measurements. the value in the Results Window updates until you complete the measurement. NOTE: After you take a measurement. the system erases the first measurement and adds the new measurement ("first in. including real-time. A . or CINE. first out").

2. Select the study and the desired measurement. 5. A 7-9 . move the Trackball to the measurement. repeat steps 1–4. The system lists the exam categories. the list includes all distance calculations for the current study. select Exam Calcs. move the Trackball to highlight the item and press Set. Selecting a measurement in a different application While scanning a patient. To select the measurement in the Results Window. After you complete the measurement. 4. to return to the original application. The measurement is highlighted. you may find that you want to measure an item that is not in the current application. 4. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: This measurement DOES NOT appear on the original application worksheet. if it is a distance measurement. to assign the measurement: 1. For example. Select the exam category that has the calculation you want to make. The system displays a list of applicable calculations. 3. 2. On the Top/Sub Menu. The system assigns the calculation to the measurement. Press Measure. Press Measure. Press Set. 3. To select an item in the list. To select a calculation from a different application: 1. 6. The system displays the Top/Sub Menu for the selected exam category. select the Exam Category.Introduction Selecting a calculation (continued) If there is a measurement listed in the Results Window that has not been assigned a calculation. On the Top/Sub Menu.

Position the window in the desired location and press Set again to fix that position. See ‘M&A Advanced Preset’ on page 7-46 for more information. Minimize Results Window Icon 2. That number is used when calculating the heart rate. There are two ways to move the Results Window: 1. the system assumes a specific number of cycles are measured. 7-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select the Advanced tab. press the Utility key.General Measurements and Calculations Specifying measurement and display options Specifying heart rate cycles When you measure heart rate. To specify the number of heart rate cycles. Move the pointer over the “Move Results Window Icon” and press Set. move the pointer over the “Minimize Results Window Icon” and press Set. After changing patients. The display can be moved into the following locations: • • • • Minimizing the Results Window Left Top Right Top Right Bottom Left Bottom To minimize the Results Window. The system displays a list of choices from 1 – 10. You can change the number of cycles used in the calculation. Moving the Results Window You may want to change where the Results Window is positioned on the monitor display. select Measure. then select Heart Rate Cycle. you can position the window on the screen. the system assumes you are measuring the specified number of cycles. the system defaults to the number specified in the Heart Rate Cycle parameter. Select Utility -> System -> System Measure. Select the number you want. Figure 7-3. Results Window Icons a. After you choose a number. A . the next time you measure heart rate. In the Results Window portion. Move Results Window Icon b.

Figure 7-4. Select Side and Location as needed. The post-assignment menu appears. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 7-11 . 2. NOTE: Post-assignment menu This feature is only available in manual calcs. Move the cursor to the result box (with the green frame) and press Set.Introduction Post-assignment for Side/Location 1.

to erase the active measuring caliper and the current data measured. press Measure to toggle between active calipers. to erase all data that has been measured to this point. press Freeze.General Measurements and Calculations General Instructions (continued) The following are actions you can take while performing measurements. you can change the measurement. press Clear. press Clear. After a cursor is activated. to make fine adjustments before completing the measurements. select that measurement again from the Top/Sub Menu. • To repeat any measurement. to rotate through and activate previously fixed calipers. NOTE: If you want to change a trace measurement. • • Before making measurements. A . but not data entered on worksheet pages. When there are several measurements on the display. to stop the acquisition of image data. select Cursor Select. Before completing the measurement sequence. 7-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. you must erase it and trace again. HINTS • • • Calculation formulas are available in the Advanced Reference Manual. After the sequence is complete. For measurements such as distance.

the system erases all completed measurements and calculations on the display. to erase the second caliper and activate the first caliper. remain on the worksheets. the system erases the first (oldest) measurement and adds the new measurement. If the second caliper is active. HINTS • • • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Clear. or press Clear. A 7-13 . unfreeze the image. If you make a new measurement that exceeds the maximum number of allowable measurements.Introduction Erasing measurements The following actions erase measurements from the system's memory: • If you adjust the Trackball. the system erases all measurements and calculations on the display and clears the worksheets. Measurements and calculations. If you select New Patient. however.

The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO allows you to quickly and easily set up your system so that you can work most efficiently.General Measurements and Calculations Measurement and Calculation Setup Measurements and studies are organized for typical work flows. A . If you want. you can change this set up. This section describes how to: • • • • • • • • Change a study to include different measurements Add a new study or measurement Remove a study from an exam category Change measurement parameters Create a measurement formula to correctly handle unit conversions Edit user-defined calculations Define application-specific measurement parameters Specify the default manual calc measurements for a selected study or folder 7-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. You can specify which studies are in each exam category. and which measurements and calculations are in each study. You can change the measurements that are available on the Top/Sub Menu.

The system displays the Utility screen on the monitor display. To open the screen: 1. Press Utility. 3.Measurement and Calculation Setup Starting Study and Measurement SetUp You can make changes to studies and measurements in the Measurement & Analysis screen. Move the Trackball to the Measure button at the bottom of the screen and press Set. A 7-15 . Select Measure. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. The system displays the Measurement & Analysis screen.

NOTE: In the Measure menu. 7-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Measurement menu: add and delete studies (folders) and measurements. A . Folder or measurement: define studies and measurements. Measurement & Analysis screen 1. study. 3. 2. or measurement. This section changes between Folder and Measurement. depending on what you select in the Selection menu. Selection menu: select exam category. select mode. the navigational tabs across the top may differ from system to system but the functionality is the same.General Measurements and Calculations Starting Study and Measurement SetUp (continued) Figure 7-5.

Move the Trackball to highlight the exam category at the top of the Selection menu. 2. Press Set. Press Set. it displays the exam category that was last used on the system. The system displays a list of exam categories. 4. Figure 7-6. A 7-17 . To select the exam category you want to work with: 1. Select Exam Category LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The Selection menu lists studies and measurements for the selected exam category. 3. Move the Trackball to highlight the exam category you want.Measurement and Calculation Setup Selecting an exam category When you open the Measurement & Analysis screen.

select one of the following: • • • 2D (B-Mode) MM (M-Mode) Dop (Doppler Mode) The Selection menu lists studies and measurements for the selected mode. Select Mode 7-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.General Measurements and Calculations Selecting the measurement mode In the Measurement menu section of the Measurement & Analysis screen. A . Figure 7-7.

The Selection menu lists the studies and measurements for an exam category. in the same order that they are organized on the Top/Sub Menu while doing measurements. with the OB studies listed.Measurement and Calculation Setup Selecting a study or measurement To work with a folder or measurement. A 7-19 . The following example shows the highest level of the Obstetrics exam category. The studies and measurements are organized in a hierarchy. you must first select it in the Selection menu. Figure 7-8. Selection Menu: Exam Studies LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Selection Menu: OB-1 Exam Category 7-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the Selection menu shows all folders and measurements in the study. Figure 7-9. and lists the measurements. A .General Measurements and Calculations Selecting a study or measurement (continued) After you select a study. The Selection menu shows all measurements for the OB-1 exam category. The Folder section of the Measurement & Analysis screen changes.

A 7-21 . Figure 7-10.Measurement and Calculation Setup Selecting a study or measurement (continued) The following example shows the Selection menu after the BPD measurement is selected. The Measurement section is now displayed. with information about the BPD measurement. Selection Menu: BPD Measurement LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

move the Trackball to the check box for the item. If you selected a measurement.General Measurements and Calculations Selecting a study or measurement (continued) To select a folder or measurement: 1. 2. • If you selected a folder. Move the Trackball to the Selection menu and highlight the folder or measurement. The item is now listed in the Selection menu. To move or change an item that is in the Available folders and measurements list but not in the Selection menu. Press Set. 7-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. and press Set. A . the system displays the measurement in the Measurement section of the Measurement & Analysis screen. the system displays the folder in the Folder section of the Measurement & Analysis screen. • NOTE: Items must be selected in the Available folders and measurements list to be in the Selection menu.

A 7-23 . Available folders and measurements check boxes LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Measurement and Calculation Setup Selecting a study or measurement (continued) Figure 7-11.

or can indicate a measurement group that contains related measurements. A folder can indicate a study. the system displays all folders and measurements that are in the folder. one of each quadrant. Figure 7-12. AFI Folder 7-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . The AFI folder contains four measurements. For example. a calculation such as OB Amniotic Fluid Index (AFI) requires four measurements.General Measurements and Calculations Using folders When you select a folder in the Selection menu.

The list has all folders and measurements currently selected for the study or folder. Selection Menu.Measurement and Calculation Setup Specifying Which Measurements Go in a Study or Folder The Folder section of the Measurement & Analysis screen has two lists of folders and measurements. • Available folders and measurements. A 7-25 . • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. This is where you specify which items go in a study or folder. The left list contains all possible folders and measurements for the selected study or folder. These are selected from the available folders and measurements list. These are the folders and measurements you see when you are scanning and choose an exam category.

This is the automatic sequence feature. one after the other. Measurement & Analysis screen: Auto sequence 1. Selection Menu 2. Figure 7-13. A . select the folder that contains the measurements you want. This allows you to logically organize measurements. • In the Folder section of the Measurement & Analysis screen. select Auto sequence. To use this feature: • In the Selection menu. related measurements are put in a measurement folder. It also allows you to specify that the system automatically start each measurement in a folder. Umbilical Doppler measurements are put in the Umbilical measurement folder. Auto Sequence 7-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. For OB/GYN Vessel measurements.General Measurements and Calculations Setting up an automatic exam flow In some cases. The system displays the folder and lists the measurements.

Head Circumference can be measured with an ellipse. NOTE: The diagram to the right of the Tool list shows the measurement type. a trace. Select the arrow to display the drop-down list. For example. or two distances. NOTE: If the Tool field is gray. select the desired tool from the Tool list.Measurement and Calculation Setup Changing Measurements You can make changes to some of the measurements. this is what the system expects when you scan and choose this measurement. A 7-27 . You can specify which measurement type you want the system to use as the default. • To change the tool used to make a measurement: In the Measurement section of the Measurement & Analysis screen. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. In the following example. it cannot be changed. After you choose the tool. ellipse is selected and the diagram shows an ellipse. You specify the measurement type by selecting the tool to use to make the measurement.

A .General Measurements and Calculations Changing Measurements (continued) Figure 7-14. Measurement & Analysis screen: Change measurements • Tool field: select the default tool used to make the measurement 7-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

5. To name the folder. If you want to use an existing folder. the system adds a folder with a name such as USERDEFS1. To add measurements to the folder. 4. The system displays the new folder in the Folder section of the Measurement & Analysis screen. • Figure 7-15. A 7-29 . and then select a folder from the list. In the Measurement menu section.Measurement and Calculation Setup Adding Folders and Measurements Adding a folder When you add a folder. It is listed in the Selection menu. Add folder Window 3. In the Selection menu. and type the name. or a measurement folder that includes related measurements. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select the user-defined folder in the Selection menu. press Set twice. 2. You cannot edit this folder. 1. • If you select Blank. The list includes all folders defined for the current exam category and selected mode. See ‘Adding a User Defined Measurement’ on page 7-31 for more information. select Add folder. select Insert. it can be a study. move the Trackball to highlight the Name field. select the study or folder where you want to add the folder.

General Measurements and Calculations Adding a folder (continued) Figure 7-16. A . Measurement & Analysis: Add folder 7-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

• If you want to use an existing formula. Figure 7-17. select Use copy of. select Blank. and then select a measurement from the list. select the study or folder where you want to add the measurement. 2. A 7-31 . 1. NOTE: • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. select Insert. Add Measurement window 3. Do one of the following: • If you want to create this measurement from a copy of an existing measurement. You cannot edit this formula. In the Selection menu. The list includes all measurements defined for the current exam category and selected mode. and then select a measurement from the list. If you want to create a blank new measurement.Measurement and Calculation Setup Adding a User Defined Measurement You can create a user-defined measurement in a systemdefined folder or in a folder you created. select Add measurement. In the Measurement menu section. This only applies to OB and Cardiac. The system displays the Add Measurement window. The list includes all measurements defined for the current exam category and selected mode.

Figure 7-18. the system adds a measurement with a name such as USERDEFM1. A . See ‘Changing or adding measurement parameters’ on page 7-33 for more information. the system lists the measurement and its parameters in the Measurement section. the measurement name is automatically highlighted. You may also want to change parameters if you copied an existing measurement. When you create a new measurement. You can change the name of a measurement you created from a copy. If you created a measurement from a copy of an existing measurement.General Measurements and Calculations Adding a User Defined Measurement (continued) 4. • • If you created a blank measurement. 5. Type a name for the new measurement. Defining measurement parameters Measurement & Analysis: Add measurement After you add a measurement. 7-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select OK. you can add parameters.

For a description of other measurement changes. check this box. select the measurement. check this box. Adding measurement parameters To add a measurement parameter: 1. 3. Side: If this measurement includes a Left or Right side. 2. NOTE: If the Tool field is gray. select the desired tool from the Tool list. In the Selection menu. select the measurement. Location: If this measurement includes a Prox. move the Trackball to the parameter name and press Set three times. or Dist location. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Changing measurement parameters To change a measurement parameter: 1. it cannot be changed. check Fetus (OB only). Type a name for the parameter. If necessary.Measurement and Calculation Setup Changing or adding measurement parameters You can make changes to measurement parameters and you can add measurement parameters. 2. check this box. A 7-33 . Select the arrow to display the drop-down list. or Side: • • • Fetus: If this is an OB measurement. To change the tool used to make a measurement: In the Measurement section of the Measurement & Analysis screen. (Default ON). See ‘Changing Measurements’ on page 7-27 for more information. To change the name of the Parameter. Mid. In the Selection menu. Location (Loc).

The system adds a parameter with a name of (Name). move the Trackball to an empty line at the bottom of the Parameter list. Figure 7-19. Press Set. A .General Measurements and Calculations Adding measurement parameters (continued) 4. In the Measurement section. Adding a Parameter 7-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

the system displays an Error message in place of the Formula field label. To create a formula: Edit Formula a. 8. Type a name for the parameter. If there are any problems with the formula. To change the name of the Parameter. select OK to save it. Do one of the following: • • Type a formula in the Formula field. The Edit Formula window closes. b. select a value. The formula is displayed in the Tool result field. When you select a component. In the Value Type field. 9. When the formula is correct. Press Set twice. If there are no problems. To test the formula. Parameters. the system displays it in the Formula field. 6. The Edit Formula window is displayed. 7.Measurement and Calculation Setup Adding measurement parameters (continued) 5. move the Trackball to the parameter name and press Set three times. select Check. and Functions drop-down lists. A 7-35 . Figure 7-20. the system displays “Syntax OK!”. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select formula components from the Operators.

37 x39. A . the system changes the calculation result into an output unit as defined in the following table. Table 7-2: Unit Time s ms min h Ratio % Frequency bpm or BPM Angle rad deg grad Formula Unit Conversion Conversion (coefficient value) x1 x1.6620 Distance cm m dm mm inch feet pixels Velocity x100 x1 x10 x1.0167 x0.2958 x63.00027778 x100 x1.000 x0.0 x57.37 x1 7-36 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.000 x39.General Measurements and Calculations Formula Unit Conversion When you create a formula.0 x1.

A 7-37 .Measurement and Calculation Setup Table 7-2: Unit m/s dm/s cm/s mm/s inch/s Acceleration m/s2 dm/s2 cm/s2 mm/s2 inch/s2 Area m2 or m^2 dm2 cm2 or cm^2 mm2 or mm^2 inch2 Volume x1 x100 x10.000 x39.000.000 x1.000 x1550 x1 x10 x100 x1.37 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.000 x39.37 Formula Unit Conversion Conversion (coefficient value) x1 x10 x100 x1.

000.000 x1.0 using TAMAX x1 x1.000 x100.000 x600.000.000.000 x1.000 x60.000 x100.000.000.000 x60 x60.000 x1.000 x1.178 x1056.000.000 x60.000 x10.000 Formula Unit Conversion Conversion (coefficient value) x1 x1.000.000 6.000 x1.000 x60.General Measurements and Calculations Table 7-2: Unit m3 dm3 cm3 l dl cl ml gallon quart Volume Flow ml/min m3/s dm3/s cm3/s l/s dl/s cl/s ml/s m3/min dm3/min cm3/min l/min or L/min dl/min cl/min ml/min ml/m2 0.000 x1.71 7-38 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.000.000 x10.000 x264.5 to 1.000 x1. A .

Measurement and Calculation Setup Table 7-2: Unit Pressure mmHg Pa kPa bar Pressure/Time mmHg/s Mass kg g ounce pound Others mmHG x100 x1 x1.273962 x2. A 7-39 .322 x0.000 x35.00133322 Formula Unit Conversion Conversion (coefficient value) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.133322 x0.2046226 x1 x1 x133.

D2.00034*{P1}*{P1}0. The standard unit of volume is a cube meter.523598*{D1}*{D2}*{D3} (D1. the measurement (D1. and D3 indicate a measurement result.General Measurements and Calculations Formula Unit Conversion (continued) For example. when a Volume formula is created: Vol [ml or cm3] = 0. The system multiplies the calculation result by the coefficient and converts it. As a result.0468*{P2}+0.0108*{P1}+0.000.) In this case. it multiplies a formula by 1. For example. To get a correct result. A . you must convert the coefficient itself. so the system multiplies the result by 1.000. To change into a milliliter. if you want to define the following formula: efg[g] = 10^(1.000.171*{D1}+0. the system multiplies each measurement value by 100.003685*{P2}*{D1}) D1[cm]: Distance P1[cm]: Perimeter P2[cm]: Perimeter 7-40 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. when you define the formula. D2. such as the coefficient of 10^. so the measured data is a meter [m] unit according to the above table.56620. and D3) is a distance measurement.000.

Since the standard unit of the system is defined as a kilogram [kg]. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. since the system standard unit is a meter [m].5662-0.00034*{P1}*{P1}*100*100 0.171*{D1}*100 + 0.Measurement and Calculation Setup Formula Unit Conversion (continued) The system defines the standard value of each measurement as a meter [m].) The output unit of this formula is a gram.0108*{P1}*100 + 0.003685*{P2}*{D1}*100*100)/1.0468*{P2}*100 + 0.003685*{P2}*{D1}*100*100) (This converts each measurement value to a centimeter [cm].000 As shown.0108*{P1}*100 + 0.0468*{P2}*100 + 0. it is necessary to define the formula as follows. Because the output of this formula is defined as a gram.00034*{P1}*{P1}*100*100 0. A 7-41 . If the unit of each measurement value of this formula is defined as centimeter [cm].5662-0. efw[g] = 10^(1.000. you must define the formula as follows: efw[g] = 10^(1. you can obtain an exact calculation result. the system multiplies the output by 1.171*{D1}*100 + 0.

select Edit Calc. Edit Calc 7-42 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.General Measurements and Calculations Editing Calculations To modify user-defined calculations: In the Measurement menu section. Figure 7-21. A .

Figure 7-22. select the calculation that you want modified. then select OK. A 7-43 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Measurement and Calculation Setup Editing Calculations (continued) The Modify User CALC window is displayed. Modify User CALC window In the User Defined list.

A . Measurement & Analysis M&A tab To modify calculations. 7-44 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. See ‘Changing or adding measurement parameters’ on page 7-33 for more information. Figure 7-23.General Measurements and Calculations Editing Calculations (continued) The Measure tab for user-defined calculations is displayed.

1. In the Measurement menu section.Measurement and Calculation Setup Deleting a Folder or Measurement NOTE: You can only delete user-defined folders or measurements. select the X next to Delete measure and study. Select the folder or measurement in the Selection menu. A 7-45 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. You cannot delete default system folders or measurements. 2.

A . M&A Advanced Preset Menu M&A Category: Display and select current exam category.General Measurements and Calculations M&A Advanced Preset The system allows you to specify application-specific values for certain parameters. 7-46 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. On the monitor display. Parameter: Lists application specific parameters. The system displays the Utility screen on the monitor display. select the Advanced tab. Press Utility. 3. 2. Value: Select the value for a parameter. 1. You specify the parameter values on the Advanced tab of the Measurement & Analysis screen. Figure 7-24. Select Measure.

3. • • • Doppler Default Method: Avg. On or Caliper Off: Select measurement manually on Freeze. A 7-47 . 5. 6. On: Measurement menu appears automatically on Freeze. 8. • • • RI Calc Method: MD or ED Trace: Auto or Manual VOL Flow Method: TAMEAN or TAMAX LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 4. Max. 5. 7. Min or Last Heart Rate Cycle: 1.. select it from the Value list. 2. To select a value for a parameter. select it from the M&A category list. Caliper: Measurement menu and caliper appear automatically on Freeze. To select an exam category. 9 or 10 Start M&A on a Freeze: Off. The Parameters list displays parameters for the selected category.Measurement and Calculation Setup M&A Advanced Preset (continued) 4.

On the monitor display. select the Doppler tab. Select Measure. A . Press Utility. 2. M&A Doppler Preset Menu 7-48 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.General Measurements and Calculations Manual Calcs Presets The system allows you to preset the parameters for manual calculations. 3. Figure 7-25. The system displays the Utility screen on the monitor display. 1. You specify the parameter values on the Doppler tab of the Measurement & Analysis screen.

The system displays a hierarchical view of the exam category and the studies and folders in the category. 7. In the hierarchical view. select a study or folder. 5. A 7-49 . In the Modify Calcs column. select the Save button. 6.Measurement and Calculation Setup Manual Calcs Presets (continued) 4. To select an exam category. select it from the M&A category list. select the measurements that you want to the system to show for manual calcs for the selected study or folder. To save the changes. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

General Measurements and Calculations Mode Measurements B-Mode Measurements Two basic measurements can be made in B-Mode. A . • • Distance Circumference and Area • • • NOTE: Ellipse Method Trace Method Spline Method The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze. 7-50 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

To position the active caliper at the start point. 5. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. press Clear. HINTS • After you complete the measurement: • • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A dotted line connects the measurement points. To complete the measurement. press Set. press Clear once. press Measure. adjust Cursor Select. but not data entered onto worksheets. 3.Mode Measurements Distance measurement To make a distance measurement: 1. The following hints can help you to perform distance measurements: • Before you complete a measurement: • • To toggle between active calipers. move the Trackball. A 7-51 . To fix the start point. press Set. move the Trackball. To erase all data that has been measured to this point. an active caliper displays. if preset accordingly. Press Measure once. To erase the second caliper and the current data measured and start the measurement again. 2. 4. To position the second active caliper at the end point. To rotate through and activate previously fixed calipers.

adjust the Ellipse control in a counterclockwise direction. Press Measure once. 9. To complete the measurement. To position the second caliper. adjust the Ellipse control in a clockwise direction. press Clear a second time. A . 6. To exit the measurement function without completing the measurement. move the Trackball. 2. press Set. press Measure. an ellipse with an initial circle shape displays. press Set. To fix the start point.General Measurements and Calculations Circumference and area (ellipse) measurement You can use an ellipse to measure circumference and area. To toggle between active calipers. 8. To measure with an ellipse: 1. 3. HINTS • 7-52 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. an active caliper displays. 4. 7. press Clear once. move the Trackball. To position the active caliper. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. Adjust the Ellipse control. To decrease the size. Before you complete the ellipse measurement: • To erase the ellipse and the current data measured. To increase the size. 5. The system displays the circumference and area in the Results Window. To position the ellipse and to size the measured axes (move the calipers). The original caliper is displayed to restart the measurement. move the Trackball.

The system displays the circumference and the area in the Results Window. 4. 2. To trace the measurement area. To trace the measurement area. A 7-53 . press Set. Press Measure until a trace caliper displays. To erase the dotted line but not the trace caliper. To fix the trace start point. press Clear twice. To fix the trace start point. Area (A) is not displayed in the result window. move the Trackball around the anatomy. move the Trackball. To position the trace caliper at the start point. 3. move the Trackball. To position the trace caliper at the start point. The trace caliper changes to an active caliper. To complete the measurement. A dotted line shows the traced area. 5. press Set. press Set. press Set. 5. Press Measure until a trace caliper displays. move the Trackball around the anatomy. HINTS • • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Open Trace To trace the circumference of a portion of the anatomy and calculate its length: 1. 4. Before you complete the trace measurement: • To erase the line (bit by bit) back from its current point. To clear the trace caliper and the current data measured. press Clear once. move the Trackball or adjust the Ellipse control counterclockwise.Mode Measurements Circumference and area (trace) measurement Trace To trace the circumference of a portion of the anatomy and calculate its area: 1. A dotted line shows the traced area. 2. NOTE: For open trace. The trace caliper changes to an active caliper. To complete the measurement. The system displays the circumference and the length in the Results Window. 3.

Press Set again after the last caliper is fixed to finalize the spline trace. A . Press Set twice to finish this measurement. move the Trackball. 4. 7-54 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. If Clear is pressed again. 3. all points are removed and the first caliper again displays. If Clear is pressed twice when more than 3 points exist on the trace. Press Measure until a trace caliper displays. The first caliper turns yellow. NOTE: The Clear key functionality is the same as noted in the previous step. 5. NOTE: When pressing the Clear key once. move the Trackball and press Set. The system defaults to trace. To enable spline trace. To position the first caliper at the start point. the second caliper disappears and the first caliper is activated. The second caliper appears at the same position as the first caliper and is green. All points are removed from the line and the spline trace turns yellow. The third caliper appears at the same position. press Set. NOTE: Spline trace is not available through the factory default. Continue setting the points of the trace until the desired points are set.General Measurements and Calculations Circumference and area (spline trace) measurement To trace the circumference of a portion of the anatomy and calculate its area: 1. The spline trace requires at least three points to draw the trace. the first caliper disappears and the Spline trace is cancelled. To fix the trace start point. To position the second caliper. modify the Measure Key Sequence preset found in Utility -> Measure -> Advanced preset menu.

the spline trace is removed. The spline trace changes to green and all points appear on the trace as yellow. If the previous/next fixed caliper exists on the image.Mode Measurements Circumference and area (spline trace) measurement (continued) Edit the spline trace 1. Edit spline trace Select Cursor Select again. A 7-55 . If there are less than three points. NOTE: The pick-caliper is used to select and move the trace points. NOTE: NOTE: The spline trace is updated at run time. All points are removed from the trace and the trace is shown as yellow. including the pick-caliper. 2. The trace turns green and the remaining points continue to be shown as yellow. are removed. A pick-caliper appears on the center of the image and the message “Edit spline trace” displays at the bottom of the screen. press Clear while moving the point. The point is activated and turns green. To remove a point. Move the pick-caliper to the desired point and press Set. NOTE: Pressing Clear at this time removes all points and the trace graphic. Move the point to the desired position and press Set. 4. The point is fixed and turns yellow. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Press Set again. Figure 7-26. it is activated. The pick-caliper appears on the center of the image. 3. Select Cursor Select. The trace is deactivated (changes to yellow) and all points.

move the Trackball. Press Freeze. To position the caliper at the desired measurement point. • • • • • NOTE: Velocity TAMAX and TAMEAN (Manual or Auto Trace) Two Velocities with the Time Interval and Acceleration between them Time Interval Volume Flow The following instructions assume that you do the following: 1.General Measurements and Calculations Doppler Mode Measurements Four basic measurements can be made in Doppler Mode. Velocity To measure velocity: 1. press Set. 3. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays. In the B-Mode part of the display. To complete the measurement. scan the anatomy you want to measure. Press Measure. 7-56 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 3. Go to the Doppler Mode part of the display. 2. 2. The system displays the velocity measurement in the Results Window. A .

3. To fix the start point. The system displays the measurement values in the Results Window. 3. move the Trackball. press Set. 4. To complete the measurement. 2. The two selections available are: Peak (TAMAX) and Mean (TAMEAN). To position the caliper at the trace start point in the Doppler spectrum. To position the caliper at the trace start point. move the Trackball. To trace the maximum values of the desired portion of the spectrum. 5. 5. NOTE: To edit the trace line. the system may not trace accurately. To do a manual trace of TAMAX or TAMEAN: 1. To auto trace TAMAX: 1. To complete the measurement. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays. If the maximum velocity is not the maximum power. press Set. move the Trackball. Press Measure twice.Mode Measurements TAMAX and TAMEAN Manual Trace The value measured depends upon the Vol Flow Method preset. NOT the maximum velocity. Press Measure twice. move the Trackball. press Set. Auto Trace The value measured depends upon the Vol Flow Method preset. the system picks up the maximum power of the signal. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system automatically fixes both calipers and traces the maximum value between the two points. 4. A 7-57 . The selection available is the Peak (TAMAX). move the Trackball. 2. If you want to use maximum velocity. The system displays this value in the Results Window. NOTE: When you set the Auto Trace for Both (above and below). To position the vertical caliper at the end point. select either Above or Below. To fix the start point. press Set. a trace caliper displays.

Edit Trace does not work. the caliper is automatically fixed and the result window updates. Press Set to fix the second caliper. press Clear. NOTE: 7-58 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. After taking an Auto Trace measurement. The Edit Trace (Edit Peak or Edit Mean) menu window appears. 4. NOTE: To cancel Edit Trace at this time. select the measurement result on the result window. though the other points (e. NOTE: When pressing the Clear key once at this time. The trace and the result window update. Use the Trackball to move the caliper on the trace line to the start point. Edit the trace manually using the second caliper. Repeat Edit Trace as needed. The points can be edited with Cursor Select. PS.General Measurements and Calculations Edit Trace Auto Trace can be edited after taking an Auto Trace measurement. Select Edit Trace. The trace data (TAMAX and TAMEAN) are updated.g. the second caliper disappears and the first caliper appears in the center of the image. Scan. A . NOTE: If the system cannot take the trace data correctly from the image. or Freeze. Press Set to fix the first caliper. If you press Scan or Freeze at this time. 2. 5. Cursor Select is disabled. 1. NOTE: While in Edit Trace. 3. ED) are not updated by trace. The first caliper (manual trace caliper) appears on the center of the image. The Ellipse control is used to edit the trace. The second caliper appears.

the time interval. an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines displays. 2. To fix the start point. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. press Set. To position the second caliper at the end point.Mode Measurements Velocity. To position the second caliper at the end point. Press Measure four times. move the Trackball. 2. and acceleration (m/s2): 1. To position the caliper at the start point. To complete the measurement. 5. 4. press Set. and the acceleration in the Results Window. the time interval (ms). move the Trackball. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To fix the start point. Press Measure three times. Time interval To measure a horizontal time interval: 1. Time Interval and Acceleration To measure two velocity values. 3. press Set. move the Trackball. A 7-59 . To position the active caliper at the start point. move the Trackball. 4. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. To complete the measurement. 5. The system displays the time interval between the two calipers in the Results Window. The system displays the two peak end point velocities. press Set. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays. 3.

5. 7-60 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Tissue depth Tissue depth measurement in M-Mode functions the same as distance measurement in B-Mode. 3. It measures the vertical distance between calipers. 2. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. 2. an active caliper with a vertical and horizontal dotted line displays. press Set. Go to the M-Mode part of the display. scan the anatomy you want to measure. move the Trackball. To fix the start point. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 4. Press Measure once. 3. To position the active caliper at the most anterior point you want to measure. To position the second caliper at the most posterior point you want to measure. The system displays the vertical distance between the two points in the Results Window. 1. press Set. Press Freeze. In the B-Mode part of the display. A .General Measurements and Calculations M-Mode Measurements Basic measurements that can be taken in the M-Mode portion of the display are: • • • NOTE: Tissue Depth (Distance) Time Interval Time Interval and Velocity The following instructions assume that you do the following: 1.

To position the active caliper at the start point. 3. The system displays time(s) and slope between the two points in the Results Window. 5. Press Measure three times. move the Trackball. The system displays the time interval between the two calipers in the Results Window.Mode Measurements Time interval To measure a horizontal time interval and velocity: 1. press Set. To fix the first caliper. 4. To position the second caliper at the end point. press Set. Press Measure twice. To complete the measurement. 5. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 4. To fix the start point. press Set. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays. an active caliper with a vertical and horizontal dotted line displays. Time interval and Velocity To measure time and velocity between two points: 1. 2. A 7-61 . 3. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To position the second caliper at the end point. press Set. To position the caliper at the start point. To complete the measurement. 2. move the Trackball. move the Trackball. move the Trackball.

A . the system puts measurement data in the appropriate worksheets. select Worksheet on the Top/Sub Menu. Figure 7-27. As you complete measurements.General Measurements and Calculations Viewing and Editing Worksheets NOTE: Worksheets are not saved if the system crashes. OB-General Study 7-62 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To view a worksheet To view a worksheet.

Mode Measurements To view a worksheet (continued) The system displays the worksheet for the current study. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Press Esc. A 7-63 . OB B-Mode Worksheet To return to scanning. do one of the following: • • • Select Worksheet. Figure 7-28. Select the Exit button.

General Measurements and Calculations To view a worksheet (continued) To view a different worksheet. noted by mode. adjust the Page Change control. A . select the worksheet key for the desired worksheet. Figure 7-29. Worksheet Display Top/Sub Menu To view worksheet data for a particular mode. it defaults to view all measurements. to view the next page. on the worksheet. When Expand is selected. select Expand. If a worksheet has more data on a second page. To view a worksheet with data for more than one mode. select the key for that mode. 7-64 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

HINTS LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 3. To delete or exclude data on a worksheet: 1. Type comments about the exam. 2. 3. The field is highlighted. the field is highlighted. Some fields on the worksheet are view only. • To include a value that you previously excluded.Mode Measurements To edit a worksheet To change data on a worksheet: 1. To position the cursor at the field you want to change. To exclude the field. Type the new data in the field. The Examiner’s Comments window opens. select Examiner’s Comments. As the cursor moves over a field that you can change or select. The data in the field is not visible and is not included in worksheet calculations. 2. select Delete Value. Do one of the following: • • To delete the field. The field is highlighted. The new data is displayed in blue to indicate that it was manually entered. move the Trackball. move the Trackball. select Exclude Value. select Exclude Value. A 7-65 . To position the cursor at the field you want to delete or exclude. To close the Examiner’s Comments window. Press Set. To type a comment on a worksheet: 1. To easily see which fields you can change or select. and others you can change or select. Select Examiner’s Comments. 2. move the Trackball.

1. the following warning message appears: Figure 7-30. press the Clear key. Delete All Warning Message 2. When the Worksheet is displayed on the monitor. Select OK to delete all. 7-66 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .General Measurements and Calculations Delete All Worksheet Values You can delete all worksheet values on a worksheet. Select Cancel to cancel the deletion.

select Meas. the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO must be connected to the PC using a serial interface.Mode Measurements Transferring Patient Data to a PC After you perform a scan. If there is a problem with the connection or transfer. Transf. NOTE: To send the data. On the Worksheet or Patient Data or Exam History screen. The system transfers the data. A 7-67 . in the Exam Information section. the system displays an error message. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. you can send the patient and measurement data to a PC that accepts patient data.

A . The particular measurements available in each Generic study vary. A/B ratio. press Measure. The Generic studies provide you quick access to measurements such as volume. To access Generic studies: 1. angle. On the Top/Sub Menu. On the Control Panel. 2.General Measurements and Calculations Generic Measurements Overview Each exam category has a Generic study. depending on the exam category and the mode. Calculation formulas are available in the Advanced Reference Manual. select the Generic folder. 7-68 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. This section describes generic measurements. and % stenosis. organized by mode.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: B-Mode Generic Study The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze. A 7-69 .Generic Measurements B-Mode Measurements In B-Mode. the Generic study includes the following measurements: • • • • % Stenosis Volume Angle A/B Ratio Figure 7-31.

3. Select %sten(Diam). From the Generic Top/Sub Menu. 4. do NOT take a distance measurement from a longitudinal view. The system displays an active caliper.General Measurements and Calculations % Stenosis You can calculate % Stenosis by diameter or by area. always take the measurement from a cross-sectional view of the vessel. A . The system displays each distance measurement and the % Stenosis in the Results Window. To calculate percent stenosis by diameter: 1. See ‘Distance measurement’ on page 7-51 for more information. Make a distance measurement of the inner area of the blood vessel. For details on how to make a distance measurement. This may lead to an inaccurate assessment of % stenosis. depending on the mode. Make a distance measurement of the outer area of the blood vessel. 2. select % Stenosis. Diameter NOTE: When you use diameter to calculate the %stenosis. 7-70 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system displays an active caliper for the second distance measurement. NOTE: For the diameter calculation..

The system displays the two area measurements and percent stenosis in the Results Window. Select %sten(Area). move the Trackball. 2. NOTE: To erase an open trace. 3. The system displays a second trace caliper. Make a trace measurement of the inner area of the blood vessel. 5. The system displays a trace caliper. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Press Set. 4. select % Stenosis. A 7-71 .Generic Measurements % Stenosis (continued) Area To calculate percent stenosis by area: 1. From the Generic Top/Sub Menu. Make a trace measurement of the outer area of the blood vessel. See ‘Circumference and area (trace) measurement’ on page 7-53 for more information.

A . the print key does not function like the Set key. For details on how to make an ellipse measurement. See ‘Circumference and area (ellipse) measurement’ on page 7-52 for more information. NOTE: IMPORTANT!! If you want to make a volume calculation using one or two distances. If you select Fix Caliper by Print Key on the Utility --> System --> System Measure.General Measurements and Calculations Volume The volume calculation can be made from any of the following measurements: • • • • • One distance Two distances Three distances One ellipse One distance and one ellipse For details on how to make a distance measurement. but instead ends the measurement sequence and initiates the volume calculation based on the number of measurements taken so far. See ‘Distance measurement’ on page 7-51 for more information. NOTE: 7-72 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. you must select Volume BEFORE you make the measurements.

NOTE: Use the Clear key to erase the green caliper. 2. The system displays the distances and the volume in the Results Window. NOTE: Three distances can be done in the dual format mode (side by side images). LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press the L or R key on front panel. Make three distance measurements. 2. A 7-73 . Select Volume. The system displays the distances and the volume in the Results Window. To use the dual format mode. To make a volume calculation using three distances: 1. 3. Select Volume. Select Volume. One measurement is usually made in the sagittal plane and two measurements in the axial plane.Generic Measurements Volume (continued) To make a volume calculation using one or two distances: 1. Make one or two distance measurements.

2.General Measurements and Calculations Volume (continued) To make a volume calculation using one ellipse: 1. Open the Worksheet and clear that calculation. Check the number of each measurement in the summary window. use the side-by-side dual format option. To display sagittal and axial plane images simultaneously. The system displays the ellipse measurement and the volume in the Results Window. Select Volume. it shows that you have the calculation which is not completed. 1. Make one ellipse measurement. 7-74 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: If you change the parameters or category during the volume measurement. 2. Make one distance measurement and one ellipse measurement. A . please follow the procedure below before you restart the measurement. 2. To make a volume calculation using one ellipse and one distance: 1. Select Volume. If the numbers are not all the same. The system displays the distance and ellipse measurement and the volume in the Results Window. HINTS • • Volumes are most accurate when measurements are taken in the sagittal and axial scan planes.

d3 minor axis) Volume Calculations Input Measurements 1 2 3 4 5 Figure 7-32.Generic Measurements Volume (continued) Table 7-3: Calc Name Volume (spherical) Volume (prolate spheroidal) Volume (spheroidal) Volume (prolate spheroidal) Volume (spheroidal) One distance Two distances. Three distances 4. One ellipse Volume Calculation Examples 5. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. d2 minor axis) One distance d1. One distance 2. 1. One distance and one ellipse Calculation formulas are available in the Advanced Reference Manual. Two distances 3. d1>d2 Three distances One ellipse: (d1 major axis. A 7-75 . and one ellipse (d2 major axis.

adjust the Cursor Select control.General Measurements and Calculations Angle This function measures the angle between two intersecting planes. NOTE: To rotate through and activate previously fixed calipers. 7-76 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. select Angle. To complete the angle measurement. The system displays the angle in the Results Window. 1. press Set. The system displays a third active caliper. The system displays an active caliper. From the Generic Top/Sub Menu. 6. A . To fix the position of the first caliper. To position the third caliper. press Set. To position the second caliper at the apex of the angle. To fix the position of the second caliper. move the Trackball. 4. move the Trackball. move the Trackball. 2. To position the caliper. The system displays a second active caliper. 5. 3. 7. press Set.

NOTE: To erase an open trace. The system displays a second trace caliper. Make a distance measurement of the first diameter. you can calculate A/B ratio by diameter or by area. The system displays an active caliper for the second distance measurement. The system displays each distance measurement and the A/B ratio in the Results Window. 3. 3. Select ratio(Area). See ‘Distance measurement’ on page 7-51 for more information. For details on how to make a distance measurement. The system displays a trace caliper. select A/B Ratio. 2. See ‘Circumference and area (trace) measurement’ on page 7-53 for more information. 4. From the Generic Top/Sub Menu. For details on how to make a trace measurement. The system displays an active caliper. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: The first distance is the A diameter.Generic Measurements A/B Ratio In B-Mode. The system displays the two area measurements and the A/B ratio in the Results Window. select A/B Ratio. Make a trace measurement of the B area. 2. Area To calculate A/B ratio by area: 1. Make a trace measurement of the A area. A 7-77 . Diameter To calculate A/B ratio by diameter: 1. The second distance is the B diameter. From the Generic Top/Sub Menu. move the Trackball. Select ratio(Diam). 4. Make a distance measurement of the second diameter.

General Measurements and Calculations M-Mode Measurements Figure 7-33. A . M-Mode Generic Study % Stenosis See ‘% Stenosis’ on page 7-70 for more information. 7-78 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

The system displays a second active caliper. 3. 5. press Set. To position the second caliper at the B point. To position the caliper at the A point. press Set. or velocity. 4. To fix the measure point. time. To complete the measurement. See ‘Diameter’ on page 7-78 for more information. Select ratio(Velocity). The system displays the two velocity measurements and the A/B ratio in the Results Window. Diameter Time LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Set. To fix the measure point. To complete the measurement. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. If another method is preferred. A 7-79 . Velocity To calculate AB ratio by velocity: 1. move the Trackball. NOTE: The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO automatically activates the A/B Ratio with the default selection. Select A/B. move the Trackball. 2. To calculate A/B ratio by time: 1. 4. The system displays a second active caliper. Select A/B. The system displays an active caliper. move the Trackball. To position the second caliper at the B velocity. Select ratio(Time). 6. 2. 6. 5. To position the caliper at the A velocity.Generic Measurements A/B Ratio In M-Mode you can measure A/B ratio by diameter. move the Trackball. The system displays the two time measurements and A/B ratio in the Results Window. press Set. select it from the Top/Sub Menu. 3.

Select HR. The system displays an active caliper. The system displays a second active caliper. you need to move the Trackball. 4. 3. press Set. NOTE: In the message bar at the bottom of the display.General Measurements and Calculations Heart Rate To calculate the heart rate from M-Mode: 1. Figure 7-34. NOTE: For information about how to specify the number of heart beats that the system will use. the system indicates the number of cycles you should measure. press Set. A . To complete the measurement and transfer the calculation to the worksheet. move the Trackball. To fix the first caliper. Two Heart Beat Reference (example in Doppler mode) 5. 7-80 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To position the caliper at a recognizable point in the first cycle. To position the caliper at the identical point in the next cycle (depending on preset). 2. Obtain an image and press Measure. See ‘Specifying measurement and display options’ on page 7-10 for more information.

A 7-81 .Generic Measurements Doppler Mode Measurements In Doppler Mode. the Generic study includes the following measurements: • • • • • • • • PI (Pulsatility Index) RI (Resistive Index) PS/ED Ratio or ED/PS Ratio A/B Ratio Max PG (Pressure Gradient) Mean PG (Pressure Gradient) SV (Stroke Volume) HR (Heart Rate) Figure 7-35. Doppler Mode Generic Study LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A . In the B-Mode part of the display. 3. Press Freeze. scan the anatomy you want to measure. 2. 7-82 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Go to the Doppler Mode part of the display.General Measurements and Calculations Doppler Mode Measurements (continued) NOTE: The following instructions assume that you do the following: 1.

5. 2. minimum diastole. 4. and PI in the Results Window. TAMAX. A 7-83 . press Set. 3. 4. 5. Select PI. The system displays a second active caliper. Select PI. press Set. minimum diastole. Position the caliper at the beginning of the waveform. To complete the measurement. The system displays a trace caliper and a vertical dotted line. The system displays peak systole. end diastole.Generic Measurements Pulsatility Index (PI) For auto trace: 1. The system displays a second active caliper. To fix the start point. end diastole. Manually trace the entire waveform. For manual trace: 1. press Set. Position the caliper at the beginning of the waveform. To fix the start point. The system displays peak systole. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. TAMAX. and PI in the Results Window. The system displays a caliper and a vertical dotted line. To complete the measurement. press Set. 3. 2. Position the caliper at the end of the waveform.

and RI in the Results Window. ED. press Set. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. A . To complete the measurement. press Set. 5. move the Trackball. The system displays PS. 7-84 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. move the Trackball.General Measurements and Calculations Resistive Index (RI) 1. The system displays a second active caliper. 3. 4. To position the second caliper at the end diastolic velocity. To fix the measure point. 2. To position the caliper at the peak systolic velocity. From the Doppler Generic Top/Sub Menu. select RI.

Select PS/ED or ED/PS. To fix the measure point.Generic Measurements PS/ED or ED/PS Ratio To calculate the Peak Systole/End Diastole ratio or End Diastole/Peak Systole ratio: 1. To complete the measurement. end diastole. A 7-85 . 3. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. and PS/ ED or ED/PS ratio in the Results Window. To position the caliper at peak systole (PS) or end diastole (ED). press Set. The system displays the peak systole. move the Trackball. 2. The system displays a second active caliper. move the Trackball. 5. To position the second caliper at end diastole (ED) or peak systole (PS). press Set. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. 4.

The system displays the two acceleration measurements and the A/B ratio in the Results Window. Select A/B. 3. To position the active caliper at the start point. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. move the Trackball. A dotted line connects the measurement points. time. Select ratio(Acc). move the Trackball. To fix the start point. The system displays an active caliper. A . press Set. d. See ‘Time’ on page 7-80 for more information. 2. To make a distance measurement of the B acceleration point. 7-86 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. or acceleration.General Measurements and Calculations A/B Ratio In Doppler Mode you can measure A/B ratio by velocity. To position the second active caliper at the end point. repeat steps a–d. a. To complete the measurement. b. Make a distance measurement of the A acceleration point. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window and displays an active caliper for the second distance measurement. Velocity Time Acceleration See ‘Velocity’ on page 7-80 for more information. 4. press Set. To measure A/B ratio by acceleration: 1. c.

Automatic Calculation of Max PG When you select Max PG. press Set. Set the first caliper on Vmax and the second on Vd. select Max PG. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system displays the two Vmax measurements and the Max PG in the Results Window. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. press Set. A 7-87 . To position the caliper at the first pressure gradient point. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. The system displays a second active caliper. 2. To fix the measure point. To position the second caliper at second pressure gradient point. 3. move the Trackball. 5.Generic Measurements Max Pressure Gradient (PG) To measure Max PG: 1. the system automatically calculates Max PG from the Vmax and Vd measurements taken for velocity. From the Doppler Generic Top/Sub Menu. if you previously measured and calculated velocity in Doppler Mode. 4.

2. Mean PG is calculated from the velocity value when Mean PG is first selected in the Top/Sub Menu. Velocity and Mean PG are also displayed on the screen. manually trace the desired portion of the waveform. If Trace Auto is selected. press Set. move the Trackball. press Set. 5. The system displays a trace caliper. To fix the start point. 4. The system displays TAMAX and Mean PG in the Results Window. The waveform is automatically traced. To complete the measurement. The system displays a second active caliper. 7-88 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.General Measurements and Calculations Mean Pressure Gradient (PG) To measure Mean PG (Mean Pressure Gradient): 1. From the Doppler Generic Top/Sub Menu. Automatic Calculation of Mean PG If velocity was previously measured and calculated in Doppler Mode. 3. A . select Max PG. To position the caliper at the beginning of the waveform (Vmax). the Auto Trace function is off and traces can be performed manually. To trace the waveform from Vmax to Vd move the Trackball. If Trace Auto is not selected. If Trace Auto is off. the waveform is automatically traced after the second caliper is fixed.

Select CO HR. select the SV folder. or select any of the following measurements. select the SV folder. 2. Select SV Diam. CO HR (Cardiac Output Heart Rate) To measure CO HR: 1. A 7-89 . select the SV folder.Generic Measurements Heart Rate To measure heart rate. SV Diam (Stroke Volume Diameter) To measure SV Diam: 1. 2. Select SV TAMAX. From the Doppler Generic Top/Sub Menu. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. SV TAMAX (Stroke Volume TAMAX) To measure SV TAMAX: 1. From the Doppler Generic Top/Sub Menu. See ‘Heart Rate’ on page 7-81 for more information. From the Doppler Generic Top/Sub Menu. 2.

the value in the Results Window updates until you complete the measurement. to display the best image. the system erases the top (first) measurement and adds the new measurement last ("first in. if necessary. each measurement is given a sequential number on the display and in the Results Window. • • 7-90 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. use the Cine function. A . While you are taking a measurement. first out"). if you make any further measurements. Once the Results Window has nine measurements.General Measurements and Calculations Helpful hints HINTS The following hints can help when making a measurement • • Prior to making measurements. Nine measurements can be displayed in the Results Window at one time. As you take measurements.

Chapter 8 Abdomen and Small Parts Describes how to perform Abdomen and Small Parts measurements and calculations. A 8-1 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Abdomen and Small Parts Abdomen/Small Parts Exam Preparation Introduction Measurements and calculations derived from ultrasound images are intended to supplement other clinical procedures available to the attending physician. Be sure to refer to the original article describing the investigator's recommended clinical procedures. General Guidelines New Patient information must be entered before beginning an exam. The accuracy of measurements is not only determined by the system accuracy. 8-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Any measurement can be repeated by selecting that measurement again from the Top/Sub Menu. be sure to note any protocols associated with a particular measurement or calculation. Calculation formulas are available in the Advanced Reference Manual. A . When appropriate. Formulas and databases used within the system software that are associated with specific investigators are so noted. but also by use of proper medical protocols by the user.

Press Measure. Select the Top/Sub Menu key. • • • Abdomen Exam Category Top/Sub Menu Generic–Common to all applications. A 8-3 . 2. The Abdomen exam category allows you to choose from the displayed studies. Abdomen Renal To change a study: 1. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Abdomen Abdomen Introduction Abdominal measurements offer a few different types of measurement studies: Figure 8-1.

splenic width. splenic height. Generic Calculations B-Mode Top/Sub Menu 8-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. and Renal Length) are listed on the following pages.Abdomen and Small Parts B-Mode Measurements The following measurements are located in the Exam Calcs for the Abdomen exam category. the Generic Exam Calcs for Abdomen includes the following measurements: • • • • • % Stenosis Volume Angle Renal Volume A/B Ratio Figure 8-2. Aorta Diameter. In B-Mode. Some measurements are only available in certain Exam Calcs. A . Those specific measurements (splenic length.

move the Trackball. To position the active caliper at the start point. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To complete the measurement. A 8-5 . press Set. 4. 5. To fix the start point. an active caliper displays.Abdomen Aorta Diameter This measurement is found in the Abdomen Exam Calcs. The system displays the aorta diameter in the Results Window. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. Select Aorta Diameter. 3. 2. A dotted line connects the measurement points. To measure aorta diameter. move the Trackball. make one distance measurement: 1. To position the second active caliper at the end point. press Set.

press Set. To position the active caliper at the start point. The system displays the renal length in the Results Window. A dotted line connects the measurement points.Abdomen and Small Parts Renal Length This measurement is found in the Renal Exam Calcs. 4. To fix the start point. move the Trackball. Select the appropriate orientation (side): Right or Left. move the Trackball. 3. make one distance measurement: 1. 8-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 6. if preset accordingly. 5. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. To measure renal length. 2. To complete the measurement. To position the second active caliper at the end point. Select Renal Length. an active caliper displays. A . press Set.

Abdomen M-Mode Measurements In M-Mode. A 8-7 . all Exam Calcs include the following measurements: • • • % Stenosis A/B Ratio Heart Rate Figure 8-3. Abdomnal Calculations M-Mode Top/Sub Menu LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Abdomen and Small Parts Doppler Mode Measurements Generic Exam Calcs In Doppler Mode. the Generic Exam Calcs includes the following measurements: • • • • • • • • • PI (Pulsatility Index) RI (Resistive Index) S/D Ratio D/S Ratio A/B Ratio Max PG (Pressure Gradient) Mean PG (Pressure Gradient) SV (Stroke Volume) Heart Rate Figure 8-4. Doppler Mode Top/Sub Menu: Abdominal Calculations 8-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .

Select the folder for the region you want to measure. Figure 8-5. NOTE: The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze.Abdomen Abdomen and Renal Exam Calcs Your system is set up to show the measurements that you usually make for each region of interest. 2. Press Show All. Select the desired measurement. Renal Exam Calcs (Doppler Mode) The system displays all possible measurements. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 3. To make a measurement that is not shown for the selected region: 1. A 8-9 .

move the Trackball. move the Trackball. To fix the measure point. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. A . press Set. move the Trackball. 4. 4. The system displays a second active caliper. move the Trackball. Heart Rate (HR) 8-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Set. To complete the measurement. To position the caliper at peak systole. Acceleration Time (AT) 1. The system displays the acceleration time in the Results Window. The system displays the peak systole. press Set. end diastole. To position the caliper at the start point. To position the caliper at the end point. To fix the first caliper.Abdomen and Small Parts Abdomen and Renal Exam Calcs (continued) Acceleration 1. acceleration time. 2. 3. Select Accel. 5. To complete the measurement. and acceleration in the Results Window. Select AT. 2. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. To position the second caliper at end diastole. 5. The system displays a second active caliper. 3. press Set.

To complete the measurement. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. 3. move the Trackball. A 8-11 . end diastole. press Set. The system displays a second active caliper. To position the caliper at the measurement point. To position the second caliper at end diastole (ED) or peak systole (PS). To complete the measurement. or MD. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. or minimum diastole: 1. or minimum diastole in the Results Window. 3. 5. ED. end diastole. The system displays the peak systole. 4. and PS/ ED or ED/PS ratio in the Results Window. Pulsatility Index (PI) PS/ED or ED/PS Ratio To calculate the Peak Systole/End Diastole ratio or End Diastole/Peak Systole ratio: 1.Abdomen Abdomen and Renal Exam Calcs (continued) Peak Systole (PS). 2. move the Trackball. Select PS/ED or ED/PS. To fix the measure point. end diastole. press Set. To position the caliper at peak systole (PS) or end diastole (ED). move the Trackball. The system displays the peak systole. 2. press Set. Resistive Index (RI) TAMAX LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select PS. End Diastole (ED). or Minimum Diastole (MD) To calculate the peak systole.

Abdomen and Small Parts Small Parts B-Mode Measurements The Small Parts exam category includes the following two folders: • • Generic. which includes the thyroid measurements described in this section 8-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . measurements listed on the following page Small Parts.

Small Parts Generic Measurements In B-Mode. A 8-13 . the Generic Exam Calcs for Small Parts includes the following measurements: • • • • % Stenosis Volume Angle A/B Ratio Figure 8-6. Generic Calculations B-Mode Top/Sub Menu LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

and height Each of these is a standard distance measurement. Select Thyroid L. 2. To complete the measurement. press Set. or height: 1. 6. c. 8-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Perform a standard distance measurement: a. 4. To position the active caliper at the start point. After you complete the third distance measurement. To position the second active caliper at the end point. move the Trackball. or Thyroid H. To fix the start point. A dotted line connects the measurement points. Thyroid W. Width is measured in the transverse/axial plane. A . width. Length and height are typically measured in the sagittal plane. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. b. repeat steps 2–3. To make the second and third distance measurement. 3. the system displays the thyroid volume in the Results Window.Abdomen and Small Parts Thyroid length. 5. width. Select Thyroid. On the Exam Calcs. d. move the Trackball. Select the appropriate orientation (side): Right or Left. An active caliper displays. if preset accordingly. To measure thyroid length. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. press Set. select Small Parts.

A 8-15 . and height (continued) Figure 8-7. width. B-Mode Thyroid Calculations LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Small Parts Thyroid length.

Thyroid Calculations M-Mode Top/Sub Menu 8-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Abdomen and Small Parts M-Mode Measurements In M-Mode. A . all Exam Calcs include the following measurements: • • • % Stenosis A/B Ratio Heart Rate Figure 8-8.

Small Parts Doppler Mode Measurements In Doppler Mode. A 8-17 . the Exam Calcs include the following measurements: • • • • • • • • PI (Pulsatility Index) RI (Resistive Index) S/D Ratio D/S Ratio A/B Ratio Max PG (Pressure Gradient) Mean PG (Pressure Gradient) Heart Rate Figure 8-9. Doppler Mode Top/Sub Menu Thyroid Calculations Calculation formulas are available in the Advanced Reference Manual. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Abdomen and Small Parts This page intentionally left blank. 8-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .

Chapter 9 OB/GYN Describes how to perform obstetric and gynecology measurements and calculations. and how to use OB graphs and worksheets. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 9-1 .

and alternatives. specific benefits. or to obtain a picture of the fetus should be discouraged. if any. if such information becomes available. either during the examination or shortly thereafter. An intent to share with the parents per the physician’s judgement. Furthermore. it should be provided. the patient should be informed of the clinical indication. the information derived. Patient access to educational materials regarding ultrasound is strongly encouraged to supplement the information communicated directly to the patient. In addition. An offer of choice about learning the sex of the fetus. • Prior material knowledge and approval of the presence of nonessential personnel with the number of such personnel kept to a minimum. potential risks. A . An offer of choice about viewing the fetus.OB/GYN OB Exam Exam Preparation Prior to an ultrasound examination. • • • Ultrasound examinations performed solely to satisfy the family's desire to know the fetal sex. if the patient requests information about the exposure time and intensity. 9-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. to view the fetus. these examinations should be conducted in a manner and take place in a setting which assures patient dignity and privacy.

Please contact a local sales representative for training assistance. In addition. Training It is recommended that all users receive proper training in fetal Doppler applications before performing them in a clinical setting. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 9-3 .OB Exam Acoustic Output Considerations General warning The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO system is a multi-use device which is capable of exceeding FDA Pre-enactment acoustic output (spatial peak-temporal average) intensity limits for fetal applications. It is prudent to conduct an exam with the minimum amount and duration of acoustic output necessary to optimize the image's diagnostic value. become thoroughly familiar with the Acoustic Output Display and equipment controls affecting output. CAUTION Concerns surrounding fetal exposure Always be aware of the acoustic output level by observing the Acoustic Output Display.

The Patient Data Entry screen is displayed. When the correct patient data is listed in the search list. press Patient. Press Backspace to delete the data. To enter data in a field. 2. move the Trackball to highlight the patient name and press Set. and then type the correct data. On the Patient Data Entry screen. Use the Tab key to move between fields. Do one of the following: • If the patient data is already stored in the system. then press Set. To begin an Obstetrics exam. 1. NOTE: 9-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The obstetric fields are listed in the Exam Information section of the Patient Data Entry screen. enter the data. if the patient data from a previous exam is saved in the system. move the Trackball to highlight Obstetrics. 3. For information about entering general patient data such as Patient ID and name. To choose an Obstetrics exam. 4. On the control panel. use the Trackball to move the cursor to the field and press Set. search for the data. • If the patient data is not stored in the system. The system displays the patient data. NOTE: To change patient data. A . Obstetric patient fields are listed in the following table. find the patient information. select New Patient. you enter patient data or. Use the search fields in the bottom section of the Patient Data Entry screen. move the Trackball to highlight the field and then press Set. For information about how to search for patient data.OB/GYN To Start an Obstetrics Exam NOTE: Calculation formulas are listed in the Advanced Reference Manual.

the system fills in the age after you enter the LMP. The physician who performs the exam. Describe the type of exam. Choose from the list or type the name. This is a tracking number from the worklist. Number of fetuses. Number of births. the system fills in the date after you enter the LMP. Choose from the list or type the name. NOTE: To fill in the following information. enter the date that the patient started her last menstrual period. Exam number used with hospital information system (DICOM). When you type the month and day. default is 1. Number of pregnancies. The person (not a physician) who performs the scan. The physician who requested the exam. Choose from the list.OB Exam To Start an Obstetrics Exam (continued) Table 9-1: Field LMP Description Last Menstrual Period. Estimated Delivery Date by LMP. in mm/dd/yyyy format. A 9-5 . Number of abortions. Physician Operator Basal Body Temperature. the system fills in the /. BBT EDD by LMP GA by LMP Gravida Para AB Ectopic Fetus # Accession # Exam Description Perf Physician Ref. Can be 1-4. Obstetric fields LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Number of ectopic pregnancies. move the Trackball to highlight the Detail button and press Set. Gestational Age by LMP. You must enter 4 digits for the year.

Obstetric fields: Detail 9-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .OB/GYN To Start an Obstetrics Exam (continued) Table 9-2: Field Indications Comments Description Why the patient needs the ultrasound exam. Comments about the exam.

A 9-7 . To change from the Patient Data Entry screen to the Scan screen. Figure 9-1. press the B-Mode key. press Esc. The system displays the Scan screen. do one of the following: • • • On the keyboard. 1. On the Control Panel. press Measure. you can begin the scan. On the Control Panel. 3. To choose the appropriate probe. 2.OB Exam To Start an Obstetrics Exam (continued) After you complete the patient information. select Patient or Freeze. select the probe icon on the Top/Sub Menu. On the Control Panel. The default Obstetrics study is displayed on the Top/Sub Menu. OB-General Study LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

select Preset. To select a study. A . The Obstetrics exam category allows you to choose from the following studies: • • • • • • Generic OB-1 OB-2/3 OB-General Fetal Heart OB/GYN Vessel 2. select the appropriate study on the Top/ Sub Menu.OB/GYN To choose a study 1. To change the study on the exam category. Figure 9-2. NOTE: OB Study Top/Sub Menu The folders you see on the Top/Sub Menu may be different if your system has been customized. 9-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

OB Measurements and Calculations OB Measurements and Calculations Introduction Measurements and calculations derived from ultrasound images are intended to supplement other clinical procedures available to the attending physician. A 9-9 . be sure to note any protocols associated with a particular measurement or calculation. The accuracy of measurements is not only determined by the system accuracy. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. but also by use of proper medical protocols by the user. Be sure to refer to the original article describing the investigator's recommended clinical procedures. Formulas and databases used within the system software that are associated with specific investigators are so noted. When appropriate.

The system determines OOR from the ultrasound age compared to the gestational age. A . the estimated fetal age is displayed after you complete the measurement.OB/GYN Introduction (continued) When you make measurements. you can select the calculation before you make the measurement or after you make it. If you select the calculation before you make the measurement. The measurements steps in this section tell you to select the calculation before you make the measurement. and within mode are listed in alphabetical order. The measurements are organized by mode. it means one of the following: • The measurement is out of the normal range based on the gestational age that is calculated from the LMP. If you select the calculation after you make the measurement. That means that the measurement is either less than or more than the range of measurements used to determine fetal age based on the measurement. The following pages describe how to make OB measurements and calculations. 9-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. • NOTE: Calculation formulas are listed in the Advanced Reference Manual. Out of Range – If the system indicates that a measurement is out of range (OOR). The gestational age is calculated from the last menstrual period or the estimated delivery date. The measurement is outside of the range for the data used in the calculation. the Results Window shows the estimated fetal age as you make the measurement.

4. Abdominal Circumference (AC) To calculate abdominal circumference. trace. • • • • To position the ellipse and to size the measured axes (move the calipers). • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.OB Measurements and Calculations B-Mode Measurements This section describes all B-Mode measurements that you typically find in OB studies. 1. adjust the Ellipse control in a counterclockwise direction. Select AC. To fix the start point. U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M Ellipse 7. To position the active caliper. an ellipse with an initial circle shape displays. Additional OB measurements follow the typical ones. HINTS Before you complete the ellipse measurement: • To erase the ellipse and the current data measured. press Clear once. 3. press Measure. 5. select AC until Ellipse is displayed. an active caliper displays. press Set. To increase the size. To exit the measurement function without completing the measurement. If necessary. 6. adjust the Ellipse control in a clockwise direction. The system displays the circumference in the Results Window. move the Trackball. To position the second caliper. move the Trackball. To complete the measurement. A 9-11 . move the Trackball. press Set. press Clear a second time. To toggle between active calipers. Adjust the Ellipse control. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 2. spline trace or two distance measurements. you make an ellipse. The original caliper is displayed to restart the measurement. To decrease the size.

HINTS Before you complete the ellipse measurement: • To erase the line (bit by bit) back from its current point. press Set. Select AC. press Clear twice. The trace caliper changes to an active caliper. To complete the measurement. 3. press Set. If necessary. To fix the trace start point. 4. 5. an active caliper displays. move the Trackball or adjust the Ellipse control downward. To erase the dotted line but not the trace caliper. move the Trackball around the anatomy. To erase the line (bit by bit) back from its current point. press Clear once. A . To trace the measurement area. 2. select AC until Trace is displayed. 6. To position the trace caliper. The system displays the circumference in the Results Window. move the Trackball or adjust the Ellipse control counterclockwise. move the Trackball.OB/GYN Abdominal Circumference (AC) (continued) Trace 1. To clear the trace caliper and the current data measured. • • • 9-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Select AC. move the Trackball and press Set. 3. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. The third caliper appears at the same position. press Set twice at the last caliper position. move the Trackball. move the Trackball and press Set. select Spline. To position the third caliper. NOTE: The spline trace requires at least 3 points to draw a trace. To position the second caliper. The second caliper appears at the same position.OB Measurements and Calculations Abdominal Circumference (AC) (continued) Spline Trace 1. To finalize the spline trace. 4. The system displays the circumference in the Results Window. Continue setting the points of the trace until the desired points are set (by moving the Trackball to the appropriate position and pressing Set). If necessary. 7. an active caliper displays. press Set. 6. To fix the trace start point. 5. To position the trace caliper. A 9-13 .

move the Trackball. press Set. press Set. 4. After you complete the measurement. 2. an active caliper displays. d. b. HINTS • Before you complete a measurement (press Set): • • To toggle between active calipers. press Clear. if preset accordingly. To erase the second caliper and the current data measured and start the measurement again. but not data entered onto worksheets. A dotted line connects the measurement points. To make the second distance measurement. • • To rotate through and activate fixed calipers from other measurements. move the Trackball. To fix the start point. the system displays an active caliper. The system displays the abdominal circumference in the Results Window. Select AC. 9-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. repeat steps a–d above. To position the active caliper at the start point. press Measure. If necessary. select AC until Caliper is displayed. To complete the measurement. to erase all data that has been measured to this point. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window.OB/GYN Abdominal Circumference (AC) (continued) Two distances 1. 3. adjust Cursor Select. press Clear once. To position the second active caliper at the end point. c. After the first measurement. To make the first distance measurement: a.

press Set. A 9-15 . make one distance measurement: 1. To fix the start point. The system displays the biparietal diameter in the Results Window. A dotted line connects the measurement points.OB Measurements and Calculations Biparietal Diameter To measure biparietal diameter. U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. To position the second active caliper at the end point. move the Trackball. To complete the measurement. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. 5. an active caliper displays. Select CRL. make one distance measurement: 1. 3. The system displays the crown rump length in the Results Window. move the Trackball. 4. 3. To fix the start point. U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M Crown Rump Length To measure crown rump length. 2. an active caliper displays. 5. To position the second active caliper at the end point. press Set. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. To position the active caliper at the start point. press Set. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. A dotted line connects the measurement points. Select BPD. 4. press Set. To position the active caliper at the start point. move the Trackball.

To fix the start point. move the Trackball. 5. To complete the measurement.OB/GYN Femur Length U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To measure femur length. move the Trackball. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. The system displays the femur length in the Results Window. press Set. Select FL. 9-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 3. an active caliper displays. A . A dotted line connects the measurement points. press Set. To position the active caliper at the start point. 2. To position the second active caliper at the end point. 4. make one distance measurement: 1.

After you complete the third distance measurement. To make the second and third distance measurement. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window and displays an active caliper. b. move the Trackball. To position the second active caliper at the end point. To position the active caliper at the start point. an active caliper displays. U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 1. A dotted line connects the measurement points. press Set. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. Get an image in each scan plane and press Freeze. 2. a.OB Measurements and Calculations Gestational Sac To calculate the gestational sac. the system displays the gestational sac measurement in the Results Window. press the L or R key. To fix the start point. repeat steps a–d. press Set. To display two scan planes. To complete the measurement. c. A 9-17 . you make three distance measurements in two scan planes. move the Trackball. Select GS. d.

press Measure. The original caliper is displayed to restart the measurement. move the Trackball. To position the second caliper. press Clear a second time.OB/GYN Head Circumference (HC) To calculate head circumference. select HC until Ellipse is displayed. To fix the start point. Adjust the Ellipse control. adjust the Ellipse control in a clockwise direction. U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M Ellipse 7. To toggle between active calipers. you make an ellipse. A . spline trace or two distance measurements. 3. 2. 5. move the Trackball. To position the active caliper. • 9-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. trace. To increase the size. • • • • To position the ellipse and to size the measured axes (move the calipers). adjust the Ellipse control in a counterclockwise direction. an ellipse with an initial circle shape displays. The system displays the circumference in the Results Window. If necessary. move the Trackball. 6. Select HC. To complete the measurement. 1. an active caliper displays. 4. To decrease the size. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. press Set. press Set. press Clear once. To exit the measurement function without completing the measurement. HINTS Before you complete the ellipse measurement: • To erase the ellipse and the current data measured.

HINTS Before you complete the ellipse measurement: • To erase the line (bit by bit) back from its current point. move the Trackball. • • • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To erase the dotted line but not the trace caliper. 6.OB Measurements and Calculations Head Circumference (HC) (continued) Trace 1. move the Trackball around the anatomy. move the Trackball or adjust the Ellipse control counterclockwise. press Set. To erase the line (bit by bit) back from its current point. an active caliper displays. Select HC. A 9-19 . 4. To trace the measurement area. The system displays the circumference in the Results Window. press Clear twice. To complete the measurement. select HC until Trace is displayed. To fix the trace start point. 3. move the Trackball or adjust the Ellipse control downward. If necessary. The trace caliper changes to an active caliper. 2. press Clear once. 5. To clear the trace caliper and the current data measured. press Set. To position the trace caliper.

3. 9-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select HC. 7. move the Trackball and press Set. 2. The third caliper appears at the same position. To position the second caliper. To position the third caliper. move the Trackball. press Set twice at the last caliper position. 5. To fix the trace start point. To position the trace caliper. 6. 4. The system displays the circumference in the Results Window. press Set. move the Trackball and press Set. If necessary. an active caliper displays. To finalize the spline trace. Continue setting the points of the trace until the desired points are set (by moving the Trackball to the appropriate position and pressing Set). select Spline. The second caliper appears at the same position.OB/GYN Head Circumference (HC) (continued) Spline Trace 1. A . NOTE: The spline trace requires at least 3 points to draw a trace.

• • To rotate through and activate fixed calipers from other measurements. d. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. To complete the measurement. press Set. If necessary. A dotted line connects the measurement points. press Clear. To position the second active caliper at the end point. move the Trackball. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. move the Trackball. HINTS • Before you complete a measurement (press Set): • • To toggle between active calipers. if preset accordingly. 3. 4. the system displays an active caliper. adjust Cursor Select.OB Measurements and Calculations Head Circumference (HC) (continued) Two distances 1. select HC until Caliper is displayed. repeat steps a–d above. Select HC. but not data entered onto worksheets. To make the second distance measurement. To position the active caliper at the start point. 2. an active caliper displays. To fix the start point. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. To make the first distance measurement: a. To erase the second caliper and the current data measured and start the measurement again. After you complete the measurement. c. b. press Set. After the first measurement. press Measure. The system displays the abdominal circumference in the Results Window. press Clear once. A 9-21 . to erase all data that has been measured to this point.

When the measurement of the first quadrant is completed. After you obtain the image. Select AFI. To fix the start point. Press the appropriate AFI quadrant Top/Sub Menu key to toggle between caliper and circle. press Freeze and then Measure. Make a standard distance measurement for the first quadrant: a. 2. 4. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. 3. The first distance measurement. AFI-Q1.OB/GYN Amniotic Fluid Index (AFI) U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To calculate the amniotic fluid index. is already selected. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. The four quadrants can be measured with distance (caliper) or circumference (circle) measurements. A . move the Trackball. unfreeze and move to the second quadrant. The system adds these four measurements together to calculate the Amniotic Fluid Index. A dotted line connects the measurement points. Make sure that the next quadrant has been selected. The system prompts you to continue with the AFI measurements. d. NOTE: 9-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 1. press Set. To position the second active caliper at the end point. c. b. press Set. move the Trackball. To position the active caliper at the start point. To complete the measurement. you make measurements of the four quadrants of the uterine cavity.

Press Measure. HINTS • If you unfreeze the image after doing an AFI measurement. • • • If the fluid in a pocket is zero. and fourth quadrants (see step 2). A 9-23 . Move the Trackball to highlight the unassigned distance measurement in the Results Window. Unfreeze and change scan planes as necessary. set the second caliper on top of the first one to give it a zero value. the system calculates the AFI total and displays it in the Results Window. When all four quadrants have been measured. Select the AFI measurement on the Top/Sub Menu.OB Measurements and Calculations Amniotic Fluid Index (AFI) (continued) 5. the system does not delete the previous measurements. You can measure an AFI quadrant that is zero (0) by pressing Set twice. Perform a standard distance measurement for the second. To specify that an unassigned distance measurement be used for an AFI measurement: • • • • Select AFI. third. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

To make a distance measurement of the transverse trunk diameter. The system displays the antero-postero trunk diameter and the transverse trunk diameter in the Results Window. repeat steps a–d above. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window and displays an active caliper. A dotted line connects the measurement points. Angle Antero-Postero Trunk Diameter & Transverse Trunk Diameter (APTD-TTD) U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M Make two distance measurements. 1. b. one of the antero-postero trunk diameter and one of the transverse trunk diameter.OB/GYN A/B Ratio In B-Mode you can calculate A/B ratio by diameter or by area. press Set. move the Trackball. press Set. To position the second active caliper at the end point. To fix the start point. To complete the measurement. 9-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. c. move the Trackball. Select APTD_TTD. To position the active caliper at the start point. 3. Make a distance measurement of the antero-postero trunk diameter: a. d. A . an active caliper displays.

move the Trackball. an active caliper displays. A dotted line connects the measurement points. To fix the start point. 1. To complete the measurement. To position the second active caliper at the end point. A 9-25 . 3. The system displays the antero-postero trunk diameter. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.OB Measurements and Calculations Antero-PosteroTrunk Diameter by Transverse Trunk Diameter (AxT) U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M Make two distance measurements. To position the active caliper at the start point. and AxT in the Results Window. 2. d. Select AxT. To make a distance measurement of the transverse trunk diameter. move the Trackball. Make a distance measurement of the antero-postero trunk diameter: a. press Set. press Set. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window and displays an active caliper. repeat steps a–d above. the transverse trunk diameter. one of the antero-postero trunk diameter and one of the transverse trunk diameter. c. b.

To complete the ellipse measurement. move the Trackball. Make an ellipse measurement of the cardiac area: • • To position the active caliper. A . an ellipse with an initial circle shape displays. you make two ellipse measurements. press Measure. an active caliper displays.OB/GYN Cardio-Thoracic Area Ratio (CTAR) U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To calculate cardio-thoracic area ratio. To increase the size. 9-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Adjust the Ellipse control. • • • • • • • To position the second caliper. To fix the start point. move the Trackball. adjust the Ellipse control in a counterclockwise direction. 2. Select CTAR. To position the ellipse and to size the measured axes (move the calipers). The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. repeat steps a–e. The system displays the cardiac area measurement in the Results Window 3. adjust the Ellipse control in a clockwise direction. To toggle between active calipers. The system displays the cardio-thoracic area ratio in the Results Window. 1. press Set. To decrease the size. To make an ellipse measurement of the thoracic area. move the Trackball. press Set.

fetal trunk area. abdominal circumference. 1. Measurements can include biparietal diameter. head circumference and spinal length. you make several OB measurements. antero-postero trunk diameter and transverse trunk diameter. U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system displays the required measurements. These measurements can vary. 2. femur length. A 9-27 . based on how your system is set up. refer to that measurement.OB Measurements and Calculations Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) To measure estimated fetal weight. NOTE: For a description of any of the required measurements. Make each measurement. Select EFW. The system displays each measurement and the estimated fetal weight in the Results Window.

To position the second caliper. spline trace or two distance measurements. an ellipse with an initial circle shape displays. • • • • To position the ellipse and to size the measured axes (move the calipers). move the Trackball. 5. adjust the Ellipse control in a counterclockwise direction. To increase the size. To decrease the size. To toggle between active calipers. press Set. Ellipse 6.OB/GYN Fetal Trunk Area (FTA) U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To measure fetal trunk area. press Set. To complete the measurement. To fix the start point. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. Adjust the Ellipse control. A . trace. • 9-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Measure. press Clear a second time. move the Trackball. To position the active caliper. press Clear once. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. 1. Select FTA. adjust the Ellipse control in a clockwise direction. an active caliper displays. move the Trackball. The original caliper is displayed to restart the measurement. 2. you make an ellipse. HINTS Before you complete the ellipse measurement: • To erase the ellipse and the current data measured. 3. To exit the measurement function without completing the measurement. 4.

press Set. Select FTA. move the Trackball or adjust the Ellipse control counterclockwise. A 9-29 . 4. The trace caliper changes to an active caliper. 5. move the Trackball or adjust the Ellipse control downward. • • • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. move the Trackball around the anatomy. To trace the measurement area. 2. HINTS Before you complete the trace measurement: • To erase the line (bit by bit) back from its current point. To erase the dotted line but not the trace caliper. To complete the measurement. A dotted line shows the traced area. press Set. To clear the trace caliper and the current data measured. To position the trace caliper at the start point. 3. a trace caliper displays. To erase the line (bit by bit) back from its current point. To fix the trace start point.OB Measurements and Calculations Fetal Trunk Area (FTA) (continued) Trace 1. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. press Clear twice. press Clear once. move the Trackball.

5. The system displays the circumference in the Results Window. To position the trace caliper. The third caliper appears at the same position. Continue setting the points of the trace until the desired points are set (by moving the Trackball to the appropriate position and pressing Set). A . To position the third caliper. press Set twice at the last caliper position. 2. move the Trackball and press Set. press Set. If necessary. 6. move the Trackball and press Set. an active caliper displays. move the Trackball. To finalize the spline trace. 3. select Spline.OB/GYN Fetal Trunk Area (FTA) (continued) Spline Trace 1. 7. The second caliper appears at the same position. To position the second caliper. 9-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: The spline trace requires at least 3 points to draw a trace. To fix the trace start point. Select FTA. 4.

3. d. A dotted line connects the measurement points. To make the second distance measurement. press Clear. repeat steps a–d above. To position the active caliper at the start point. press Measure. move the Trackball. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. an active caliper displays. Make the first distance measurement: a. 2. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. After you complete the measurement. To erase the second caliper and the current data measured and start the measurement again. A 9-31 . press Set. To fix the start point. Select FTA. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window and displays an active caliper.OB Measurements and Calculations Fetal Trunk Area (FTA) (continued) Two distances 1. To position the second active caliper at the end point. press Clear once. To complete the measurement. • • To rotate through and activate previously fixed calipers. HINTS • Before you complete a measurement: • • To toggle between active calipers. c. move the Trackball. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. to erase all data that has been measured to this point. press Set. but not data entered onto worksheets. adjust Cursor Select. if preset accordingly. b.

move the Trackball. move the Trackball. press Set. 4. 5. 3. 9-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To position the second active caliper at the end point. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. To fix the start point. A . To position the active caliper at the start point. an active caliper displays. A dotted line connects the measurement points. press Set. 2.OB/GYN Foot Length U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To measure foot length. To complete the measurement. Select Ft. make one distance measurement: 1. The system displays the foot length in the Results Window.

To position the active caliper at the start point. make one distance measurement: 1. To fix the start point. 5. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. move the Trackball. 3. The system displays the humerus length in the Results Window. an active caliper displays. To position the second active caliper at the end point. press Set. Select HL.OB Measurements and Calculations Humerus Length U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To measure humerus length. press Set. A dotted line connects the measurement points. 2. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. 4. A 9-33 .

Select OFD. move the Trackball. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 4. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. press Set. To position the second active caliper at the end point. 3. 9-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 5. an active caliper displays. A dotted line connects the measurement points. To position the active caliper at the start point. press Set. you can calculate % Stenosis by diameter or by area. A . 2. The system displays the occipitofrontal diameter in the Results Window. make one distance measurement: 1. To fix the start point.OB/GYN Occipitofrontal Diameter To measure occipitofrontal diameter. U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M % Stenosis In B-Mode.

The system displays the spinal length in the Results Window. 3. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 9-35 . The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. Select SL. 2. move the Trackball. 4. To fix the start point. To position the second active caliper at the end point.OB Measurements and Calculations Spinal Length (SL) U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To measure spinal length. an active caliper displays. press Set. To position the active caliper at the start point. 5. make one distance measurement: 1. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. A dotted line connects the measurement points. press Set.

The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. To position the active caliper at the start point. 9-36 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 4. Transverse Cerebellar Diameter U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To measure transverse cerebellar diameter. The system displays the transverse cerebellar diameter in the Results Window. 5. move the Trackball. The system displays the transverse abdominal diameter in the Results Window.OB/GYN Transverse Abdominal Diameter U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To measure transverse abdominal diameter. A . 5. A dotted line connects the measurement points. press Set. 2. Select TCD. press Set. Select TAD. an active caliper displays. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. move the Trackball. press Set. press Set. To position the second active caliper at the end point. To position the active caliper at the start point. an active caliper displays. 4. To fix the start point. move the Trackball. To position the second active caliper at the end point. make one distance measurement: 1. A dotted line connects the measurement points. move the Trackball. 2. 3. make one distance measurement: 1. To complete the measurement. To fix the start point. To complete the measurement. 3.

Select ThD. To complete the measurement. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 5. To position the active caliper at the start point. an active caliper displays. press Set. A 9-37 .OB Measurements and Calculations Thorax Transverse Diameter U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To measure thorax transverse diameter. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. A dotted line connects the measurement points. move the Trackball. 2. 4. To fix the start point. make one distance measurement: 1. 3. The system displays the thorax transverse diameter in the Results Window. press Set. move the Trackball. To position the second active caliper at the end point.

To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. To fix the start point. 2. make one distance measurement: 1. 5. Ulna Length U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To measure ulna length. press Set. press Set. The system displays the ulna length in the Results Window. 3. Select Tibia. an active caliper displays. move the Trackball. move the Trackball. Select Ulna. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 4. To position the active caliper at the start point. 4. The system displays the tibia length in the Results Window. A dotted line connects the measurement points. an active caliper displays. To position the second active caliper at the end point. 5. To complete the measurement. A . make one distance measurement: 1. move the Trackball. 2.OB/GYN Tibia Length U SA Eu ro To pe ky O o sa AS ka U M To measure tibia length. To position the active caliper at the start point. To fix the start point. press Set. 3. Volume 9-38 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Set. A dotted line connects the measurement points. To position the second active caliper at the end point.

% Stenosis In M-Mode. or velocity. time. A/B ratio. and heart rate. you measure % Stenosis by diameter. Heart Rate LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.OB Measurements and Calculations M-Mode Measurements In M-Mode you can measure % stenosis. A 9-39 . A/B Ratio In M-Mode you can measure A/B ratio by diameter.

and middle cerebral arteries. A .OB/GYN Doppler Mode Measurements You can use Doppler mode to study fetal blood flow in the heart. umbilical cord. Aorta Middle Cerebral Artery (MCA) (right and left) Ovarian (right and left) Placenta Umbilical Uterine (right and left) For each of these studies. OB/GYN Doppler mode also allows you to study uterine and ovarian blood flow. you can make any of the following measurements: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Peak Systole (PS) End Diastole (ED) Minimum Diastole (MD) Heart Rate TAMAX Pulsatility Index (PI) Resistive Index (RI) PS/ED Ratio ED/PS Ratio Acceleration AT TAMEAN Volume Flow PV 9-40 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. placenta. The OB/GYN vessel study includes the following vessels: • • • • • • • Aorta (Ao) Desc.

It then continues with each of the other measurements in that study. Select the folder for the vessel you want to measure. With this feature. After the last measurement is complete. 3. Select the folder for the vessel you want to measure. After you complete each measurement. the system automatically starts the first measurement. Select Show All. 1. Your system is set up to show the measurements that you usually make for each vessel. Select the desired measurement. Make the measurement. The system display all possible vessel measurements. The system shows all the measurements for that vessel. the system returns to the OB/GYN Vessel Top/ Sub Menu. 2. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the system starts the next measurement. A 9-41 . The caliper for the first measurement is automatically displayed. when you select a folder for the vessel you want to measure.OB Measurements and Calculations To select OB/GYN vessel measurements OB/GYN Vessel measurements use the auto sequence feature. 2. The following pages describe the steps to make each specific measurement in the OB/GYN Vessel study. To make a measurement that is not shown for the selected vessel: 1.

3. press Set. move the Trackball. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. move the Trackball. press Set. 4. To position the caliper at the onset of systole. move the Trackball. move the Trackball. To position the caliper at the end point. The system displays the acceleration time and acceleration in the Results Window. 2. 3. Heart Rate This measurement is available in the Fetal Heart study and the OB/GYN Vessel study. The system displays a second active caliper. To fix the first caliper. 5. 9-42 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. 2. To position the second caliper at early systolic peak. 4. To position the caliper at the start point. press Set. To fix the measure point. To complete the measurement. Select Accel. Acceleration Time (AT) 1.OB/GYN Acceleration 1. The system displays a second active caliper. 5. The system displays the acceleration time in the Results Window. Select AT. press Set. To complete the measurement.

The system displays the peak systole.OB Measurements and Calculations Peak Systole (PS). press Set. To position the caliper at peak systole (PS) or end diastole (ED). End Diastole (ED). or Minimum Diastole (MD) To calculate the peak systole. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. 2. or MD. The system displays a second active caliper. To complete the measurement. To complete the measurement. 5. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. press Set. ED. or minimum diastole: 1. end diastole. Select PS. To position the caliper at the measurement point. and PS/ ED or ED/PS ratio in the Results Window. 3. To fix the measure point. PS/ED or ED/PS Ratio To calculate the Peak Systole/End Diastole ratio or End Diastole/Peak Systole ratio: 1. 3. end diastole. The system displays the peak systole. press Set. move the Trackball. move the Trackball. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. 4. Select PS/ED or ED/PS. A 9-43 . or minimum diastole in the Results Window. move the Trackball. To position the second caliper at end diastole (ED) or peak systole (PS). end diastole.

A .OB/GYN Pulsatility Index (PI) Resistive Index (RI) TAMAX 9-44 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

OB Worksheet The OB Worksheet has three sections of information: 1. Press Measure. Measurement information 3. Select Worksheet Display. Calculation information LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. Patient data 2.OB Measurements and Calculations OB Worksheet The OB Worksheet lists patient information. A 9-45 . To view the OB Worksheet: 1. Figure 9-3. and all measurement and calculation data.

you can select the fetus in this field. or adjust the Select CUA/AUA control. CUA/AUA – select the ultrasound age calculation method • • Composite Ultrasound Age (CUA) – regression calculation Average Ultrasound Age (AUA) – an arithmetic average • You can select the method in this field. PLAC – type information about the placenta. A . lists information from the Patient Data Entry screen. 9-46 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. You can enter information in the following fields: • • FetusPos – type information about the fetus position.OB/GYN Patient data The Patient data section. You can also adjust the Fetus selection to change the fetus. at the top of the worksheet. You can select the following fields: • FetusNo – if this is a multi-gestational patient.

minimum. Press Set. c. Method – When there is more than one measurement for an item. A 9-47 . maximum. b.OB Measurements and Calculations Measurement information This section lists the results of all measurements. AGE – The fetal age for this measurement. or last. the system uses the specified method (average. maximum. Move the Trackball to the Method field. • • Move the Trackball to select from the list. the system uses the measurement to calculate the ultrasound age. If you make more than three measurements. • • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Value – The measured value. Press Set. m1–m3 – Up to three measurement values for each item. Range – The typical range of fetal age for this measurement. Choices are average. this specifies the method used to calculate the measurement value listed in the Value column. To change the method: a. • • CUA or AUA – If this field is checked. If more than one measurement was made for an item. minimum. or last) to determine this value. d. the worksheet uses the last three.

This is followed by the growth percentile. The system determines OOR from the ultrasound age compared to the gestational age. b. • EFW GP – lists the source used to calculate EFW–GP (growth percentile). and the Cephalic Index (CI). • EFW – lists the parameters used to calculate EFW. To change the source: a. b. The gestational age is calculated from the last menstrual period or the estimated delivery date. The worksheet shows if any of the ratios are out of range (OOR). 9-48 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The measurement is outside of the range for the data used in the calculation. The remaining calculation information shows ratios for several measurements. Select this field or press Select GP. This is followed by the calculation result. A . Select this field or press Select EFW. Select the desired parameters. • For more information about how to use the worksheet. Out of range indicates one of the following: • The measurement is out of the normal range based on the gestational age that is calculated from the LMP. Select the desired source.OB/GYN Calculation information This section of the worksheet provides calculation choices and lists calculation results. That means that the measurement is either less than or more than the range of measurements used to determine fetal age based on the measurement. To change which parameters are used: a.

Anatomical Survey Anatomical Survey Overview The Anatomical Survey page provides a checklist that indicates which anatomy was imaged and its appearance. A 9-49 . Figure 9-4. Anatomical Survey LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

2. OB Worksheet Top/Sub Menu 2. Appearance : If you checked the Imaged? box.OB/GYN Editing 1. select Anatomy on the OB Worksheet Top/Sub Menu. indicate whether the appearance was normal or abnormal. You can add the required anatomy up to 9 additional anatomy. Figure 9-5. Anatomical Survey 9-50 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . Table 9-3: Field Fetus Pos PLAC ANATOMY Description Indicate the fetal position within the uterus. Identify the location of the placenta. Enter the following information for each part of the anatomy imaged: 1. To activate the Anatomical Survey. Fill the required field. Imaged? : Check the box that you did image this part of the anatomy.

depending upon the number of parameters entered.Anatomical Survey Table 9-3: Field Anatomical Survey (Continued) Description Move the Trackball to the blank field. 1 or 2 Movement Tone Breathing Fluid Reactive NST (Reactive non-stress test) COMMENTS Free text Select Exit to return to the Scan screen. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. BIOPHYSICAL The score is _ of 10 possible total points. NOTE: The patient specific contents input on the Anatomical Survey page are returned to the factory default settings after starting a new patient. 1 or 2 Type 0. 1 or 2 Type 0. Enter the anatomy name. 1 or 2 Type 0. 1 or 2 Type 0. Enter the following information to assess the fetus’s biophysical well-being. Select Worksheet to return to the Worksheet or Graph to enter the OB Graph screen on the Top/Sub Menu. A 9-51 . Type 0.

These graphs show the normal growth curve. The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO provides the following two basic types of graphs: • Fetal Growth Curve graphs – show one measurement per graph. you can also use the graphs to look at fetal trending. For multi-gestational pregnancies.OB/GYN OB Graphs Overview OB Graphs allow you to assess fetal growth compared to a normal growth curve. For multi-gestational patients you can plot all fetuses and compare the growth on the graphs. positive and negative standard deviations or applicable percentiles. Plots all measurements on one graph. • 9-52 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . When a patient has completed two or more ultrasound exams. and ultrasound age of the fetus using the current measurement. you can view all fetuses. Fetal Growth Bar graph – shows the ultrasound age and the gestational age based on patient data. the graph can show fetal trending. If previous exam data is available.

A 9-53 . B-Mode OB Measurement Top/Sub Menu LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Figure 9-6. 2. Press Measure.OB Graphs To View OB Graphs To view OB graphs: 1. Select Graph.

the system displays the OB Graph keys on the Top/Sub Menu. Figure 9-7. Fetal Growth Curve Graph 9-54 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .OB/GYN To View OB Graphs (continued) After you select Graph Display. The monitor display shows the Fetal Growth Curve Graph.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. where the fetus is on the growth curve The legend at the bottom of the graph shows the symbols and colors that indicate data for fetal trending (Past and Present) and multiple gestation (Fetus). On the graph display. adjust the Graph Change control. • To scroll through all Fetal Growth Curve Graphs. The system displays the Fetal Growth Curve Graph for the selected measurement. To select the measurement To select which measurement you want to display on the Fetal Growth Curve Graph. The vertical axis shows one of the following: • • • For measurements. percent For fetal weight. A 9-55 . move the Trackball to the Measurement Type field and press Set. do one of the following: • To select a specific measurement: a. Move the Trackball to select the desired measurement and press Set. grams The Fetal Growth Curve Graph shows the following information for the selected measurement: • • • • The normal growth curve The standard deviations or relevant percentiles The gestational age of the fetus. The system determines this age from the data on the Patient Data Entry screen. mm or cm For ratios.OB Graphs Fetal Growth Curve Graph The horizontal axis shows the fetal age in weeks. b. using patient data (vertical dotted line) Using the current ultrasound measurement data. The system displays a list of measurements.

and the data may change. or to use the composite ultrasound age (CUA).OB/GYN To select the age to use To plot the fetus age. the system allows you to use the gestational age (GA) from the LMP. To select each view. Fetal Growth Curve Graph: Quad View The measurement values are displayed at the bottom of the graph. A . adjust the Select GA control. The information in the left column changes between CUA and GA(EDD). To view a single or four graphs Figure 9-8. To select. 9-56 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. You can view either a single Fetal Growth Curve Graph or you can view four graphs at the same time. press Single or Quad.

then press Set. Move the Trackball to select the desired measurement and press Set. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 9-57 . To scroll through all Fetal Growth Curve Graphs. To change each graph in quad view: 1. you can select which four you want to see. The order of a quad graph view can be saved by selecting Save. The system displays the Fetal Growth Curve Graph for the selected measurement. adjust the Graph Change control. use the Trackball to move the cursor to the small box that is upper left of each graph.OB Graphs To change measurements in quad view When you view four graphs simultaneously. 2. On the graph display. The system displays a list of measurements.

Select Plot Both. 1. A . and displays it on the graph with the present data. Fetal Trending on Fetal Growth Curve Graph: FL The legend at the bottom of the graph shows the symbols and colors that indicate Past and Present data. The system automatically finds the data from previous ultrasound exams. you can use the data to look at fetal trending on the Fetal Growth Curve Graphs. Figure 9-9. 9-58 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. Select Graph Display and select the desired Fetal Growth Curve Graph.OB/GYN Fetal Trending When you have ultrasound data for more than one exam for a patient.

select Exit to Save. select Past Exam. Enter the data from previous exams. 2. The system displays the Input Past Exam screen. on the Patient Data Entry screen. When you view the Fetal Growth Curve Graphs. To enter data on page 2. select Plot Both to view fetal trending. page 1 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. select Next. The system saves the previous exam data. Input Past Exam screen.OB Graphs Fetal Trending (continued) To manually enter past exam data If you have data from a previous ultrasound exam that you want to use for fetal trending. See Figure 1-10. in the Exam Information (Obstetrics) section. 1. you can manually enter the data. After you have registered the patient for this exam. 4. but it is not in the system. 3. The system automatically uses the data you entered. Figure 9-10. After you enter the previous exam data. A 9-59 .

Input Past Exam screen. page 2 9-60 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.OB/GYN Fetal Trending (continued) Figure 9-11. A .

The system makes the following changes: • • • GA (LMP) is now GA (GA) and shows the age you entered. select Graph Display. In the Patient Data section. The EDD (LMP) changes to EDD(GA) and shows an updated date. which is left of the graph. Select OK. A 9-61 . • NOTE: GA(LMP) – this field is computed using the LMP date on the Patient Data Entry screen. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. select Exit. Type the correct weeks or days. On the Top/Sub Menu. c. The system displays a window with the GA weeks and days. press Set. d. do one of the following: • • On the graph display. a. To return from a graph to the scan display After viewing graphs. To change this field: You can only change this field on the Fetal Growth Curve Graph in single view. The LMP is erased. In the Patient Data section. you can change or enter the following patient data. move the Trackball to the field and press Set. b. To select each field. using the GA you entered.OB Graphs To edit patient data When you are working with graphs. PLAC – type information about the placenta. To select the field. the GA changes. to return to the scan display. • • FetusPos – type information about the fetus position. Move the Trackball to the field.

To view the Fetal Growth Bar Graph: 1. Figure 9-12. Press Measure.OB/GYN Fetal Growth Bar Graph The fetal growth bar graph shows current exam measurements and the normal growth range based on the gestational age. Select Graph. Fetal Growth Bar Graph 9-62 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. It shows all measurements on one graph. 2. 3. Select Bar. A .

OB Graphs Fetal Growth Bar Graph (continued) • • • • • The horizontal axis shows the gestational weeks. You cannot do fetal trending or view multiple gestation data on the bar graph. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The green rectangle shows the normal age range for the measurement. The yellow x shows the ultrasound age for each measurement. The blue dotted vertical line shows the ultrasound age using the current measurements. A 9-63 . The red vertical line shows the gestational age using the patient data.

The following figures show the OB Top/Sub Menu displays for the Tokyo and Osaka studies and for the ASUM studies. Europe. and ASUM. Osaka. Figure 9-13. OB Top/Sub Menu: Tokyo and Osaka studies 9-64 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . For information about how to change studies.OB/GYN OB-Multigestational Using other OB studies The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO system includes measurements for the following studies: USA. Tokyo.

NOTE: OB Top/Sub Menu: ASUM studies ASUM studies include the following measurements: • • ASUM: AC. and OFD LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. BPD.OB-Multigestational Using other OB studies (continued) Figure 9-14. HC. and CRL ASUM 2001: AC. CRL. HL. BPD. FL. A 9-65 .

Type the correct number and press Set. Fetus Number When you start an OB exam. 9-66 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.OB/GYN Multiple Fetus LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO allows you to measure and report multiple fetus development. To change the number: 1. A . the system automatically fills in the Fetus # field with 1. Move the cursor to the fetus number and press Set twice. 2. The number is highlighted. Select Yes. To enter the number of fetuses If more than one fetus is imaged during the exam. enter the number of fetuses in the Patient Data Entry Menu. 3. Figure 9-15. The system can report a maximum of four fetuses. The system displays a message to confirm that you want to change the fetus number.

and worksheet displays. You can type up to 23 characters in the FetusPos and PLAC fields. B. calculations. When scanning. the system labels each fetus A. Each fetus is identified by a letter and the total number of fetuses. A 9-67 . For example. you can enter information about the fetus position and placenta location. or D. You can enter the information in the Patient Data section of the worksheets and the graphs. Patient Data section of the OB Worksheet LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. C. fetus A/3 is fetus A from a total of 3. Figure 9-16.OB-Multigestational To identify each fetus For measurements.

If you have any active measurement or calculation that is not completed when you change the fetus. the system cancels the measurement or calculation.OB/GYN To select a fetus During measurements and calculations. Summary Window: Multiple fetus You can change between fetuses at any time during the exam. Move the Trackball to the Summary Window and select the fetus. to change between fetuses. do one of the following: • • Adjust the Fetus selection. NOTE: After you change to the next fetus. Figure 9-17. any measurements you make are recorded and reported to that fetus. A . 9-68 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

In the Patient Data section. and press Set. select Fetus Compare. Fetal Growth Curve Graph: Fetus Compare The legend at the bottom of the graph shows the symbols and colors that represent each fetus. • To view the graph for each fetus. • To display data for multiple fetuses on the same graph. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.OB-Multigestational To view multiple fetuses data on graphs You can view multiple gestation data on fetal growth curve graphs. do one of the following: • • Adjust the Fetus selection. select Graph Display. In the list of fetuses. A 9-69 . Figure 9-18. After you have made measurements for each fetus. move the Trackball to highlight the FetusNo field. move the Trackball to select the fetus you want.

A . then select Fetus Compare. Figure 9-19.OB/GYN To compare multiple fetus data on a worksheet With multiple fetuses. the system lists the measurement results for each fetus on the Worksheet. you can list and compare measurements of the fetuses on the worksheet. When you select Fetus Compare. Select Worksheet Display. Worksheet Display with Fetus Compare 9-70 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

NOTE: You can only view fetal trending for multiple fetuses in single graph display. To view fetal trending for multiple fetuses: 1. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2.OB-Multigestational To Show Fetal Trending for Multiple Fetuses When you have data for more than one exam. Select Plot Both. you can show fetal trending and compare fetuses on one graph. Figure 9-20. Select Fetus Compare. A 9-71 . Multigestation Fetal Growth Curve Graph The symbol key for fetal trending and multiple fetuses is shown at the bottom of the graph. Select Graph Display. 3.

For example. If it is not selected. select Utility. Check the Exam Category on the far left of the monitor screen.OB/GYN OB Table Editor You can add user programmable OB tables to the system. 9-72 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. select Obstetrics. Make sure that Obstetrics is selected. If there are further folders within OB-2/3. then select M&A. A . select that appropriate folder. OB Table Settings Menu You add OB Tables in the Measurement & Analysis menu. To open the menu: 1. On the Top/Sub Menu. then select OB-2/3. 2. select Obstetrics and continue selecting the folders until the appropriate area is selected as to where this new OB Table will be entered.

The system displays the OB Table settings menu. On the monitor display.OB Table Editor OB Table Settings Menu (continued) 3. select the OB Table tab. Figure 9-21. A 9-73 . OB Table settings LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Measure Name: Type the name of measurement that will display on the Top/Sub Menu. New/Edit: To create a new OB table. You cannot edit the system’s OB Tables. • OB Table Template: To create a new OB table. Measure Type: Select a measurement type that can be used to calculate EFW. Author Name: Type the author’s name. move the Trackball to Edit Table and press Set. To edit an existing user-programmable OB table. select the Template (1 . NOTE: 9-74 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Table Unit. NOTE: If any of the OB table parameters are not correct. The OB Table settings menu lists OB Table parameters.OB/GYN OB Table Settings Menu (continued) 4. • • • • • NOTE: NOTE: Tool Type: Select the type of measurement: Distance or Circumference. Specify the following parameter values as appropriate: • • Study: Shows the study to which this measurement table belongs. The system displays the Edit Menu. The following items are display only: Table Format. See ‘OB Table Templates’ on page 1-75 for more information. select the desired OB table to edit. After specifying all parameter values. the Edit Menu is not displayed. and Graph Range. select the Table Type: Fetal Age or Fetal Growth. A .7) which you want to use as the basis of the user programmable OB Table. 5. To edit an existing user OB table. Measure Type is used only when calculating EFW. The system determines these values automatically. based on the type of OB table you are creating. select New Table. select Edit Table. for example BPD. Table Type: If necessary. SD/GP Range.

A 9-75 . 2D Caliper Template 1 Table 9-4: Template 1 (based on Hadlock) Template 1: SD Range Table Fetal Age Table Table Format Table Unit Table Range Graph Range Measurement Result Value [cm] GA [#w#d] Min [#w#d] Max [#w#d] Fetal Growth Table Table Format Table Unit AGE Week MEAN mm SD Week MEAS mm 1SD 1SD MEAN Week SD Week Others are same as above LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.OB Table Editor OB Table Templates Tool Type: • • Distance: 2D Caliper Circumference: 2D Ellipse. 2D Trace.

A .OB/GYN Template 2 Table 9-5: Template 2 (based on Tokyo) Template 2: SD Range Table Fetal Age Table Table Format Table Unit Table Range Graph Range Measurement Result Value [cm] GA [#w#d] SD: day(+/-) EDD (Date) GA-Min [#w#d] GA-Max [#w#d] Fetal Growth Table Table Format Table Unit AGE Day MEAN mm SD Day MEAS mm 1SD 1SD MEAN Day SD Day Others are same as above 9-76 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

OB Table Editor Template 3 Table 9-6: Template 3 (based on Osaka) Template 3: SD Table Fetal Age Table Table Format Table Unit Table Range Graph Range Measurement Result Value [cm] GA [#w#d] SD: sd=(mv-pv)/sd EDD (Date) GA-Min [#w#d] GA-Max [#w#d] Fetal Growth Table Table Format Table Unit AGE Day MEAN mm SD Day MEAS mm 1SD 1SD MEAN Day SD mm Others are same as above LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 9-77 .

GP is not calculated by the system.OB/GYN Template 4 Table 9-7: Template 4 (based on several European tables) Template 4: 5%-95% Table Fetal Age Table Table Format Table Unit Table Range Graph Range Measurement Result Value [cm] GA [#w#d] GP [%] GP is calculated by Fetal Growth Table. If you did not edit Growth Table. A . EDD (Date) GA-Min [#w#d] GA-Max [#w#d] Fetal Growth Table Table Format Table Unit Table Range Graph Range AGE WeekDay 5%:95% 5%:95% MEAN mm SD Day MEAS mm 5%:95% 5%:95% MEAN WeekDay SD mm 9-78 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A 9-79 .OB Table Editor Template 5 Table 9-8: Template 5 (based on several European tables) Template 5: 5% . GP is not calculated by the system. If you did not edit Growth Table.95% Table Fetal Age Table Table Format Table Unit Table Range Graph Range Measurement Result Value [cm] GA [#w#d] GP [%] GP is calculated by Fetal Growth Table. EDD (Date) GA-Min [#w#d] GA-Max [#w#d] Fetal Growth Table Table Format Table Unit Table Range Graph Range AGE WeekDay 1SD 5%:95% MEAN mm MAX mm MEAS mm 1SD 5%:95% MEAN WeekDay SD mm LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

EDD (Date) GA-Min [#w#d] GA-Max [#w#d] Fetal Growth Table Table Format Table Unit Table Range Graph Range AGE WeekDay 10%-90% 10%-90% MEAN mm MAX mm SD mm MEAS mm 10%-90% 10%-90% MIN WeekDay MEAN WeekDay SD WeekDay 9-80 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.OB/GYN Template 6 Table 9-9: Template 6 (based on several European tables) Template 6: 10% . GP is not calculated by the system. If you did not edit Growth Table.90% Table Fetal Age Table Table Format Table Unit Table Range Graph Range Measurement Result Value [cm] GA [#w#d] GP [%] GP is calculated by Fetal Growth Table. A .

If you did not edit Growth Table. GP is not calculated by the system.90% Table Fetal Age Table Table Format Table Unit Table Range Graph Range Measurement Result Value [cm] GA [#w#d] GP [%] GP is calculated by Fetal Growth Table. EDD (Date) GA-Min [#w#d] GA-Max [#w#d] Fetal Growth Table Table Format Table Unit Table Range Graph Range AGE WeekDay 1SD 10%:90% MEAN mm MAX mm MEAS mm 1SD 10%:90% MEAN WeekDay SD mm LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.OB Table Editor Template 7 Table 9-10: Template 7 (Based on several european tables) Template 7: 10% . A 9-81 .

OB/GYN OB Table Edit Menu The data you enter in the OB Table Edit Menu depends on whether the table type is Fetal Age or Fetal Growth. OB Table Edit Menu: Fetal Age Table 9-82 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . Fetal Age Table If you are creating or editing a Fetal Age table. the OB Table Edit Menu is as follows: Figure 9-22.

down. Max and Interval of the Parameters field.OB Table Editor Complete the field 1. move the Trackball to Exit to Save and press Set. and right arrow keys. Any lines with a blank cell are not saved. left. A 9-83 . move the Trackball to Cancel and press Set. Input value to the columns of MEAN and SD. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system automatically fills in the MEAS column. To save the Table Data. You must enter a minimum of two rows of data. NOTE: NOTE: To move between the fields in the table. If you want cancel this table. Input value to Min. use the up.

To move between the fields in the table. you must assign it to a Top/Sub Menu. Any lines with a blank cell are not saved. To save the Table Data. move the Trackball to Cancel and press Set. the OB Table Edit Menu is as follows: Figure 9-23.OB/GYN Fetal Growth Table If you are creating or editing a Fetal Growth table. A . and right arrow keys. If you want cancel this table. You must enter a minimum of two rows of data. After you complete the OB table. Input value to the required columns. move the Trackball to Exit to Save and press Set. down. Complete the field NOTE: NOTE: OB Table Edit Menu: Fetal Growth Table 1. 9-84 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. To use the measurement. left. use the up. it is now available for the selected study.

• • • • • • New/Edit: Select “New Table” OB Table Template: Select appropriate template.OB Table Editor EFW for OB User Table/Formula Editor EFW Table Editor You can edit an EFW Formula at the OB Table Editor. 2. A 9-85 . Select the appropriate parameters and press Edit Table. 1. Author Name: Enter author’s name. Table Type: Select “Fetal Age” Figure 9-24. Select Utility -> Measure -> OB Table. OB Table Tab Screen LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Tool Type: Select “Weight” Measure Name: Enter measurement name.

Edit the table data and press Exit To Save.OB/GYN EFW Table Editor (continued) 3. OB Table Editor Screen 9-86 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Figure 9-25. A .

Modify User CALC window LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The Modify User CALC window displays. Figure 9-26.g. A 9-87 .OB Table Editor EFW Formula Editor 1. EFW (User)(Pegasus)] from the User Defined pull-down menu and press OK. Select the M&A tab and select Edit Calc. Select the added table [e.

Figure 9-27.OB/GYN EFW Formula Editor (continued) 2. A . Select the “Calculated” button for the EFW parameter. M&A Tab Screen 9-88 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

The EDIT FORMULA window displays. Figure 9-28.56{AC[Hadlock]}*100+0. 10^(1. A 9-89 . add “ *100 ” to the {parameter}.OB Table Editor EFW Formula Editor (continued) 3. or example. NOTE: EDIT FORMULA window When you edit a formula. If EFW is calculated in grams. • • If you want to calculate EFW by centimeter. Edit the formula and select OK. add “ /1000 “ to the formula. be careful of the following points.08*{FL[Hadlock]}*100)/1000 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

umbilical. middle cerebral artery. A . aorta. and descending aorta. This study is common to all exam categories. This study includes uterine. OB/GYN Vessel. ovarian. This study includes the following vessels: uterine. NOTE: The calculation formulas are listed in the Advanced Reference Manual. placenta. and endometrium measurements. General Gynecology. 9-90 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. ovarian follicle.OB/GYN GYN Measurements Introduction The Gynecology exam category includes the following three studies: • • • Generic. ovarian.

To choose the appropriate probe. if the patient data from a previous exam is saved in the system. See ‘To Start an Obstetrics Exam’ on page 1-4 for more information. The default Gynecology study is displayed on the Top/Sub Menu. For details about how to start an exam. select the probe icon on the Top/Sub Menu. find the patient information. press Esc. do one of the following: • • • • • On the keyboard. On the Control Panel. A 9-91 . After you complete the patient information. press the B-Mode key. On the Control Panel. The system displays the Scan screen.GYN Measurements To Start a Gynecology Exam To begin a gynecology exam. you enter patient data or. • To change from the Patient Data Entry screen to the Scan screen. select Patient or Freeze. you can begin the scan. On the Control Panel. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Measure.

General Gynecology study 9-92 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . and height Ovarian length. and height Ovarian follicle Endometrium thickness Figure 9-29. you make the measurements in the General Gynecology study. width. These measurements include: • • • • Uterine length.OB/GYN B-Mode Measurements In B-Mode. width.

Press Clear. 6. 7. A 9-93 . press Set. A dotted line connects the measurement points. To select the left or right. 3. an active caliper displays. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. two. move the Trackball.GYN Measurements Follicle measurements You can make left and right ovary follicle measurements from one. To position the second active caliper at the end point. 4. 2. Select Follicle. The system displays the ovary follicle measurement in the Results Window. To position the active caliper at the start point. One distance 1. move the Trackball. adjust the Side selection. press Set. or three distances. To complete the measurement. 5. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To fix the start point.

9-94 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Make the first distance measurement: a. press Set. To position the active caliper at the start point. Select Follicle. adjust the Side selection. To make the second distance measurement. The system displays the ovary follicle measurement in the Results Window. move the Trackball. repeat steps a–d above. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. To fix the start point. c. 3. A . A dotted line connects the measurement points. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 5. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window and displays an active caliper. 4. Press Clear. d. 2. press Set.OB/GYN Follicle measurements (continued) Two distances 1. To position the second active caliper at the end point. b. an active caliper displays. To select the left or right.

b. d. To complete the measurement. the system displays the ovary follicle measurement in the Results Window. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. c. To fix the start point. To position the active caliper at the start point. A 9-95 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. move the Trackball. an active caliper displays. Make the first distance measurement: a. 4. After the first and second distance measurement. 2. After the third measurement. press Set. To position the second active caliper at the end point. move the Trackball. 3.GYN Measurements Follicle measurements (continued) Three distances 1. repeat steps a–d above. To make the second and third distance measurement. press Set. adjust the Side selection. To select the left or right. A dotted line connects the measurement points. Select Follicle. the system displays an active caliper.

9-96 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Set. A dotted line connects the measurement points. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. To complete the measurement. 4. 1. To position the second active caliper at the end point. 3. A . move the Trackball. make one distance measurement. To position the active caliper at the start point. 2. To fix the start point.OB/GYN Endometrium thickness (Endo) To measure the endometrium thickness. Select Endo. press Set. The system displays the endometrium thickness in the Results Window. an active caliper displays. move the Trackball. 5.

press Set. A dotted line connects the measurement points. Each measurement is a typical distance measurement made in the appropriate scan plane. or height: 1. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. To position the second active caliper at the end point. 2. width. To select left or right. width. press Set. After the first and second measurement. To position the active caliper at the start point. Typically. or OV H. move the Trackball. if preset accordingly. d. A 9-97 . length and height are measured on the saggital plane while the width is measured on the axial/transverse plane. and height You can measure the length. width. Select the OV folder. width. 3. 4.GYN Measurements Ovary length. and height of the left and right ovaries. repeat steps 3–4. To measure ovarian length. adjust the Side selection. c. To fix the start point. OV W. After you complete the length. Perform a standard distance measurement: a. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 5. then select OV L. the system displays the ovarian volume in the Results Window. b. and height measurements. Scan the patient's right or left ovary in the appropriate plane. the system displays an active caliper for the next measurement. To make the second and third distance measurements.

repeat steps 2–3. length and height are measured on the saggital plane while the width is measured on the axial/transverse plane. 2. press Set. Typically. c. width. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. To make the second and third distance measurement. UT W. To measure uterus length. To position the second active caliper at the end point. move the Trackball. Scan the patient in the appropriate scan plane. To complete the measurement.OB/GYN Uterus length. Select the UT folder. b. move the Trackball. or UT H. 9-98 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. An active caliper displays. then select UT L. After you complete the third distance measurement. A dotted line connects the measurement points. the system displays the uterine volume in the Results Window. 4. press Set. or height: 1. To fix the start point. and height Each of these is a standard distance measurement. d. To position the active caliper at the start point. width. A . the system displays an active caliper for the next measurement. Perform a standard distance measurement: a. After the first and second measurement. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 3.

GYN Measurements M-Mode Measurements M-Mode measurements for the Gynecology exam are identical to M-Mode measurements for the Obstetrics exam. For details regarding these measurements. A/B ratio. These measurements include % stenosis. and heart rate. See ‘M-Mode Measurements’ on page 1-39 for more information. Figure 9-30. A 9-99 . M-Mode Generic study LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

TAMAX. ED/PS. Doppler Mode General Gynecology study 9-100 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. See ‘Doppler Mode Measurements’ on page 1-40 for more information. resistive index. you can make any of the following measurements: peak systole. placenta. middle cerebral artery. Figure 9-31. ovarian. These measurements include the following vessels: uterine. A . end diastole. umbilical. For details regarding these measurements. and acceleration time. minimum diastole. pulsatility index. heart rate. aorta.OB/GYN Doppler Mode Measurements Doppler measurements for the Gynecology exam are identical to Doppler measurements for the Obstetrics exam. For each vessel. acceleration. and descending aorta. PS/ED.

A 10-1 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Chapter 10 Cardiology Describes how to perform cardiac measurements and calculations.

Be sure to refer to the original article describing the investigator's recommended clinical procedures. 10-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Any measurement can be repeated by selecting that measurement again from the Top/Sub Menu Menu.Cardiology Cardiology Exam Preparation Introduction Measurements and calculations derived from ultrasound images are intended to supplement other clinical procedures available to the attending physician. Formulas and databases used within the system software that are associated with specific investigators are so noted. A . General Guidelines New Patient information must be entered before beginning an exam. but also by use of proper medical protocols by the user. When appropriate. be sure to note any protocols associated with a particular measurement or calculation. The accuracy of measurements is not only determined by the system accuracy.

• LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The Generic studies provide you quick access to measurements such as volume. A/B ratio. • Generic – Each exam category has a Generic study.Cardiology Measurements Cardiology Measurements Overview Cardiology measurements offer two different types of measurement studies. This chapter includes a section describing generic measurements that are specific to the cardiac exam category. A 10-3 . angle. For details on most of the generic measurements. Generic and Cardiac. and % stenosis. Cardiac – This study includes all cardiac measurements.

A . Most abbreviations are made using acronyms. on the Top/Sub Menu you select the abbreviation for the measurement. Table 10-1: Acronym % STIVS A Acc AccT ALS Ann Ao AR Asc ASD AV AV Cusp AVA AV-A BSA CI CO d D Dec DecT Desc Dur EdV EF EPSS % Interventricular Shortening Area Acceleration Flow Acceleration Time Aortic Leaflet Separation Annulus Aorta Aortic Regurg Ascending Atrial Septal Defect Aortic Valve Aortic Valve Cusp Separation Aortic Valve Area Aortic Valve Area by Continuity Equation Body Surface Area Cardiac Index Cardiac Output Diastolic Diameter Deceleration Deceleration Time Descending Duration End Diastolic Volume Ejection Fraction E-Point-to-Septum Separation Cardiology Abbreviations Name 10-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The following table lists acronyms used for naming cardiac measurements.Cardiology Naming Format for Cardiac Measurements When you make a measurement.

A 10-5 .Cardiology Measurements Table 10-1: Acronym EsV ET FS FV FVI HR IVRT IVS L LA LAA LAD LPA LV LVA LVID LVL LVM LVPW ML MPA MR MV MVcf MVO OT P PA PAP PDA End Systolic Volume Ejection Time Fractional Shortening Flow Volume Flow Velocity Integral Heart Rate IsoVolumetric Relaxation Time Interventricular Septum Length Left Atrium Left Atrium Area Left Atrium Diameter Left Pulmonary Artery Left Ventricle Left Ventricular Area Left Ventricle Internal Diameter Left Ventricle Length Left Ventricular Mass Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Medial to Lateral Main Pulmonary Artery Mitral Regurgitation Mitral Valve Mean Velocity Circumferential Fiber Shortening Mitral Valve Orifice Outflow Tract Papillary Muscles Pulmonary Artery Pulmonary Artery Pressure Patent Ductus Arterosis Cardiology Abbreviations Name LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Cardiology Table 10-1: Acronym PEP PFO PG PHT PI PISA PR PV PV-A PVein PW Qp Qs RA RAA Rad RAD RPA RV RVA RVAW RVD RVID RVL RVOT s SI ST SV SVI Pre-Ejection Period Patent Foramen Ovale Pressure Gradient Pressure Half Time Pulmonary Insufficiency Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area Pulmonic Regurgitation Pulmonic Valve Pulmonic Valve Area by Continuity Equation Pulmonary Vein Posterior Wall Pulmonic Flow or CO Systemic Flow or CO Right Atrium Right Atrium Area Radius Right Atrium Diameter Right Pulmonary Artery Right Ventricle Right Ventricle Area RIght Ventricle Anterior Wall Right Ventricle Diameter Right Ventricle Internal Diameter Right Ventricle LEngth Right Ventricle Outflow Tract Systolic Stroke Index Shortening Stroke Volume Stroke Volume Index Cardiology Abbreviations Name 10-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .

Cardiology Measurements Table 10-1: Acronym T TA TAML TR TV TVA Vcf Vel VET Vmax Vmean VSD VTI Time Tricuspid Annulus Tricuspid Annulus Medial to Lateral Tricuspid Regurgitation Tricuspid Valve Tricuspid Valve Area Velocity Circumferential Fiber Shortening Velocity Valve Ejection Time Maximum Velocity Mean Velocity Ventricular Septal Defect Velocity Time Integral Cardiology Abbreviations Name In this manual. A 10-7 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. to measure the Aortic Root Diameter. Diastolic (LVPWd) For example. you select Ao Diam on the Top/Sub Menu. the abbreviation for each measurement is listed in parenthesis after the measurement. as follows: • • Aortic Root Diameter (Ao Root Diam) Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Thickness.

two distance. • • Some measurements. and then describes the steps to perform that type of measurement. The measurement information in this section is organized by mode. NOTE: You can select the diastole frame/systole frame (ED/ES or ES/ ED) with the assigned Top/Sub Menu control. or velocity flow trace. The information for these measurements is included in both BMode and M-Mode sections. Within each region of interest section. Each measurement type section lists all cardiac measurements that are that type. such a one distance. A . Within each mode section. Color Flow Mode.Cardiology Cardiac Measurements This section lists cardiac measurements and the steps to perform them. There is also a Combination Mode section. and then by type of measurement. The organization is as follows: • Mode. and Doppler Mode. there are sections for type of measurement. then by region of interest. which includes calculations that are a result of measurements made in more than one mode. there are sections for region of interest. 10-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. can be made in B-Mode or M-Mode. such as Aortic Root Diameter or Aortic Valve Cusp Separation. there is a section for B-Mode. such as aorta or mitral valve. M-Mode. trace.

press Set. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 4. move the Trackball. Select the measurement. To complete the measurement. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. 2. an active caliper displays. To position the second active caliper at the end point. 3. 5.Cardiology Measurements B-Mode Measurements Aorta The following are cardiac B-Mode aorta measurements: One distance measurements • • • • • • Making a one distance measurement Aortic Root Diameter (Ao Diam) Aortic Arch Diameter (Ao Arch Diam) Ascending Aortic Diameter (Ao Asc) Descending Aortic Diameter (Ao Desc Diam) Aorta Isthmus (Ao Isthmus) Aorta ST Junction (Ao st junct) 1. press Set. A dotted line connects the measurement points. A 10-9 . The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. To position the active caliper at the start point. move the Trackball. To fix the start point.

an active caliper displays.Cardiology Aortic Valve The following are cardiac B-Mode aortic valve measurements: One distance measurements • • • Making a one distance measurement Aortic Diameter (Ao Diam) Aortic Valve Cusp Separation (AV Cusp) Aortic Valve Diameter (AV Diam) 1. A line shows the traced area. To position the second active caliper at the end point. To fix the start point. press Set. Select the measurement. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. To fix the trace start point. A dotted line connects the measurement points. move the Trackball. Select the measurement. To complete the measurement. 4. 2. To position the caliper at the start point. press Set. 5. One trace measurements • • Aortic Valve Area Planimetry (AVA Planimetry) Transverse Aortic Valve Area (Trans AVA(d). an active caliper displays. A . Trans AVA(s)) Making a trace measurement 1. move the Trackball. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 5. 3. press Set. 3. 4. To trace the measurement area. press Set. 2. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. move the Trackball. To complete the measurement. To position the active caliper at the start point. The system displays a vertical dotted line. 10-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. move the Trackball.

To position the second active caliper at the end point. repeat steps a–d above. A 10-11 . b. Make the first distance measurement: a. Select LA/Ao Ratio. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. the system displays an active caliper. To make the second distance measurement. A dotted line connects the measurement points. move the Trackball. To fix the start point. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Cardiology Measurements Left Atrium The following are cardiac B-Mode Left Atrium measurements: Two distance measurements Making two distance measurements • Left Atrium Diameter to AoRoot Diameter Ratio (LA/Ao Ratio) 1. 3. press Set. d. move the Trackball. 2. c. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. To position the active caliper at the start point. To complete the measurement. The system displays the measurements and ratio in the Results Window. After the first measurement. press Set. an active caliper displays.

3. press Set. move the Trackball. 4. A dotted line connects the measurement points. press Set. To complete the measurement. 2. To position the second active caliper at the end point. move the Trackball. 10-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. 5. an active caliper displays. Select the measurement. A . The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. To fix the start point. To position the active caliper at the start point.Cardiology Left Atrium (continued) One distance measurement • • • Making a one distance measurement Left Atrium Diameter (LA Diam) Left Atrium Length (LA Major) Left Atrium Width (LA Minor) 1.

5. To position the caliper at the start point. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. Method of Disk • • Diastolic (LAEDV A2C) (LAEDV A4C) Systolic (LAESV A2C) (LAESV A4C) 1. Select the measurement. an active caliper displays. 4. A line shows the traced area. 2. press Set. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. move the Trackball. press Set. One trace measurement and one distance measurement Making a trace measurement • Left Atrium Volume. To fix the trace start point. 3. Select the measurement. 7.Cardiology Measurements Left Atrium (continued) One trace measurements • Left Atrium Area • • Making a trace measurement Diastolic (LAA(d)) Systolic (LAA(s)) 1. To fix the trace start point. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. 2. To position the active caliper at the end point of the axis. 3. To trace the measurement area. move the Trackball. 4. Single Plane. press Set. press Set. 5. move the Trackball. move the Trackball. To position the caliper at the start point. To complete the measurement. To complete the measurement. The system displays a vertical dotted line. To trace the measurement area. press Set. an active caliper displays. 6. A 10-13 . The system displays a vertical dotted line. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A line shows the traced area.

Cubic Left Ventricle Internal Diameter Left Ventricle Length Left Ventricle Outflow Tract Diameter (LVOT Diam) Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Thickness • • Diastolic (LVPWd) Systolic (LVPWs) • • Left Ventricle Length (LV Major) Left Ventricle Width (LV Minor) 10-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Teichholz Left Ventricle Volume. A . Adjust the appropriate Top/Sub Menu control to make the selection. • Left Ventricle Mass • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Diastolic (LVPWd) Systolic (LVPWs) Diastolic (LVIDd) Systolic (LVIDs) Diastolic (LVIDd) Systolic (LVIDs) Diastolic (LVIDd) Systolic (LVIDs) Diastolic (LVLd) Systolic (LVLs) One distance measurements Left Ventricle Volume.Cardiology Left Ventricle The following are cardiac B-Mode Left Ventricle measurements: NOTE: The user can select the Straight/Line (polygonal line) with the LV study tool.

press Set.Cardiology Measurements Left Ventricle (continued) Making a one distance measurement 1. A dotted line connects the measurement points. move the Trackball. move the Trackball. To complete the measurement. A 10-15 . The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. press Set. 3. 2. Select the measurement. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To position the active caliper at the start point. To position the second active caliper at the end point. To fix the start point. 5. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. 4. an active caliper displays.

4. press Set. 10-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To complete the measurement. Width (LVA (d)) Left Ventricle Epicardial Area. A line shows the traced area. To trace the measurement area. 3.Cardiology Left Ventricle (continued) One trace measurements • • Left Ventricle Outflow Tract Area (LVOT Diam) Left Ventricle Area. move the Trackball. 2. Length • • Diastolic (LVAepi (d)) Systolic (LVAepi (s)) Making a trace measurement 1. an active caliper displays. To fix the trace start point. move the Trackball. To position the caliper at the start point. Four Chamber Left Ventricle Area. A . Two Chamber • • • • • • • • • • Diastolic (LVA (d)) Systolic (LVA (s)) Diastolic (LVA (d)) Systolic (LVA (s)) Diastolic (LVA (d)) Systolic (LVA (s)) Left Ventricle Area. 5. press Set. Select the measurement. Short Axis Left Ventricle Endocardial Area. The system displays a vertical dotted line. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window.

The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. To complete the measurement. 4. Select the measurement. move the Trackball. A 10-17 . To fix the first caliper. press Set. 5. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. To position the caliper at the start point.Cardiology Measurements Left Ventricle (continued) One time interval measurements • • • • • • • • Making a time interval measurement Heart Rate. move the Trackball. The system displays a second active caliper. To position the caliper at the end point. Teichholz Heart Rate for Two Chamber study Heart Rate for Four Chamber study Heart Rate for Two Chamber Area-Length study Heart Rate for Two Chamber Method of Disk study Heart Rate for Four Chamber Area-Length study Heart Rate for Four Chamber Method of Disk study Heart Rate for Bi-Plane Method of Disk study 1. press Set. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. 3.

move the Trackball. To position the active caliper at the start point. Teichholz (LVIDs. 3. To complete the measurement. Teichholz (LVIDs) Left Ventricle Stroke Volume. Two distance measurements • • • • • • • Ejection Fraction. move the Trackball. A dotted line connects the measurement points. press Set. and Body Surface Area) Left Ventricle Fractional Shortening (LVIDs) Left Ventricle Stroke Volume. 2. press Set. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. Left Ventricle Mass is a one distance measurement. Cubic (LVIDs) 10-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . Cubic (LVIDs) Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Fractional Shortening (LVPWs) Left Ventricle Stroke Index. Making a one distance measurement 1. 4. 5. To fix the start point. To position the second active caliper at the end point. • • Diastolic (LVPWd) Systolic (LVPWs) The system calculates body surface area from the patient’s height and weight. an active caliper displays. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. Select the measurement. Teichholz (LVIDs) Ejection Fraction.Cardiology Left Ventricle (continued) Body surface area and LV mass measurements • Left Ventricle Mass Index.

IVSs) Left Ventricle Internal Diameter (LVIDs. LVIDs) Left Ventricle Stroke Index. Body surface area and LV Mass • Left Ventricle Mass Index • • Diastolic (LVPWd) Systolic (LVPWs) The system calculates body surface area from the patient’s height and weight. A 10-19 . Bi-Plane. Two Chamber. LVAs) The system calculates body surface area from the patient’s height and weight. LVPWd) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Single Plane. Bi-Plane. LVIDd) Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Thickness (LVPWs. Bullet Left Ventricle Stroke Index. Method of Disk (LVAd.Cardiology Measurements Left Ventricle (continued) Body surface area and stroke volume measurements • • • • Left Ventricle Stroke Index. Left Ventricle Study • • Diastolic (LVd) Systolic (LVs) The Left Ventricle study automatically sequences the following measurements: • • • Interventricular Septum (IVSd. Single Plane. LVIDs) Left Ventricle Stroke Index. Four Chamber. Method of Disk (LVIDd. Method of Disk (LVIDd.

press Set. One trace measurement • • Mitral Valve Area by Pressure Half Time (MVA By PHT) Mitral Valve Area Planimetry (MVA Planimetry) Making a trace measurement 1. press Set. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. press Set. To complete the measurement. A dotted line connects the measurement points. press Set. A line shows the traced area. 2. 5.Cardiology Mitral Valve The following are cardiac B-Mode Mitral Valve measurements: One distance measurements • • Mitral Valve Annulus Diameter (MV Ann Diam) E-Point-to-Septum Separation (EPSS) Making a one distance measurement 1. an active caliper displays. 4. move the Trackball. To fix the trace start point. 4. move the Trackball. 3. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 10-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To position the second active caliper at the end point. 2. 5. To position the active caliper at the start point. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. Select the measurement. The system displays a vertical dotted line. To complete the measurement. Select the measurement. 3. move the Trackball. move the Trackball. A . To trace the measurement area. an active caliper displays. To position the caliper at the start point. To fix the start point.

A dotted line connects the measurement points. 4. To fix the start point. A 10-21 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. move the Trackball. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. press Set. 2. 3. 5. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. To position the second active caliper at the end point.Cardiology Measurements Pulmonic Valve The following are cardiac B-Mode Pulmonic Valve measurements: One distance measurement • • Pulmonic Valve Annulus Diameter (PV Ann Diam) Pulmonic Diameter (Pulmonic Diam) Making a one distance measurement 1. To position the active caliper at the start point. an active caliper displays. press Set. To complete the measurement. Select the measurement. move the Trackball.

4. To fix the start point. 3. Width (RA Minor) Making a one distance measurement 1. press Set. A dotted line connects the measurement points. Select the measurement. 10-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 5. 2. To position the active caliper at the start point. To position the second active caliper at the end point.Cardiology Right Atrium The following are cardiac B-Mode Right Atrium measurements: One distance measurement • • Right Atrium Diameter. To complete the measurement. an active caliper displays. move the Trackball. Length (RA Major) Right Atrium Diameter. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. press Set. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. A . move the Trackball.

an active caliper displays. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. A line shows the traced area. Systolic. To fix the trace start point. move the Trackball. 2. 3. SIngle Plane. The system displays a vertical dotted line. To position the caliper at the start point. A 10-23 . To trace the measurement area. press Set. To complete the measurement. Method of Disk (RAAd) Right Atrium Volume. 5. press Set. move the Trackball. SIngle Plane. Method of Disk (RAAs) Making a trace measurement 1.Cardiology Measurements Right Atrium (continued) One trace measurements • • • Right Atrium Area (RA Area) Right Atrium Volume. Select the measurement. 4. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

To trace the measurement area. 10-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To position the caliper at the start point. Select the measurement. The system displays a vertical dotted line. To fix the trace start point. 4. A . press Set. an active caliper displays. 5. move the Trackball. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball.Cardiology Right Ventricle The following are cardiac B-Mode Right Ventricle measurements: One trace measurement • • Left Pulmonary Artery Area (LPA Area) Right Pulmonary Artery Area (RPA Area) Making a trace measurement 1. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. 2. 3. press Set. A line shows the traced area.

Width (RV Minor) Right Ventricle Wall Thickness • • Diastolic (RVAWd) Systolic (RVAWs) • • • • Making a one distance measurement Right Ventricle Outflow Tract Diameter (RVOT Diam) Left Pulmonary Artery (LPA) Main Pulmonary Artery (MPA) Right Pulmonary Artery (RPA) 1. 3. To fix the start point. an active caliper displays. To position the active caliper at the start point. move the Trackball. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Set. To position the second active caliper at the end point. Select the measurement. 4. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. press Set. Length (RV Major) Right Ventricle Diameter. A 10-25 . The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. move the Trackball. 2.Cardiology Measurements Right Ventricle (continued) One distance measurements • Right Ventricle Internal Diameter • • • • • Diastolic (RVIDd) Systolic (RVIDs) Right Ventricle Diameter. A dotted line connects the measurement points. 5. To complete the measurement.

an active caliper displays. To position the active caliper at the start point. 10-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window.Cardiology System The following are cardiac B-Mode System measurements: One distance measurements • Interventricular Septum Thickness • • • • • • • • • • Making a one distance measurement Diastolic (IVSd) Systolic (IVSs) Inferior Vena Cava (IVC) Main Pulmonary Artery Diameter (MPA Diam) Systemic Vein Diameter (Systemic Diam) Patent Ductus Arterosis Diameter (PDA Diam) Patent Foramen Ovale Diameter (PFO Diam) Pericard Effusion Diastole (PEd) Ventricular Septal Defect Diameter (VSD Diam) Atrial Septal Defect Diameter (ASD Diam) 1. 2. press Set. To fix the start point. 4. 3. Select the measurement. To position the second active caliper at the end point. A dotted line connects the measurement points. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. Body surface area and stroke volume measurements • Interventricular Septum (IVS) Fractional Shortening (IVSs) The system calculates body surface area from the patient’s height and weight. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. press Set. 5. move the Trackball. A .

3. To fix the start point. an active caliper displays. press Set. 2. move the Trackball. press Set. A 10-27 . Select the measurement. To position the second active caliper at the end point. A dotted line connects the measurement points. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. To position the active caliper at the start point.Cardiology Measurements Tricuspid Valve The following are cardiac B-Mode Tricuspid Valve measurements: One distance measurements • • Tricuspid Valve Annulus Diameter (TV Ann Diam) Tricuspid Valve Area (TV Area) Making a one distance measurement 1. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 4. 5.

10-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. To fix the start point. an active caliper displays. 4. A dotted line connects the measurement points. To position the active caliper at the start point. 3. press Set. To complete the measurement. A . move the Trackball. press Set. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. Select the measurement. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. move the Trackball.Cardiology M-Mode Measurements Aorta The following are cardiac M-Mode aorta measurements: One distance measurement Making a one distance measurement • Aortic Root Diameter (Ao Root Diam) 1. 5. To position the second active caliper at the end point.

The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 4. To fix the start point. move the Trackball. 3. move the Trackball. To position the second active caliper at the end point. Select the measurement. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A dotted line connects the measurement points. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. press Set. 5. A 10-29 . 2.Cardiology Measurements Aortic Valve The following are cardiac M-Mode aortic valve measurements: One distance measurements Making a one distance measurement • Aortic Valve Cusp Separation (AV Cusp) 1. To complete the measurement. press Set. To position the active caliper at the start point. an active caliper displays.

move the Trackball. 4. press Set. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 3. A . an active caliper displays. 5. 2. To complete the measurement. 10-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Set. To position the active caliper at the start point. A dotted line connects the measurement points. To position the second active caliper at the end point. move the Trackball. To fix the start point. Select the measurement.Cardiology Left Atrium The following are cardiac M-Mode Left Atrium measurements: One distance measurement • Left Atrium Diameter (LA Diam) Making a one distance measurement 1.

2. After the first measurement. To fix the start point. press Set. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. Make the first distance measurement: a. A dotted line connects the measurement points. repeat steps a–d above. move the Trackball. To position the second active caliper at the end point.Cardiology Measurements Left Atrium (continued) Two distance measurement (ratio) Making two distance measurements • Left Atrium Diameter to AoRoot Diameter Ratio (LA/Ao) 1. the system displays an active caliper. d. press Set. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. b. c. 3. Select LA/Ao. The system displays the measurements and ratio in the Results Window. A 10-31 . To make the second distance measurement. move the Trackball. To position the active caliper at the start point. To complete the measurement. an active caliper displays.

move the Trackball. To complete the measurement. 10-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To position the active caliper at the start point. 3. Teichholz • • • • • • • • • • • Making a one distance measurement Diastolic (LVIDd) Systolic (LVIDs) Diastolic (LVIDd) Systolic (LVIDs) Diastolic (LVIDd) Systolic (LVIDs) Diastolic (LVPWd) Systolic (LVPWs) Left Ventricle Volume. 4. move the Trackball. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. press Set. To fix the start point. 2. Select the measurement. 5. To position the second active caliper at the end point.Cardiology Left Ventricle The following are cardiac M-Mode Left Ventricle measurements: One distance measurements • Left Ventricle Volume. A . The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. an active caliper displays. A dotted line connects the measurement points. Cubic Left Ventricle Internal Diameter Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Thickness 1. press Set.

3. IVSs) Left Ventricle Internal Diameter (LVIDd. LVPWs) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To fix the first caliper. 5. 4. Teichholz Left Ventricle Ejection Time (LVET) Left Ventricle Pre-Ejection Period (LVPEP) Velocity Circumferential Fiber Shortening (Vcf) 1. press Set. press Set. The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. A 10-33 . move the Trackball. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. LVIDs) Left Ventricle Posterior Wall Thickness (LVPWd. To position the caliper at the end point. Left Ventricle Study The Left Ventricle study (LV Study) automatically sequences the following measurements: • • • Interventricular Septum (IVSd. Select the measurement. The system displays a second active caliper.Cardiology Measurements Left Ventricle (continued) One time interval measurement • • • • Making a time interval measurement Heart Rate. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. 2. To position the caliper at the start point.

One distance measurements Making a one distance measurement • E-Point-to-Septum Separation (EPSS) 1. 3. To fix the start point. To position the active caliper at the start point. press Set. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. move the Trackball. 10-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. 4. A dotted line connects the measurement points. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper.Cardiology Mitral Valve The following are cardiac M-Mode Mitral Valve measurements. press Set. To position the second active caliper at the end point. 2. 5. A . Select the measurement. an active caliper displays.

4. press Set. To complete the measurement. 2. move the Trackball. press Set. To position the second caliper at the end point. an active caliper displays. The system displays the slope measurement in the Results Window.Cardiology Measurements Mitral Valve (continued) One slope measurements • • • Making a slope measurement Mitral Valve Anterior Leaflet Excursion (D-E Excursion) Mitral Valve D-E Slope (D-E Slope) Mitral Valve E-F Slope (E-F Slope) 1. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. move the Trackball. To position the caliper at the start point. Select the measurement. A dotted line shows the slope. 5. To fix the start point. 3. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 10-35 .

A . The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. press Set. To position the second active caliper at the end point. 4. To position the active caliper at the start point. To fix the start point. 2. an active caliper displays. move the Trackball.Cardiology Right Ventricle The following are cardiac M-Mode Right Ventricle measurements: One distance measurements • Right Ventricle Internal Diameter • • • • • Making a one distance measurement Diastolic (RVIDd) Systolic (RVIDs) Diastolic (RVAWd) Systolic (RVAWs) Right Ventricle Wall Thickness 1. 3. 5. To complete the measurement. A dotted line connects the measurement points. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. move the Trackball. press Set. 10-36 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select the measurement.

press Set. press Set. Right Ventricle Study The Right Ventricle study (RV study) automatically sequences the following measurements: • Right Ventricle Internal Diameter (RVIDd. 3.Cardiology Measurements Right Ventricle (continued) One time interval measurements • • Right Ventricle Ejection Time (RVET) Right Ventricle Pre-Ejection Period (RVPEP) Making a time interval measurement 1. 2. move the Trackball. To complete the measurement. The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. Select the measurement. To fix the first caliper. A 10-37 . move the Trackball. 4. To position the caliper at the end point. The system displays a second active caliper. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. RVIDs)) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To position the caliper at the start point. 5.

3. To fix the first caliper. The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. move the Trackball. 5. A . To complete the measurement. 2. Select the measurement. The system displays a second active caliper. 10-38 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Set. move the Trackball. To position the caliper at the start point. 4. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. press Set.Cardiology Pulmonic Valve The following are cardiac M-Mode Pulmonic Valve measurements: One time interval measurements Making a time interval measurement • QRS complex to end of envelope (Q-to-PV close) 1. To position the caliper at the end point.

4. Two distance measurement: • Interventricular Septum (IVS) Fractional Shortening (LVD LVS / LVD x 100) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To fix the start point. 5. press Set. A dotted line connects the measurement points. To position the active caliper at the start point. 2. Select the measurement. To position the second active caliper at the end point. press Set. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. an active caliper displays. A 10-39 .Cardiology Measurements System The following are cardiac M-Mode System measurements. move the Trackball. One distance measurements • Interventricular Septum • • • Making a one distance measurement Diastolic (IVSd) Systolic (IVSs) Pericard Effusion (PEd) 1. 3.

The system displays a second active caliper. 4.Cardiology Tricuspid Valve The following are cardiac M-Mode Tricuspid Valve measurements: One time interval measurements Making a time interval measurement • QRS complex to end of envelope (Q-to-TV close) 1. To position the caliper at the end point. 5. move the Trackball. press Set. 2. 10-40 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Set. To fix the first caliper. move the Trackball. A . 3. Select the measurement. To position the caliper at the start point. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. To complete the measurement.

5. 2. 6. Select the measurement. To complete the measurement. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. press Set. To position the second dotted line at the start of the next envelope. an active caliper displays. press Set. move the Trackball. press Set. To position the caliper at the start point.Cardiology Measurements Doppler Mode Measurements Aortic Valve The following are cardiac Doppler Mode aortic valve measurements: Velocity flow trace measurements • • • • • • • • • Making a velocity flow trace measurement Aortic Insufficiency Mean Pressure Gradient (AI Trace) Aortic Insufficiency Peak Pressure Gradient (AI Vmax) Aortic Insufficiency Mean Velocity (AI Trace) Aortic Insufficiency Mean Square Root Velocity (AI Trace) Aortic Insufficiency Velocity Time Integral (AI Trace) Aortic Valve Mean Velocity (AV Trace) Aortic Valve Mean Square Root Velocity (AV Trace) Aortic Valve Velocity Time Integral (AV Trace) Aortic Valve Mean Pressure Gradient (AV Trace) 1. The system displays a second vertical dotted line. 4. A 10-41 . To trace the envelope. 7. 3. To fix the trace start point. move the Trackball. The system displays a vertical dotted line. move the Trackball. A line shows the traced area. To complete the trace.

Cardiology Aortic Valve (continued) One peak velocity measurements • • • • • • • Making a peak velocity measurement Aortic Valve Peak Pressure Gradient (AR Vmax) Aortic Insufficiency Peak Velocity (AR Vmax/AI Vmax) Aortic Insufficiency End-Diastolic Velocity (ARend Vmax/ AIend Vmax) Aortic Valve Peak Velocity (AV Vmax) Aortic Valve Peak Velocity at Point E (AV Vmax) Aorta Proximal Coarctation (Coarc Pre-Duct) Aorta Distal Coarctation (Coarc Post-Duct) 1. The system displays the velocity measurement in the Results Window. move the Trackball. 3. 10-42 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . 2. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays. To complete the measurement. press Set. To position the caliper at the desired measurement point. Select the measurement.

2. To position the caliper at the start point. 5. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To fix the start point. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. To position the second caliper at the end point. 4. an active caliper displays. move the Trackball. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper.Cardiology Measurements Aortic Valve (continued) One slope measurements • • • Making a slope measurement Aortic Valve Insufficiency Pressure Half Time (AR PHT) Aortic Valve Flow Acceleration (AV Trace) Aortic Valve Pressure Half Time (AV Trace) 1. A dotted line shows the slope. press Set. 3. press Set. Select the measurement. The system displays the slope measurement in the Results Window. A 10-43 .

2.Cardiology Aortic Valve (continued) One time interval measurements • • • • • Making a time interval measurement Aortic Valve Acceleration Time (AV AccT) Aortic Valve Deceleration TIme (AI PHT) Aortic Valve Ejection Time (AVET) Aortic Valve Heart Rate Time 1. press Set. The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. 5. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. 4. To position the caliper at the end point. The system displays a second active caliper. 3. move the Trackball. To complete the measurement. To fix the first caliper. move the Trackball. Two time interval measurement Slope through aortic valve trace: • • Aortic Valve Acceleration to Ejection Time Ratio (AVET) Aortic Valve Area according to PHT 10-44 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select the measurement. To position the caliper at the start point. press Set. A .

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To position the caliper at the desired measurement point. press Set.Cardiology Measurements Left Ventricle The following are cardiac Doppler Mode Left Ventricle measurements: One peak velocity measurements • • Making a peak velocity measurement Left Ventricle Outflow Tract Peak Pressure Gradient (LVOT maxPG) Left Ventricle Outflow Tract Peak Velocity (LVOT Vmax) 1. The system displays the velocity measurement in the Results Window. 2. move the Trackball. A 10-45 . Select the measurement. To complete the measurement. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays. 3.

10-46 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. move the Trackball. move the Trackball. 4. To fix the trace start point.Cardiology Left Ventricle (continued) One velocity flow trace measurements • • • • Left Ventricle Outflow Tract Mean Pressure Gradient (LVOT Trace) Left Ventricle Outflow Tract Mean Velocity (LVOT Trace) Left Ventricle Outflow Tract Mean Square Root Velocity (LVOT Trace) Left Ventricle Outflow Tract Velocity Time Integral (LVOT Trace) Making a velocity flow trace measurement 1. press Set. 6. To trace the envelope. an active caliper displays. A . The system displays a vertical dotted line. Select the measurement. To complete the trace. The system displays a second vertical dotted line. 2. 5. 7. move the Trackball. 3. To complete the measurement. To position the caliper at the start point. press Set. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. A line shows the traced area. press Set. To position the second dotted line at the start of the next envelope.

A 10-47 . 4. The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. To position the caliper at the start point. Body surface area and stroke volume measurement: LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Set. One velocity flow trace and one time interval measurement: • • Cardiac Output by Aortic Flow (AVA Planimetry. To position the caliper at the end point. AV Trace) The system calculates body surface area from the patient’s height and weight. To fix the first caliper. AV Trace) Stroke Volume Index by Aortic Flow (AVA Planimetry. 3. The system displays a second active caliper. press Set. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. move the Trackball. 5. 2. Select the measurement. To complete the measurement.Cardiology Measurements Left Ventricle (continued) One time interval measurements • • Left Ventricle Heart Rate (LVOT Trace) Left Ventricle Ejection Time (LVET) Making a time interval measurement 1. move the Trackball.

Auto/Manual trace can be modified with the appropriate Top/Sub Menu control. move the Trackball. 10-48 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A line shows the traced area. To fix the trace start point. To position the second dotted line at the start of the next envelope. 3. To complete the measurement. To complete the trace. 5. 4. The system displays a second vertical dotted line.Cardiology Mitral Valve The following are cardiac Doppler Mode Mitral Valve measurements: NOTE: One velocity flow trace measurements When measuring the MV E/A velocity. press Set. 2. • • • • • • • • • Making a velocity flow trace measurement Mitral Valve Regurgitant Flow Acceleration (MV Trace) Mitral Valve Regurgitant Mean Velocity (MV Trace) Mitral Regurgitant Mean Square Root Velocity (MR Trace) Mitral Regurgitant Mean Pressure Gradient (MR Trace) Mitral Regurgitant Velocity Time Integral (MR Trace) Mitral Valve Mean Velocity (MV Trace) Mitral Valve Mean Square Root Velocity (MV Trace) Mitral Valve Velocity Time Integral (MV Trace) Mitral Valve Mean Pressure Gradient (MV Trace) 1. press Set. move the Trackball. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. To trace the envelope. To position the caliper at the start point. 7. an active caliper displays. The system displays a vertical dotted line. 6. press Set. A . move the Trackball. Select the measurement.

To complete the measurement. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays.Cardiology Measurements Mitral Valve (continued) One peak velocity measurements • • • • • • Making a peak velocity measurement Mitral Regurgitant Peak Pressure Gradient (MR Vmax) Mitral Valve Peak Pressure Gradient (MV Vmax) Mitral Regurgitant Peak Velocity (MR Vmax) Mitral Valve Peak Velocity (MV Vmax) Mitral Valve Velocity Peak A (MV A Velocity) Mitral Valve Velocity Peak E (MV E Velocity) 1. To position the caliper at the desired measurement point. Select the measurement. The system displays the velocity measurement in the Results Window. press Set. 3. move the Trackball. A 10-49 . 2. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A dotted line shows the slope. press Set. an active caliper displays. press Set. 5. To position the caliper at the start point. Select the measurement. A . The system displays the slope measurement in the Results Window. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. move the Trackball. move the Trackball. 4. 3. To position the second caliper at the end point.Cardiology Mitral Valve (continued) One slope measurements • • • • Making a slope measurement Mitral Valve Area according to PHT (MV PHT) Mitral Valve Flow Deceleration (MV DecT) Mitral Valve Pressure Half Time (MV PHT) Mitral Valve Flow Acceleration (MV AccT) 1. 10-50 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. To fix the start point. To complete the measurement.

move the Trackball. A dotted line connects the measurement points. repeat steps a–d above. c. press Set. b. To fix the start point. The system displays the measurements and ratio in the Results Window. an active caliper displays. 2. 3. Select MV E/A Ratio. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the system displays an active caliper. press Set. move the Trackball. Make the first distance measurement: a. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. After the first measurement. d.Cardiology Measurements Mitral Valve (continued) Multiple point caliper measurement Making a two distance measurement • Mitral Valve E-Peak to A-Peak Ratio (A-C and D-E) (MV E/A Ratio) 1. To position the active caliper at the start point. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. To complete the measurement. To position the second active caliper at the end point. A 10-51 . To make the second distance measurement.

an active caliper displays. To complete the measurement.Cardiology Mitral Valve (continued) One time interval/ slope measurements Making a time interval/slope measurement • • Mitral Valve Acceleration Time (MV AccT) Mitral Valve Deceleration Time (MV DecT) 1. A dotted line shows the slope. press Set. move the Trackball. The system displays the time interval and slope measurements in the Results Window. To fix the start point. A . 5. To position the caliper at the start point. 4. To position the second caliper at the end point. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. move the Trackball. 3. 2. press Set. Select the measurement. 10-52 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

press Set. The system displays a second active caliper. press Set. To position the caliper at the start point. To position the caliper at the end point. A 10-53 . 3. move the Trackball. To complete the measurement. 2. 5. move the Trackball. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. To fix the first caliper. The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. Select the measurement.Cardiology Measurements Mitral Valve (continued) One time interval measurements • • • • Making a time interval measurement Mitral Valve Ejection Time ((MV Trace) Mitral Valve A-Wave Duration (MV A Dur) Mitral Valve Time to Peak (MV Trace) Time 1. One distance and two velocity measurement: • Mitral Valve Area from Continuity Equation (MV Vmax) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 4. Two time interval measurement Body surface area and stroke volume measurements: • Stroke Volume Index by Mitral Flow (MV Trace) The system calculates body surface area from the patient’s height and weight.

press Set. 2. move the Trackball. 10-54 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Cardiology Pulmonic Valve The following are cardiac Doppler Mode Pulmonic Valve measurements: One peak velocity measurements • • • • • • • • Making a peak velocity measurement Pulmonic Insufficiency Peak Pressure Gradient (PI Vmax) Pulmonic Insufficiency End-Diastolic Pressure Gradient (PR Trace) Pulmonic Valve Peak Pressure Gradient (PV Vmax) Pulmonic End-Diastolic Pressure Gradient (PR Trace) Pulmonic Insufficiency Peak Velocity (PR Vmax) Pulmonic Insufficiency End-Diastolic Velocity (PRend Vmax) Pulmonic Valve Peak Velocity (PV Vmax) Pulmonic End-Diastolic Velocity (PV Trace) 1. A . an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays. Select the measurement. To complete the measurement. 3. The system displays the velocity measurement in the Results Window. To position the caliper at the desired measurement point.

move the Trackball. 6. To position the caliper at the start point. A 10-55 . press Set. an active caliper displays. 3. move the Trackball.Cardiology Measurements Pulmonic Valve (continued) One velocity flow trace measurements • • • • • • • • • Making a velocity flow trace measurement Pulmonary Artery Diastolic Pressure (PV Trace) Pulmonic Insufficiency Mean Pressure Gradient (PR Trace) Pulmonic Valve Mean Pressure Gradient (PV Trace) Pulmonic Insufficiency Mean Velocity (PR Trace) Pulmonic Insufficiency Mean Square Root Velocity(PR Trace) Pulmonic Insufficiency Velocity Time Integral (PR Trace) Pulmonic Valve Mean Velocity (PV Trace) Pulmonic Valve Mean Square Root Velocity (PV Trace) Pulmonic Valve Velocity Time Integral (PV Trace) 1. 7. 2. To fix the trace start point. Select the measurement. To position the second dotted line at the start of the next envelope. The system displays a vertical dotted line. 5. A line shows the traced area. press Set. To trace the envelope. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. 4. move the Trackball. press Set. To complete the trace. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system displays a second vertical dotted line. To complete the measurement.

A . move the Trackball. 5. To complete the measurement. To position the caliper at the start point. Select the measurement. 2. To position the second caliper at the end point. 4. press Set. A dotted line shows the slope.Cardiology Pulmonic Valve (continued) One slope measurements • • Pulmonic Insufficiency Pressure Half Time (PR PHT) Pulmonic Valve Flow Acceleration (PV AccT) Making a slope measurement 1. move the Trackball. 3. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. an active caliper displays. The system displays the slope measurement in the Results Window. To fix the start point. One time interval measurements • • • • • Pulmonic Valve Acceleration Time (PV AccT) Pulmonic Valve Ejection Time (PVET) Pulmonic Valve Pre-Ejection Period (PVPEP) QRS complex to end of envelope (Q-to-PV close) Time 10-56 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. press Set.

Cardiology Measurements Pulmonic Valve (continued) Making a time interval measurement 1. Two time intervals measurements • • Pulmonic Valve Acceleration to Ejection TIme Ratio (PV AccT. press Set. press Set. 4. 3. 2. The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. 5. To complete the measurement. move the Trackball. To position the caliper at the end point. PVET) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select the measurement. To fix the first caliper. PVET) Pulmonic Valve Pre-Ejection to Ejection Time Ratio (PVPEP. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. A 10-57 . move the Trackball. To position the caliper at the start point. The system displays a second active caliper.

To position the caliper at the desired measurement point. One velocity flow trace measurement • • Right Ventricle Diastolic Pressure (RVOT Trace) Right Ventricle Outflow Tract Velocity Time Integral (RVOT Trace) 10-58 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To complete the measurement. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays. 3. move the Trackball.Cardiology Right Ventricle The following are cardiac Doppler Mode Right Ventricle measurements: One peak velocity measurements • • • Making a peak velocity measurement Right Ventricle Outflow Tract Peak Pressure Gradient (RVOT Vmax) Right Ventricle Systolic Pressure (RVOT Vmax) Right Ventricle Outflow Tract Peak Velocity (RVOT Vmax) 1. A . The system displays the velocity measurement in the Results Window. 2. Select the measurement. press Set.

7. 4. The system displays a second vertical dotted line. To complete the measurement. 2. 6. press Set. To fix the trace start point. move the Trackball. press Set. A line shows the traced area. 3. press Set. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. To trace the envelope. The system displays a vertical dotted line. move the Trackball. A 10-59 . 5.Cardiology Measurements Right Ventricle (continued) Making a velocity flow trace measurement 1. To position the caliper at the start point. move the Trackball. To complete the trace. Select the measurement. To position the second dotted line at the start of the next envelope. One time interval measurement • Right Ventricle Ejection Time (PV Trace) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. an active caliper displays.

5. To complete the measurement. Select the measurement. 3. One velocity flow trace and one area measurements: • • Stroke Volume by Pulmonic Flow (RVOT Trace) Right Ventricle Stroke Volume Index by Pulmonic Flow (RVOT Trace) The system calculates body surface area from the patient’s height and weight. press Set. To position the caliper at the start point. move the Trackball. 4. Body surface area and stroke volume measurements: 10-60 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. The system displays a second active caliper. To position the caliper at the end point.Cardiology Right Ventricle (continued) Making a time interval measurement 1. A . press Set. 2. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. To fix the first caliper. move the Trackball.

Cardiology Measurements System The following are cardiac Doppler Mode System measurements: One peak velocity measurements • • • Pulmonary Artery Peak Velocity (PV Vmax) Pulmonary Vein Velocity Peak A (reverse) (P Vein A) Pulmonary Vein Peak Velocity • • • • • • • Making a peak velocity measurement End-Diastolic (P Vein D) Systolic (P Vein S) End-Diastolic (PDA Diastolic) Systolic (PDA Systolic) Systemic Vein Peak Velocity Ventricular Septal Defect Peak Velocity (VSD Vmax) Atrial Septal Defect Peak Velocity (ASD Vmax) 1. To complete the measurement. A 10-61 . The system displays the velocity measurement in the Results Window. 2. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays. 3. To position the caliper at the desired measurement point. Select the measurement. move the Trackball. press Set.

The system displays a second vertical dotted line. an active caliper displays. To position the caliper at the start point. 3. press Set. The system displays a vertical dotted line. move the Trackball. 2. press Set. move the Trackball. Select the measurement. To complete the measurement. A line shows the traced area. To complete the trace.Cardiology System (continued) One velocity flow trace measurements Making a velocity flow trace measurement • • Pulmonary Artery Velocity Time Integral (Pulmonic VTI) Systemic Vein Velocity Time Integral (Systemic VTI) 1. 5. To fix the trace start point. To trace the envelope. One time interval measurements • • • • Pulmonary Vein A-Wave Duration (P Vein A Dur) Time IsoVolumetric Relaxation Time (IVRT) IsoVolumetric Contraction Time (IVCT) 10-62 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 6. A . The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. 4. 7. move the Trackball. press Set. To position the second dotted line at the start of the next envelope.

4. 3. P Vein S) Ventricular Septal Defect Peak Pressure Gradient (VSD Vmax) Pulmonic-to-Systemic Flow Ratio (Qp/Qs) Two velocity flow trace measurements: • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system displays a second active caliper. 2. To position the caliper at the end point. 5.Cardiology Measurements System (continued) Making a time interval measurement 1. To fix the first caliper. Select the measurement. To position the caliper at the start point. press Set. A 10-63 . move the Trackball. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. move the Trackball. press Set. To complete the measurement. Two peak velocity measurements • • Pulmonary Vein S/D Ratio (P Vein D.

10-64 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The system displays the velocity measurement in the Results Window. A . To position the caliper at the desired measurement point. 3. 2. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays. move the Trackball. To complete the measurement. Select the measurement.Cardiology Tricuspid Valve The following are cardiac Doppler Mode Tricuspid Valve measurements: One peak velocity measurements • • • • • • Making a peak velocity measurement Tricuspid Regurgitant Peak Pressure Gradient (TR Vmax) Tricuspid Valve Peak Pressure Gradient (TV Vmax) Tricuspid Regurgitant Peak Velocity (TR Vmax) Tricuspid Valve Peak Velocity (TV Vmax) Tricuspid Valve Velocity Peak A (TV A Velocity) Tricuspid Valve Velocity Peak E (TV E Velocity) 1. press Set.

The system displays a second vertical dotted line. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 10-65 . To trace the envelope. To fix the trace start point. press Set. To position the caliper at the start point. To position the second dotted line at the start of the next envelope. move the Trackball. 7.Cardiology Measurements Tricuspid Valve (continued) One velocity flow trace measurements • • • • • • • • Making a velocity flow trace measurement Tricuspid Regurgitant Mean Pressure Gradient (TR Trace) Tricuspid Regurgitant Mean Velocity (TR Trace) Tricuspid Regurgitant Mean Square Root Velocity (TR Trace) Tricuspid Regurgitant Velocity Time Integral (TR Trace) Tricuspid Valve Mean Pressure Gradient (TV Trace) Tricuspid Valve Mean Velocity (TV Trace) Tricuspid Valve Mean Square Root Velocity (TV Trace) Tricuspid Valve Velocity Time Integral (TV Trace) 1. move the Trackball. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. an active caliper displays. 5. 4. move the Trackball. 6. The system displays a vertical dotted line. press Set. press Set. A line shows the traced area. 2. 3. Select the measurement. To complete the trace. To complete the measurement.

To complete the measurement. The system displays a second active caliper. Select the measurement. A dotted line shows the slope. The system displays the slope measurement in the Results Window. move the Trackball. press Set. press Set. 5. One slope measurements Making a slope measurement • Tricuspid Valve Pressure Half Time (TV PHT) 1. move the Trackball. press Set. 2. To fix the first caliper. To position the caliper at the start point. 3. 10-66 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. an active caliper displays. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. The system displays the time interval in the Results Window. To position the second caliper at the end point. press Set. 4. To position the caliper at the start point. move the Trackball. A . 3.Cardiology Tricuspid Valve (continued) One time interval measurements • • • • Making a time interval measurement Tricuspid Valve Time to Peak (TV TTP) Tricuspid Valve Closure to Opening (TCO) Tricuspid Valve A-Wave Duration (TV A Dur) QRS complex to end of envelope (Q-to-TV close) 1. 5. Select the measurement. To fix the start point. move the Trackball. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. 2. 4. To position the caliper at the end point. To complete the measurement.

Cardiology Measurements Tricuspid Valve (continued) One velocity flow trace and one area measurement Two peak velocity measurement • Stroke Volume by Tricuspid Flow (TV Trace) • Tricuspid Valve E-Peak to A-Peak Ratio (TV E/A Velocity) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 10-67 .

To position the active caliper at the start point. A . A dotted line connects the measurement points. press Set. To position the second active caliper at the end point. move the Trackball. an active caliper displays. press Set. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. Select the measurement. To fix the start point. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. 4. 3. To complete the measurement. 10-68 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 5.Cardiology Color Flow Mode Aortic Valve The following are cardiac Color Flow Mode Aortic Valve measurements: One distance measurements • • Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area: Regurgitant Orifice Area (PISA AR) Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area: Radius of Aliased Point (PISA AR) Making a one distance measurement 1. 2. move the Trackball.

press Set. an active caliper displays. A line shows the traced area. move the Trackball.Cardiology Measurements Aortic Valve (continued) One velocity flow trace measurements • • Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area: Regurgitant Flow (PISA AR) Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area: Regurgitant Volume Flow (PISA AR) Making a velocity flow trace measurement 1. 7. To trace the envelope. Select the measurement. 3. A 10-69 . 6. move the Trackball. press Set. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays. To complete the measurement. One peak velocity measurement Making a peak velocity measurement • Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area: Aliased Velocity (PISA AR) 1. 4. press Set. The system displays a second vertical dotted line. 2. To position the second dotted line at the start of the next envelope. To complete the measurement. 3. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. move the Trackball. The system displays the velocity measurement in the Results Window. 2. The system displays a vertical dotted line. press Set. To complete the trace. To fix the trace start point. Select the measurement. move the Trackball. To position the caliper at the start point. To position the caliper at the desired measurement point. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. 5.

Cardiology Mitral Valve The following are cardiac Color Flow Mode Mitral Valve measurements: One distance measurements • • Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area: Regurgitant Orifice Area (PISA MR) Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area: Radius of Aliased Point (PISA MR) Making a one distance measurement 1. The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper. press Set. move the Trackball. press Set. an active caliper displays. To complete the measurement. A . A dotted line connects the measurement points. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. 4. One velocity flow trace measurements • Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area: Regurgitant Flow (PISA MR) 10-70 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To fix the start point. To position the active caliper at the start point. 5. 2. To position the second active caliper at the end point. 3. Select the measurement. move the Trackball.

3. an active caliper displays. press Set. press Set. To position the caliper at the desired measurement point. To fix the trace start point. move the Trackball. 6. 4. 3. To complete the measurement. One peak velocity measurement Making a peak velocity measurement • Proximal Isovelocity Surface Area: Aliased Velocity (PISA MR) 1. press Set. move the Trackball. an active caliper with a vertical dotted line displays.Cardiology Measurements Mitral Valve (continued) Making a velocity flow trace measurement 1. 7. To position the caliper at the start point. Select the measurement. 2. move the Trackball. Select the measurement. To position the second dotted line at the start of the next envelope. A 10-71 . To trace the envelope. To complete the measurement. 2. The system displays a second vertical dotted line. 5. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. move the Trackball. The system displays the velocity measurement in the Results Window. The system displays the measurement in the Results Window. A line shows the traced area. The system displays a vertical dotted line. To complete the trace. press Set.

LVOT Vmax. AV Vmax) Aortic Valve Area by Continuity Equation by Peak Velocity (Ao Diam. This section includes those measurements. AV Trace. LVOT Vmax. LVOT Vmax. require you to make measurements in more than one mode. organized by the region of interest. and one time interval measurement • • Cardiac Output by Aortic Flow (AVA Planimetry. You can find the descriptions of how to perform these measurements elsewhere in this chapter. AV Trace) Two velocity flow trace and one distance measurement: • 10-72 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Aortic Valve One distance and two peak velocity measurement • • Aortic Valve Area (Ao Diam. HR) Aortic Valve Area by Continuity Equation VTI (Ao Diam. AV Vmax) Stroke Volume by Aortic Flow (AVA Planimetry.Cardiology Combination Mode Measurements Some cardiac calculations. A . one trace. AV Trace) Velocity flow trace and one trace measurement Velocity flow trace. such as Aortic Valve Area and Left Ventricle Stroke Volume.

LVIDs. Single Plane. Two Chamber. LVAs) Left Ventricle Stroke Volume. LVIDs. Area-Length • • • • • Diastolic (LVAd) Systolic (LVAs) Diastolic (LVAd) Systolic (LVAs) Two distance and two trace measurements • • • • • • • • • Left Ventricle Volume. Four Chamber. LVAs. LVAd. A 10-73 . LVAd. LVAs) Left Ventricle Volume. Teichholz (LVIDd. Method of Disk(Simpson) (LVIDd. Single Plane. HR) Ejection Fraction. and heart rate • • • • • • Cardiac Output. Method of Disk(Simpson) (LVAd. Method of Disk(Simpson) (LVAd. Single Plane. Two Chamber. LVAs. Four Chamber. HR) Cardiac Output Four Chamber. Two Chamber. LVAs. Four Chamber. Single Plane. Single Plane. Area-Length (LVAd. Single Plane. Single Plane. Single Plane. Two Chamber. LVAs) Left Ventricle Stroke Volume. LVAs. HR) Cardiac Output. Area-Length (LVAd. LVAs) Ejection Fraction. Area-Length (LVAd.Cardiology Measurements Left Ventricle Two distance measurements and heart rate Two distance. HR) Cardiac Output Two Chamber. LVAs) Left Ventricle Stroke Volume. Four Chamber. Single Plane. LVAs) Ejection Fraction. LVAs) Left Ventricle Stroke Volume. Method of Disk(Simpson) (LVIDd. Method of Disk(Simpson) (LVAd. HR) Cardiac Output Two Chamber. HR) Cardiac Output Four Chamber. LVAs) Ejection Fraction. Single Plane. LVIDs. LVIDs. Area-Length LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Area-Length (LVAd. Area-Length (LVAd. Four Chamber. Cubic (LVIDd. Single Plane. Single Plane. Two Chamber. Area-Length (LVAd. Method of Disk(Simpson) (LVAd. two trace measurements.

Single Plane. Area-Length (LVSd. Four Chamber. LVSs. Single Plane. Two Chamber. Area-Length (LVSd. Bi-Plane. Method of Disk • • One distance and one trace measurements • • • Diastolic (LVAd. Method of Disk (LVAd. Long Axis. Bi-Plane.Cardiology Left Ventricle (continued) Four distance and four trace measurements • • • Ejection Fraction. LVAs. LVAs. 4CH) Systolic (LVAs. Bi-Plane. Method of Disk • • Diastolic (LVAd) Systolic (LVAs) • Left Ventricle Volume. Apical View. Single Plane. Four Chamber. Single Plane. 2CH. 2CH. Two Chamber. AV Trace) 10-74 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2CH. Method of Disk • • Diastolic (LVAd) Systolic (LVAs) • Left Ventricle Volume. 2CH. and Body Surface Area) Left Ventricle Stroke Index. Method of Disk (LVAd. 4CH) Left Ventricle Stroke Volume. Method of Disk • • Diastolic (LVAd) Systolic (LVAs) One velocity flow trace and one distance measurement • Stroke Volume by Aortic Flow (AVA Planimetry. and Body Surface Area) Left Ventricle Volume. 4CH) Left Ventricle Stroke Index. A . 4CH) Left Ventricle Volume. LVSs.

MV Trace) • Cardiac Output by Mitral Flow (MVA Planimetry.Cardiology Measurements Mitral Valve One velocity flow trace and one trace measurements One velocity flow trace. RV Trace. and one time interval measurement • Stroke Volume by Pulmonic Flow (PV Planimetry. HR) Tricuspid Valve One velocity flow trace. one trace. and one time interval measurement • Cardiac Output by Tricuspid Flow (TV Planimetry. one area. PV Trace. and one time interval measurements • Stroke Volume by Mitral Flow (MVA Planimetry. HR) Pulmonic Valve One velocity flow trace and one trace measurement One velocity flow trace. MV Trace. and one time interval measurements • Cardiac Output by Pulmonic Flow (RV Planimetry. one area. TV Trace. HR) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. HR) Right Ventricle One velocity flow trace. A 10-75 . PV Trace) • Cardiac Output by Pulmonic Flow (PV Planimetry. one trace.

in this example. It can list up to six values for each measurement. followed by Cube/Teichholz. Cardiac Worksheet: Page 1 10-76 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. and for each folder. you can review all the data on the cardiac worksheet. RV/LV. select the Worksheet Display key on the Top/Sub Menu. A . Each measurement from that folder is listed next. In Figure 1-1. The cardiac worksheet has a heading for each mode. The next folder is then listed. the mode heading is 2D Measurements. See Figure 1-1. To view the worksheet.Cardiology Cardiac Worksheet After you make cardiac measurements. Figure 10-1.

select the Worksheet Display key or press Esc. Figure 10-2. select Page Change. see Figure 1-2 and Figure 1-3. to view the next page. To see page 2 and 3 of this report.Cardiology Measurements Cardiac Worksheet (continued) If a worksheet has more data on a second page. Cardiac Worksheet: Page 2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 10-77 . To return to scanning.

Press Set. Move the Trackball to the Method field. the measurement folder. or last) to determine this value. Value – The measured value.Cardiology Worksheet information The information on the cardiac worksheet is as follows: • • Parameter – This column lists the mode. this specifies the method used to calculate the measurement value listed in the Value column. Method – When there is more than one measurement for an item. minimum. c. the worksheet uses the last six. d. b. the system uses the specified method (average. If you make more than six measurements. Press Set. • • 10-78 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. m1–m6 – Up to six measurement values for each item. minimum. maximum. and the specific measurement. Choices are average. Move the Trackball to select from the list. A . To change the method: a. For more information about working with worksheets. If more than one measurement was made for an item. or last. maximum.

A 10-79 . Cardiac Worksheet: Page 3 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Cardiology Measurements Cardiac Worksheet (continued) Figure 10-3.

A . You can change the measurements that are available on the Top/Sub Menu. create studies. For information about how to customize studies and measurements.Cardiology Setting up and Organizing Measurements and Calculations When you receive your LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO system. and specify which measurements and calculations are in each study. depending on what you have set up in the Utility screens. you can change this set up. The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO allows you to quickly and easily set up your system so that you can work most efficiently. You can change studies. If you want. 10-80 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the studies and measurements are organized for typical work flows. the results you see in the Results Window and the Worksheet can vary. When you make cardiac measurements.

Cardiology Measurements Generic Study B-Mode The Cardiology B-Mode Generic exam category includes the following measurements: • • • • • • • • • • • • Caliper Point Area (Trace) Volume Volume (d) Volume (s) Dist (Distance) Ratio Area Ratio Ellipse Open Trace R-R VF Diam (Diameter) Figure 10-4. A 10-81 . Cardiology B-Mode Worksheet Display LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A .Cardiology M-Mode The Cardiology M-Mode Generic exam category includes the following measurements: • • • • • • • • • • • LV Study LA/Ao RV Study D-E Excursion Depth Slope Caliper Caliper Area Ratio Ellipse Time Heart Rate Figure 10-5. Cardiology M-Mode Worksheet Display 10-82 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A 10-83 .Cardiology Measurements Doppler Mode The Cardiology Doppler Mode Generic exam category includes the following measurements: • • • • • • • • • Point Caliper Manual Trace SD Auto Calcs VSD Vmax MV E/A Ratio PHT Time Heart Rate Figure 10-6. Cardiology Doppler Mode Worksheet Display LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

The scanned image that is displayed is synchronized with the ECG trace.Cardiology ECG Option Overview A physiological input panel is available for the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO. Only approved and recommended peripherals and accessories should be used. 10-84 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. • • Do not use the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Ultrasound system Physiological traces for diagnosis and monitoring. This panel has inputs for ECG. the traces are synchronized to that particular mode’s sweep. PCG and auxiliary signals. see the ECG (Option) portion of the Console Overview section in Chapter 3. WARNING NOTE: For a detailed description on ECG. In Doppler or M-Mode. Approved accessory cables provide the proper signals to the Physiological Panel. A .

Value ECG Gain/Position Description Adjusting Value Allows for the amplitude control of the ECG trace or allows for the vertical positioning of the ECG trace on the image display.ECG Option ECG Top/Sub Menu The ECG Top/Sub Menu provides for control of the physiological input signals.100. The sweep speed of the physio signal on the B-Mode image can be set independent of the timeline (Doppler and M-Mode) sweep speed. the ECG Top/Sub Menu is not displayed. Gain: 0. A 10-85 . The default is Gain. Press the knob to toggle between Gain and Position.00 .16. Without the ECG option.23 Position: 0. Figure 10-7.00 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.0.00 . ECG Top/Sub Menu Sweep Speed Description Change the speed of the trace. 1 .

press this key to toggle ECG Trig1 and ECG Trig2 and rotate the key to change the delay time. the ECG Trigger is set to None.10 . Trig2. None. If Timer Trigger is turned on. 0. NOTE: Value If other than None is selected. Both activates ECG Trig 1 and ECG Trig 2 simultaneously. Timer Trigger is turned off. The trigger location(s) relative to the R trigger are set with the Delay Time key. Press ECG Trigger and select one of the options and adjust the delay time using the Delay Time key.10. A . and Both. Trig1. ECG Trig 2 specifies the delay from R-wave to second frame. Trig 2 must be greater than Trig 1 for dual triggering (Both) to be active. ECG Trig 1 specifies the delay (ms) from R-wave to triggered frame.Cardiology Timer Trigger Description NOTE: Value Enables intermittent imaging based on a timer. In Timer Trigger Mode: Rotating the knob changes the delay time between images. If both triggers are selected (Both). the snap shot image is displayed each time the update line passes the active trigger(s).00 10-86 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Adjusting Value Adjust the corresponding control. On or Off. the Delay Time key controls the R-Delay time of the active trigger. ECG Trigger Description Enables intermittent imaging based on the ECG. Adjusting Delay Time Description In ECG Trigger Mode: If only ECG Trig1 or ECG Trig2 is selected via the ECG Trigger key. Once the trigger is set.

Chapter 11 Vascular Describes how to perform Vascular measurements and calculations. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 11-1 .

11-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Be sure to refer to the original article describing the investigator's recommended clinical procedures. The accuracy of measurements is not only determined by the system accuracy. When appropriate. but also by use of proper medical protocols by the user. General Guidelines New Patient information must be entered before beginning an exam. be sure to note any protocols associated with a particular measurement or calculation. Formulas and databases used within the system software that are associated with specific investigators are so noted. Any measurement can be repeated by selecting that measurement again from the Top/Sub Menu Menu.Vascular Vascular Exam Preparation Introduction Measurements and calculations derived from ultrasound images are intended to supplement other clinical procedures available to the attending physician. A .

Vascular Measurements Vascular Measurements Introduction Vascular measurements offer several different types of measurement studies: Figure 11-1. A 11-3 . Vascular Exam Category LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

11-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the vessel key is used for manual measurement.Vascular Introduction (continued) • • • • • • • • Generic – Common to all applications. you use the vessel keys on the Top/Sub Menu to post-assign vascular calculations. When you use Auto Vascular calculation. You can customize the vessel exam calcs in the configuration menu. Carotid LEA (Lower Extremity Artery) LEV (Lower Extremity Vein) TCD (Trans Cranial Doppler) UEA (Upper Extremity Artery) UEV (Upper Extremity Vein) Renal To change an exam calc: Press the Measure key and select the desired calcs folder. A . When you are not using Auto Vascular calculation. A vascular study is a group of particular vessels.

A 11-5 .Vascular Measurements B-Mode Measurements Figure 11-2. NOTE: Vascular B-Mode Top/Sub Menu The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze. % Stenosis Volume A/B Ratio LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

NOTE: Vascular M-Mode Top/Sub Menu The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze. A .Vascular M-Mode Measurements Figure 11-3. % Stenosis A/B Ratio 11-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

the user can cancel the assignment and assigned parameters are removed from Worksheet page. a message appears on the screen to indicate the value was erased from Worksheet page. When Cancel Transfer occurs. D-Mode Top/Sub Menu Example Control Assignment Cancel Transfer After the Auto Vascular calculation results are assigned to a particular vessel. A 11-7 .Vascular Measurements Doppler Mode Measurements Figure 11-4. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

The system has measurements for the patient's right and left side. A . To select right or left. In this menu. Select Save as Default to save the selected parameters as the default calculations for this application.Vascular Control Assignment (continued) Vessel location If the vessel has a location. Choose the folder you want the value assigned to. 11-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Frozen: displays the trace. calipers and results. To select one of the locations. calipers and results when you press Freeze. the Modify Calculation menu is displayed as below. then no location is assigned. • • • Live displays the trace. When you select this key. you select parameters to display in the Auto Vascular Calculation window. Select Live. Off Side Rt/Lt Modify Auto Calcs Select Return to return to the previous Top/Sub Menu screen. Only parameters that can be used by the calculation are displayed. adjust the Top/Sub Menu control. adjust the Top/Sub Menu knob. Frozen or Off for Auto Calcs. you can select one of the following: • • • NOTE: Proximal (Prox) Middle (Mid) Distal (Dist) If you do not wish to assign a vessel location. press the lit location.

Figure 11-5.Vascular Measurements Modify Auto Calcs (continued) If you select PV. the system returns to the previously selected calculation. When you deselect PV. all selected parameters are turned off. Modify Auto Calculation Menu (Page1) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 11-9 .

Vascular
Naming format for vessels
When you want to measure a vessel, on the Top/Sub Menu you select the folder for the vessel. Many vessel folders are labeled with an abbreviation. The following table lists abbreviations used for naming vascular vessels. Table 11-1:
Acronym
ACA AComA ATA ATV Axill Axill V BA Ba V Br V CCA Ceph V CFV CHA Com Femoral CIA CIV Com Iliac A DFA DFV Dors Pedis DPA ECA EIA EIV FV

Vascular Vessel Abbreviations
Name

Anterior Cerebral Artery Anterior Communicating Artery Anterior Tibial Artery Anterior Tibial Vein Axillary Artery Axillary Vein Basilar Artery or Brachial Artery Basilic Vein Brachial Vein Common Carotid Artery Cephalic Vein Common Femoral Vein Common Hepatic Artery Common Femoral Artery Common Iliac Artery Common Iliac Vein Common Iliac Artery Deep Femoral Artery Deep Femoral Vein Dorsalis Pedis Dorsalis Pedis Artery Exterior Carotid Artery External Iliac Artery External Iliac Vein Femoral Vein

11-10

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Vascular Measurements
Table 11-1:
Acronym
GSV ICA ICA IJV IMA Inn IVC LSV MCA Mcub V Mid Hep V MRA PCA PComA Peron POP PTA PTV RA SMA SMV SUBC SUBC V SFA TCD TIPS UA VERT

Vascular Vessel Abbreviations
Name

Greater Saphenous Vein Internal Carotid Artery (Transcranial Doppler) Interior Carotid Artery (Carotid Artery) Internal Jugular Vein Inferior Mesenteric Artery Innominate Inferior Vena Cava Lesser Saphenous Vein Middle Cerebral Artery Median Cubital Vein Middle Hepatic Vein Main Renal Artery Posterior Cerebral Artery Posterior Communicating Artery Peroneal Popliteal Posterior Tibial Artery Posterior Tibial Vein Radial Artery Superior Mesenteric Artery Superior Mesenteric Vein Subclavian Artery Subclavian Vein Superficial Femoral Artery Transcranial Doppler Transjugular Intrahepatic Portosystemic Shunt Ulnar Artery Vertebral Artery

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

11-11

Vascular
Auto Vascular Calculation Overview
Auto Vascular Calculation enables the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO to detect and identify a cardiac cycle. It allows you to assign measurements and calculations during live timeline imaging, while the image is frozen, or in CINE. Peak values are detected for venous flow. During cardiac cycle detection, the system identifies the cardiac cycle using calipers, vertical bars, and/or highlighting of timeline data. Use of identifiers is based on measurements and calculations selected by an operator for the current application. The system may place calipers at early systolic peak, peak systole, minimum diastole and end diastole. Vertical bars may also be placed to indicate the beginning and end of the cardiac cycle. The peak and/or mean trace may be highlighted. You can edit the cardiac cycle identified by the system or select a different cardiac cycle. You can select the calculations to be displayed in the M&A Result window during live scanning or on a frozen image. These calculations are displayed at the top of M&A Result Window located adjacent to the image. These calculations are presettable by application which means you can set up the default calculations to be displayed for each application.

11-12

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Vascular Measurements
Auto Vascular Calculation
Activating Auto Vascular Calculation To activate Auto Vascular Calculation, select the Auto Calc Top/ Sub Menu key to select Live (calculations displayed on the realtime image), or Freeze (calculations displayed on the frozen image). To deactivate Auto Vascular calculation, select Off. Setting up Auto Vascular Calculation Parameters • Selecting Auto Trace You can select to have a continuous auto trace of the max or mean velocities. • • Select Max or Mean using the Trace Method Top/Sub Menu.

Selecting Trace Detection Trace Detection lets you use peak timeline data above, below, or composite (above and below) the baseline. • Select Positive, Negative, or Both to set the peak timeline data.

Modify Calculation a. Select the Modify Calcs Top/Sub Menu key. The Modify Calculation menu is displayed. b. Select which measurements and calculations are to be displayed in the Auto Vascular calculation window. You can select the following parameter: PS, ED, MD, HR, TAMAX, PI, RI, Accel, PS/ED, ED/PS, AT, Volume Flow, PV. For the measurements to remain and be used again, select Save As Default within this menu.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

11-13

Vascular
Auto Vascular Calculation (continued)
Auto Vascular Calculation Exam 1. Preset the system. 2. Perform the scan and press Freeze. 3. Activate Auto Calculations (Live or Frozen) from the Top/ Sub Menu. The system performs a calculation automatically. The Auto calculation is assigned to particular vessel measurements. 4. Press Measure to display the Measurement menu. 5. Select the location of the vessel (Prox, Mid, or Dist) and Side (Right or Left). 6. Select the desired vessel name from the Top/Sub Menu. Selected vessel measurements are automatically assigned with the Auto Vascular calculation. The results are then displayed in the Results Window.

Figure 11-6.

Assigned Vessel

11-14

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Vascular Measurements
Auto Vascular Calculation (continued)
NOTE: When you want to cancel the assignment, you can use the Cancel Transfer Top/Sub Menu key. See ‘Cancel Transfer’ on page 1-7 for more information. During the course of an exam, the cardiac cycle may be indicated between two yellow bars; the peak trace and the mean trace may appear in green; calculation indicators appear on the spectral trace as a caliper identifier (these vary, depending on the selected calculation in the Results Window). The right-most, most complete cycle is typically chosen to be the selected cardiac cycle. You can select a different cardiac cycle. To select a different cardiac cycle: • NOTE: Move through CINE memory with the Trackball until the desired cardiac cycle is selected by the system. You need several good cycles in front of the new cardiac cycle for this to be successful. Oftentimes, this is problematic near a freeze bar. • Use the Cycle Select control to cycle to a different cardiac cycle. Use the Cursor Select control to move the start systole position or the end diastole position..

To move the systole or diastole position: •

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

11-15

Vascular
Manual Vascular Calculation
You can perform the following calculations manually when Auto Doppler Calculation is not activated. 1. Press Measure. If necessary, you can select another Exam Calc and then select parameters from Modify Calculation. 2. Select the location of the vessel (Prox, Mid, or Dist) and Side (Right or Left). 3. Select the desired vessel folder. The Measurement menu is displayed.

Figure 11-7.

Measurement Menu Example

4. Make the required measurements according to the system, or select your preferred measurements.

11-16

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Vascular Measurements
Manual Vascular Calculation (continued)
For each vessel in Doppler mode, you can make any of the following measurements: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Peak Systole (PS) End Diastole (ED) Minimum Diastole (MD) Heart Rate TAMAX TAMEAN Pulsatility Index (PI) Resistive Index (RI) S/D Ratio D/S Ratio Acceleration (Accel) Acceleration Time (AT) Volume Flow Peak Value (PV)

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

11-17

Vascular
To select vascular measurements
Your system is set up to show the measurements that you usually make for each vessel. To make a measurement that is not shown for the selected vessel: 1. Select the folder for the vessel you want to measure.

Figure 11-8. 2. Select Show All.

ICA folder

The system displays all possible vessel measurements.

11-18

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Vascular Measurements
To select vascular measurements (continued)
3. Select the desired measurement.

Figure 11-9. NOTE:

Show All measurements

The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

11-19

Vascular
Acceleration
1. Select Accel. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. 2. To position the caliper at peak systole, move the Trackball. 3. To fix the measure point, press Set. The system displays a second active caliper. 4. To position the second caliper at end diastole, move the Trackball. 5. To complete the measurement, press Set. The system displays the peak systole, end diastole, acceleration time, and acceleration in the Results Window.

Acceleration Time (AT)
1. Select AT. The system displays an active caliper and a vertical dotted line. 2. To position the caliper at the start point, move the Trackball. 3. To fix the first caliper, press Set. The system displays a second active caliper. 4. To position the caliper at the end point, move the Trackball. 5. To complete the measurement, press Set. The system displays the acceleration time in the Results Window.

Heart Rate

11-20

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Vascular Measurements
Peak Systole (PS), End Diastole (ED), or Minimum Diastole (MD)
To calculate the peak systole, end diastole, or minimum diastole: 1. Select PS, ED, or MD. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. 2. To position the caliper at the measurement point, move the Trackball. 3. To complete the measurement, press Set. The system displays the peak systole, end diastole, or minimum diastole in the Results Window. ED/PS or PS/ED Ratio To calculate the End Diastole/Peak Systole ratio or Peak Systole/End Diastole ratio: 1. Select ED/PS or PS/ED. The system displays an active caliper with vertical and horizontal dotted lines. 2. To position the caliper at end diastole (ED) or peak systole (PS), move the Trackball. 3. To fix the measure point, press Set. The system displays a second active caliper. 4. To position the second caliper at peak systole (PS) or end diastole (ED), move the Trackball. 5. To complete the measurement, press Set. The system displays the end diastole, peak systole, and ED/ PS or PS/ED ratio in the Results Window.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

11-21

Vascular
Pulsatility Index (PI)

S/D or D/S Ratio

Resistive Index (RI)

TAMAX and TAMEAN

11-22

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Vascular Worksheet

Vascular Worksheet

The vascular worksheet is structured to automatically display vascular measurements made at specific anatomical sites. The worksheet can also display an average, last, maximum, or minimum value of the latest three measurements. Calculated ratios are automatically summarized and displayed.

To view the Vascular Worksheet
1. Press Measure. 2. Select Worksheet Display. The system displays the worksheet.

Figure 11-10.

Vascular Worksheet Example

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

11-23

Vascular To view the Vascular Worksheet (continued)
Only measured parameters are displayed. Location information is labeled with vessel name first. Measured parameters of the vessel are grouped under the vessel label. Selected value by method is highlighted, however, when the average method is selected, the highlighted cursor is removed. When an entire vessel measurement does not have sides (left or right), the side label is not displayed in that vessel study worksheet. Some fields on the worksheet are view only, and others you can change or select. To easily see which fields you can change or select, move the Trackball. As the cursor moves over a field that you can change or select, the field is highlighted.

HINTS

11-24

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Vascular Worksheet Worksheet Display Top/Sub Menu
1. Worksheet Display: To exit the worksheet display and return to scanning. 2. Vessel Worksheet: Select this key to display the Vessel Worksheet when the Vessel Summary is displayed. 3. Vessel Summary: Select this key to display the Vessel Summary when the Vessel Worksheet is displayed. 4. Examiner’s Comment: Select this key to display the Examiner’s comment window. See ‘Examiner’s Comments’ on page 1-30 for more information. 5. Generic Worksheet: Select this key to display the Generic Worksheet. Generic study measurements/calculations, such as volume and velocity, are displayed on this worksheet. 6. Delete Value: Use to delete a value (each measurement value). See ‘To edit a worksheet’ on page 1-26 for more information. 7. Exclude Value: Use to exclude a value from the result line. See ‘To edit a worksheet’ on page 1-26 for more information. 8. Intravessel Ratio: Select this key to display the Intravessel Ratio Calculation window. See ‘Intravessel ratio’ on page 1-31 for more information. 9. Page Change (knob): If a worksheet has more data, to view the next page, adjust the Page Change knob.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

11-25

Vascular To edit a worksheet
1. Select Worksheet Display from any page of the Vascular Calculation Top/Sub Menu. 2. To position the cursor at the field you want to change, move the Trackball. The field is highlighted. 3. Type the new data in the field and move the cursor to another place, then the new data is displayed in blue and asterisk are appended to value and resultant value to indicate that it was manual entered. The average measurements, calculations and ratios are automatically updated to reflect the edited values.

Figure 11-11. NOTE:

Display of the edited value

If the user moves the cursor to the edited value and presses the Set key once, the value returns to the original value before the edit.

11-26

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

571 Result Number PS ED RI 1.600 0.667 #4 0. 1. 3.000 1.100 0.200 0. The whole set of #3 measurements is deleted from the worksheet and #1 set of measurements is shifted and displayed as below. the user deleted PS value of #3 from the worksheet. 2.500 0.100 0. 2.Vascular Worksheet To edit a worksheet (continued) To delete data: Delete Value key is used to delete value (each measured value). When PS value is deleted. A 11-27 .700 0. Select Worksheet from any page of the Vascular Calculation Top/Sub Menu Menu. Whenever particular value is deleted.300 0. Table 11-3: Result Number PS ED RI Example of Worksheet after Value Deleted #1 0. move the Trackball. Then.700 0.800 #3 0. the group (set) of the measurement/study value is also deleted from the worksheet as a group (set).000 #2 0. latest 3 sets of measurements were displayed in the worksheet. The field is highlighted.800 #4 0. To position the cursor at the field you want to delete or exclude. For Example: 1. Select Delete Value.300 0. ED and RI is also deleted if this value was measured as the set of RI measurement. however.500 0.571 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Table 11-2: Example of Latest Measurements in Worksheet #2 0. If the user measured RI 4 times.400 0.

The data in the field is not visible and is not included in worksheet calculations as below. 4. 2. To include a value that you previously excluded. The field is highlighted. 5. To position the cursor at the field you want to delete or exclude. 1.Vascular To edit a worksheet (continued) To exclude data: When the user selects a particular value on the Worksheet and selects Exclude Value. Display of the excluded value 11-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. select Exclude Value. this value is excluded from result line and resultant value is re-calculated without this value and also calculation values using this value is ‘blank’. 3. Figure 11-12. A . move the Trackball. Select Worksheet Display from any page of the Vascular Calculation Top/Sub Menu Menu. Select Exclude Value.

2. The pull-down menu is displayed. The selected method is displayed in the column. Figure 11-13. latest 3 values are used for this calculation. 1.Vascular Worksheet To edit a worksheet (continued) To select the method: The user can select the method for calculating the cumulative value. A 11-29 . Move cursor to method column and press Set. If the user takes parameters more than 3 times. Pop-up menu of methods LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. This value is only calculated by using displaying values. Move to cursor any one of methods and press Set.

To close the Comments window. select Comments. Select Comments. 3.Vascular Examiner’s Comments To type a comment on a worksheet: 1. 2. Press Set. The Comments window opens. 11-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: Comment field The Examiner’s Comments window can be moved by using the Trackball to move the arrow to the header bar. Figure 11-14. A . Use the Trackball to move the window. Type comments about the exam.

The value is displayed in the window. Intravessel ratio one LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. you need a measurement of accessing pressure and stenotic velocities. 1. Select the first velocity. Figure 11-16. Intravessel Pop-up Window 2. A 11-31 . Select Intravessel to display the pop-up window in the header section of the worksheet.Vascular Worksheet Intravessel ratio To calculate Intravessel ratio. Figure 11-15.

To cancel and exit Intravessel ratio. move the cursor to Save and press Set. To clear values. move the cursor to Cancel and press Set. The second value and Result value are displayed in the window. move the cursor to Clear and press Set.Vascular Intravessel ratio (continued) 3. Figure 11-17. Select the second velocity. A . • • • NOTE: Intravessel ratio two To save the Intravessel ratio to the Vessel Summary. Intravessel Ratio is only displayed and saved in the Vessel Summary. 11-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Figure 11-18.Vascular Worksheet Vessel Summary The Vessel Summary is designed to automatically display measurements made at specific anatomical sites. Calculated ratios are automatically summarized and displayed. A 11-33 . The Vessel Summary can be displayed at any time during the exam by selecting Vessel Summary from the Vascular Worksheet Top/Sub Menu. Vessel Summary Example LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

and the pop-up menu is displayed. Use to select the vessel velocity for calculating the vessel ratio (ex. This value cannot be changed or excluded from this page. and displays the velocities. you select the calculations.Vascular Vessel Summary (continued) 1. Move the cursor to the third column. Vessel Name with location information. The first row. Result value column. Pop-up menu 2. The selected parameter is displayed in every third column. ICA/CCA: The ICA/CCA ratio selects the highest systolic ICA and CCA velocities when calculating this ratio. Figure 11-19. ICA/CCA). 3. 11-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 4. indicating Right or Left. In the third column on the second line. You can only select one location (position) in a vessel. A . 5. Check Box. Calculation name and result. is not displayed when the side is not defined in the vessel.

select from a menu of choices. distal) is chosen. there is a box to select flow reversal for vertebral flows. The choices are Ante (Antegrade). To select the method: Move cursor to the box and press Set. Lower Extremity Artery Study For the lower extremity artery. the main renal artery. The vertebral vessel also has systole and diastole selections. intra renal). Ante. The ICA/CCA ratio is able to be configured for either systole or diastole. Retr. The most commonly used. Abs) is displayed. You can specify which (ratio is stenotic/pre). mid. you can specify which portion of the CCA vessel (Prox. The box is independent of Left and Right. and Abs (Absent). Retr (Retrograde). A 11-35 . you can calculate RENAL/AORTIC ratio (RAR) based on peak systolic velocities. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. is the default. The selected choice is displayed in the column. The intra-vessel ratio needs to be available for all vascular measurements. you need an intra vessel ratio (assessing pre vs. and have a heading to separate the different measurements (main renal.Vascular Worksheet Carotid Study In the configuration page for ICA/CCA ratio. You can combine the two renal summary pages. In the summary page. You can scroll between the content. stenotic velocities). After the pop-up menu (Blank. Renal Artery Study For renal arteries. You can override the selections on the Vessel summary. This appears on the worksheet only if used.

Vascular Recording Worksheet The worksheet can be saved as you would any ultrasound image. Once it is displayed on the screen. A . stored on media with the Image Archive option. 11-36 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. it can be printed on the B/W or color page printer. or placed on regular paper with a line printer.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 12-1 .Chapter 12 Urology Describes how to perform Urology measurements and calculations.

Any measurement can be repeated by selecting that measurement again from the Top/Sub Menu. When appropriate. Be sure to refer to the original article describing the investigator's recommended clinical procedures. 12-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The accuracy of measurements is not only determined by the system accuracy. A . General Guidelines New Patient information must be entered before beginning an exam. but also by use of proper medical protocols by the user. but the worksheet retains only the last six measurements of each type. Formulas and databases used within the system software that are associated with specific investigators are so noted. be sure to note any protocols associated with a particular measurement or calculation.Urology Urology Exam Preparation Introduction Measurements and calculations derived from ultrasound images are intended to supplement other clinical procedures available to the attending physician. The system retains as many as eight measurements.

To change a study: 1.Urology Calculations Urology Calculations Introduction Urology measurements offer two different types of measurement studies: • • Generic–Common to all applications. The Urology exam category allows you to choose from the displayed studies. To select another study. A 12-3 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. The Urology M-Mode measurements are common to other applications. The Urology Doppler measurements are common to other applications. Urology • • • This chapter describes Urology B-Mode measurements. Press Exam Calcs. select the desired study folder.

12-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the Generic Exam Calcs for Urology includes the following measurements: • • • • % Stenosis Volume Angle A/B Ratio The following measurements are located specifically in the Urology Exam Calcs. Those specific measurements (Bladder Volume. Select the Urology Exam Calcs. The following Top/Sub Menu is displayed. Prostate Volume and Renal Volume) are listed on the following pages.Urology Urology B-Mode Measurements In B-Mode. A .

Urology Calculations Urology B-Mode Measurements (continued) Figure 12-1. A 12-5 . Urology Exam Calcs B-Mode Top/Sub Menu NOTE: Bladder. Renal Vol and Bladder Vol can be displayed on the Top/Sub Menu if preset at the Utility -> Measure screen. Prostate Vol. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Select the Bladder folder. To make the second and third distance measurement. 3. 12-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . 2. Figure 12-2. Length is typically measured in the sagittal plane. Perform a standard distance measurement. Bladder Volume Top/Sub Menu To measure Bladder Volume: 1. repeat steps 2–3. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. Scan the patient in the appropriate scan plane.Urology Bladder Volume This calculation uses a standard distance measurement. After you complete the third distance measurement. an active caliper displays. Width and height are measured in the axial plane. 4. the system displays the bladder volume in the Results Window.

Prostate Volume Top/Sub Menu To measure Prostate Volume: 1. A 12-7 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 3. 2. Select the Prostate folder. 4. an active caliper displays. Figure 12-3. After you complete the third distance measurement. repeat steps 2–3. The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. Scan the patient in the appropriate scan plane. To make the second and third distance measurement. the system displays the prostate volume in the Results Window. Length is typically measured in the sagittal plane. Perform a standard distance measurement.Urology Calculations Prostate Volume This calculation uses a standard distance measurement. Width and height are measured in the axial plane.

Urology Patient Screen Figure 12-5. Figure 12-4. Measurement result window PSAD: Prostatic Specific Antigen (PSA) Density – defined as: PSAD = PSA/Volume PPSA: Predicted Prostate Specific Antigen – defined as: PPSA = Volume x PPSA Coefficient 12-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Urology Prostate Volume (continued) PSA Measurement If you enter the value of PSA (Prostatic Specific Antigen) and PPSA Coefficient at the Urology Patient screen. The values are displayed on the Worksheet. PSAD and PPSA are automatically calculated. A .

Urology Worksheet LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 12-9 . The value of PSA and PPSA are displayed. • Figure 12-6..Urology Calculations Prostate Volume (continued) Worksheet • For the prostate volume calculation. “m2” or “m3” in addition to Avg. you can select the method “m1”.. Max. and Last. Min.

2. repeat steps 2–3. Perform a standard distance measurement: The system displays the distance value in the Results Window. A . Scan the patient in the appropriate scan plane. 3. Select the Renal folder. Renal Volume Top/Sub Menu To measure Renal Volume: 1. the system displays the renal volume in the Results Window. After you complete the third distance measurement. Length is typically measured in the sagittal plane. Figure 12-7.Urology Renal Volume This calculation uses a standard distance measurement. To make the second and third distance measurement. an active caliper displays. 4. 12-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Width and height are measured in the axial plane.

Chapter 13 Pediatrics Describes how to perform Pediatrics measurements and calculations. A 13-1 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A . When appropriate. General Guidelines New Patient information must be entered before beginning an exam. be sure to note any protocols associated with a particular measurement or calculation. The system retains as many as eight measurements. The accuracy of measurements is not only determined by the system accuracy. Formulas and databases used within the system software that are associated with specific investigators are so noted. but the worksheet retains only the last six measurements of each type. but also by use of proper medical protocols by the user. 13-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Be sure to refer to the original article describing the investigator's recommended clinical procedures.Pediatrics Pediatrics Exam Preparation Introduction Measurements and calculations derived from ultrasound images are intended to supplement other clinical procedures available to the attending physician. The six worksheet measurements can be averaged and the average used in other calculations. Any measurement can be repeated by selecting that measurement again from the Top/Sub Menu.

A 13-3 . The Generic Calculations study is common to all applications. The Pediatrics Doppler measurements are common to other applications. Pediatric Hip (PedHip).Pediatrics Calculations Pediatrics Calculations Overview Pediatrics measurements offer two different types of measurement studies: • • Generic. The Pediatrics M-Mode measurements are common to other applications. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. • • • This chapter describes Pediatrics B-Mode measurements.

A . Pediatrics B-Mode Measurement Top/Sub Menu The following generic measurements are common to other exam applications: • • • • %Stenosis Volume Angle A/B Ratio 13-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Pediatrics Pediatrics B-Mode Measurements Figure 13-1.

4: 735740(1984) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. displayed. Femoral Head Source: R GRAF. The three lines are:1 1. journal of Pediatric Orthopedics. The inclination line connects the osseous convexity to labrum acetabulare. In this calculation. three straight lines are superimposed on the image and aligned with the anatomical features. 2.Pediatrics Calculations B-Mode Measurements (continued) Hip Dysplasia Measurement The HIP calculation assists in assessing the development of the infant hip. The two angles are computed. It characterizes the bone supplementing additional roofing by the cartilaginous convexity. Bony Roof e. 3. Labrum 1 d. A 13-5 . and can be used by the physician in making a diagnosis. Figure 13-2. Cartilaginous acetabular roof f. Ilium b. The Acetabulum roof line connects the lower edge of the osilium to the osseous convexity. Hip Dysplasia Anatomical Landmarks a. Iliac Bone c. It characterizes the osseous convexity. The β (Beta) angle is the angle between lines 1 and 2. The baseline connects the osseous acetabulum convexity to the point where the joint capsule and the perichondrium unite with the iliac bone. The α (Alpha) angle is the supplement of the angle between 1 and 3.

To fix the third measurement line and complete measurement. From the Top/Sub Menu. adjust the Ellipse control or Hip Rotate. 8. A horizontal dotted line displays. The system displays a second dotted line at an angle. To fix the second measurement line. A . Position the crosshairs edge at the osseous convexity of the ilium. move the Trackball.Pediatrics B-Mode Measurements (continued) Hip Dysplasia Measurement (continued) To make a Hip Dysplasia measurement: 1. The system displays a third dotted line at an angle. move the Trackball. To rotate or change inclination. adjust the Ellipse control or Hip Rotate. adjust the Ellipse control or Hip Rotate. 3. 9. The system displays the hip measurements (α and β) in the Results Window. To place the line along the inclination line of the osseous convexity to labrum acetabulare. move the Trackball. To rotate or change inclination. press Set. To place the baseline. 2. To place the caliper along the acetabular roof line. 4. press Set. 7. 5. 10. press Set. 6. To fix the baseline. select either the right or left side (orientation) and then select HIP. To rotate or change inclination. 13-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Pediatrics Calculations B-Mode Measurements (continued) Alpha HIP The Alpha HIP measurement measures the angle between the iliac baseline and the bony roof line. The system displays the alpha hip measurement (α) in the Results Window. To fix the baseline. 7. Position the crosshairs edge at the osseous convexity of the ilium. To fix the second measurement line. select either the right or left side (orientation) and then select Alpha HIP. From the Top/Sub Menu. press Set. move the Trackball. To rotate or change inclination. The system displays a second dotted line at an angle. 5. A horizontal dotted line displays. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To make an Alpha HIP measurement: 1. A 13-7 . To place the caliper along the acetabular roof line. 3. move the Trackball. To place the baseline. adjust the Ellipse control or Hip Rotate. To rotate or change inclination. 2. 4. press Set. 6. adjust the Ellipse control or Hip Rotate.

To make this measurement: 1. The system displays a circle representing the femoral head. From the Top/Sub Menu. The system displays the d:D ratio for the femoral head in the Results Window. Press Set to fix the femoral head circumference. Use the Trackball to place the baseline along the ilium. A horizontal dotted line displays. Press Set to fix the baseline. 2. 13-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 3. A . Use the Trackball to position the circle. 7. Use the Ellipse control to adjust or change inclination or Hip Rotate. 4. Use the Ellipse control to size the femoral head circumference. Position the crosshairs edge at the osseous convexity of the ilium. select either the right or left side (orientation) and then select d:D Ratio.Pediatrics B-Mode Measurements (continued) d:D Ratio Measurement The d:D Ratio measurement measures the percentage of the femoral head coverage under the bony roof. 5. 6.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Chapter 14 ReportWriter Describes how to generate reports. A 14-1 .

or add measurements. and then carefully reviewed before the report is Stored. The reports are generated using the data stored in the system with pre-selected templates. Once Stored. the reports are read-only. The final report can be printed on a standard printer.ReportWriter Standard Report Pages Introduction The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO enables the generation of patient reports based on the examination performed and the analyses that were made during the exam. You may edit a report while performing the exam. Use the worksheet to facilitate the review and adjust data before storing a report. and save changes until you use the Store command. delete. customize. It is recommended that the data be saved often. A . 14-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

and cine loops.Standard Report Pages Creating a report Reports summarize the data obtained in the examination. Figure 14-1. A 14-3 . Once generated. and the patient’s personal data can be modified. images. the report can be viewed. images can be added. They can contain data. Report Page Example LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The examination data itself CANNOT be changed.

Stores the report page into Archive as CHM file. Template Designer Delete Select template from the list of selected applications. A . Retrieves the report page from Archive. Enter template editor screen. Stored Date/Time is appended to the name of stored report.ReportWriter Creating a report (continued) Table 14-1: Button Print Store Save As Retrieve Report Top/Sub Menu Controls Description Prints out the report to the default printer. Export the report page to storage media as CHM format. Delete the report page from Archive. 14-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

g. The preview image appears when the cursor is over the clipboard image. Select Report. demographic. diagnosis. 3. It is composed of different objects that can be customized by the user. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Standard Report Pages Activating the Report 1. The system displays the default report for the current application on the monitor. comments). 2. A 14-5 . NOTE: The template is the skeleton of your report. The information entered during the examination is automatically filled in the appropriate fields (e. Adjust the Page Change control to move down the page.

Select the desired template. the template list of the selected category displays. Available Template list 4.ReportWriter Selecting another template You can select another template for the current patient: 1. The report changes to the selected template. A . Application List Example 3. NOTE: If you select another exam category. A list of available templates and exam categories displays. Select the desired template using the Trackball and press Set. 2. 14-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 5. Figure 14-2. Figure 14-3. Select the desired template name and press Set. The selected template displays on the monitor. Select TEMPLATE at the bottom of the monitor display or the Top/Sub Menu.

Enter the hospital address in the text area. b. Select Reports. Select OK. Figure 14-4. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Modify Box Properties (box width. the area for the hospital information is usually placed in the upper portion of the report. The Fixed Text dialogue box displays. 3. Fixed Text Dialogue Box 4. A 14-7 . text align. To make a new area. Select Designer.Standard Report Pages Editing a Report Entering the hospital address When using a factory template. and font). Make changes as necessary. 2. box height. box border line width. 5. Double-click on the area for the hospital information in the template. See ‘Fixed Text’ on page 1-47 for more information. To modify the factory template: 1. a. box left margin.

Select Save As from the File menu. To keep the same template name: • • Select Save from the File menu. Select Yes. Enter the name of the new template.ReportWriter Entering the hospital address (continued) 6. The report with the hospital address displays. Exit the Report Designer. and press Set. The Save Template As dialog box opens. The template retains the same name and appends “[user]”. For example. OB23-Basic[user]. To save the template with a new name: • • 7. For example. and press Set. The Save Template dialog box opens. The template receives the new name and appends “[user]”. A . Save the template. NewReport[user]. 14-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. and press Set.

the area for the logo is usually placed in the upper left portion of the report. To modify the factory template: 1. Save the preferred hospital logo in either a jpeg or bmp format on a CD. Figure 14-5. To make a new area. Insert the CD into the CD/DVD drive. 2. The logo box displays. 3. 4. A 14-9 . NOTE: Label the logo with a unique name (e.Standard Report Pages Inserting the hospital logo When using a factory template. Logo Box LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.g.bmp). 5. Select Designer. See ‘Fixed Text’ on page 1-47 for more information. Double-click the GE Logo so that the frame is highlighted. HospitalNameLogo. Select Reports.

The template receives the new name and adds “[user]”. 8.ReportWriter Inserting the hospital logo (continued) 6. and press Set. The Save Template dialog box opens. Modify Appearance (4). Save the template. Exit the Report Designer. Select Import Logo (1). The template with the hospital logo displays. Select OK. Select OK. and press Set. NOTE: Scroll the logo list using the left/right arrow key (3). rename the logo image which you want on the report and insert it into the report template again. OB23-Basic[user]. NOTE: If a different logo prints on the report. Click the logo to select. Select the CD drive first and then the hospital logo. The hospital logo displays in the logo list (2). 10. A . and press Set. 7. For example. 9. To save the template with a new name: • • 11. For example. NewReport[user]. To keep the same template name: • • Select Save from the File menu. Select Save As from the File menu. Select Yes. Enter the name of the new template. 14-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The template retains the same name and adds “[user]”. The Save Template As dialog box opens.

such as Information or Comments that was entered in the patient menu: 1. A 14-11 .g. Select Report to return to the report. Double-click the yellow text to be changed. 3. The area where the description was entered (e. e. Change the existing data as necessary. If you want to change the description. Patient menu) displays. Figure 14-6. Patient Information Area (Example) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.g. 2. the Archive Information is usually placed below the hospital name and logo.Standard Report Pages Changing the Archive Information When using a factory template. Information or Comments. The contents of the Archive Information is inserted through the related page automatically.

Select Save As from the File menu. Select Designer. A . font size. The template retains the same name and adds “[user]”. The Archive Information Box displays. and press Set. 14-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select Yes. For example. and press Set. Double click on the area for the Archive Information in the template. Archive Information Box 3. 4. 5. NewReport[user]. To keep the same template name: • • Select Save from the File menu.ReportWriter Modifying the displayed objects of Archive Information 1. or box size. 6. and select OK. 2. Enter the name of the new template. To save the template with a new name: • • 7. Figure 14-7. font color. For example. Objects with checkmarks will appear in the report template. The template receives the new name and adds “[user]”. The Save Template As dialog box opens. Save the template. The Save Template dialog box opens. and press Set. Select Box Properties to change the font. Click the checkboxes to select and deselect the objects. Select OK to return to the Report Designer. Select File -> Exit to leave the Report Designer. OB23-Basic[user].

Type the text. A 14-13 . 1. The factory template terms their text area as “Summary or Comments”. NOTE: You can enter the text only to the field set as free text in the Report Designer. 2.Standard Report Pages Entering free text You can enter free text to the report using the alphanumeric keyboard. Move the cursor to the text field and press Set. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Select the Text Field from the Insert menu. A . Figure 14-8. 3. Reasons: Retrieves this information from the Direct Report Comments: Retrieves this information from the Comment field of the patient screen and the Exam Comment field of the worksheet. Select Designer. Diagnosis: Retrieves this information from the Direct Report Free Text 1 . Text Field Dialogue Box 4. 2. Select the appropriate display items: • • Ref. Move the cursor where the text is to be inserted and press Set.8 • • 14-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.ReportWriter Inserting Text 1. The Text Field dialog box displays.

7. NewReport[user].Standard Report Pages Inserting Text (continued) 5. The Save Template As dialog box opens. 6. Select OK or Cancel. OB23-Basic[user]. and data. Save the template. the heading text and font. Select Save As from the File menu. The Save Template dialog box opens. and press Set. Type the heading Text. For example. To keep the same template name: • • Select Save from the File menu. and press Set. Enter the name of the new template. The template retains the same name and adds “[user]”. Select Yes. Modify box properties. The template receives the new name and adds “[user]”. To save the template with a new name: • • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. and press Set. For example. 8. A 14-15 .

NOTE: You can double-click the image in the report to change the background color to white to save ink during printing. To move images between image areas. drag the selected image to the new location. To remove an image from the report. press and hold down the Set key and using the Trackball. press and hold down the Set key and using the Trackball. 3. A . Press and hold down the Set key and drag the selected image to the report by using the Trackball or double click the Set key on the desired image. drag the select image back to the clipboard. Move the cursor to the desired image on the clipboard. Double-click the image again to return to the original color.ReportWriter Inserting an image to the report To insert images from clipboard into the image field of the report: 1. 2. Figure 14-9. Report with Images Example 14-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

If you want to insert or modify the measurement area.Standard Report Pages Measurement result section Measurement results for the current patient display automatically if you have the measurement section in the report template. Figure 14-10. See ‘Measurements’ on page 1-45 for more information. Measurement section LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 14-17 . The factory template has an appropriate measurement result area.

Press and hold down the Set key. 4. and select Set. Double-click the worksheet again to return the worksheet to the original color. 14-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Display the worksheet on the monitor display. Save the worksheet using the Print key. double-click the worksheet. You can also move the cursor to the desired worksheet on the clipboard. Drag the worksheet into the report. 2. 3. NOTE: Release Set. A . c. Move the cursor to the desired worksheet on the clipboard. NOTE: You can double-click the worksheet in the report to change the background color to white to save ink during printing. b. move the cursor to the Image Display Field. 5. a.ReportWriter Inserting the worksheet You can insert the worksheet (like you can insert an image) to the image display field. 1. The worksheet displays on the report. Use the Trackball to drag the selected worksheet into the Image Display Field. See ‘Image Display Fields’ on page 1-39 for more information. Press Report. To set a image display field in the report template.

etc. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Set the number of columns to 2 (or more. Specify those items. into the report template. as required) and change the table parameters. if needed. Select Designer to display the Report Designer. the image and comment. Insert Table box displays. A 14-19 . 4. Place the cursor in the column and select the desired items from the Insert menu (e. set the Border to 0. 7. Place the cursor where you want to insert the object.g. which has two (or more) columns. 2. Select Report. image. 1. 3. 6. free text).Standard Report Pages Placing objects side-by-side If you want to place images. anatomical graphic and comment. Add additional rows if required. you must first place a table. logo. NOTE: If you do not need a table border. Select Table from the Insert menu. Repeat step 6 for each column as required. Figure 14-11. Select OK. Insert Table Box 5. side-by-side.

OB23-Basic[user]. by row or column. Select Save As from the File menu. For example. To keep the same template name: • • Select Save from the File menu. For example. 14-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The template retains the same name and adds “[user]”. Enter the name of the new template. The Save Template dialog box opens. and press Set. The template receives the new name and adds “[user]”. and press Set. NewReport[user]. and press Set. on the factory templates.ReportWriter Placing objects side-by-side (continued) 8. A . The Save Template As dialog box opens. Save the template. To save the template with a new name: • • You can insert the images in the order preferred. Select Yes.

The system displays the appropriate page (Worksheet. you can access these pages from the report page. Select Store. NOTE: There is also Fixed Text set up as hyperlinks for these pages. therefore. and/or Anatomical Survey pages have been saved for the current patient. Storing the Report 1. Cursor to the fixed text and press Set. 3. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. OB Graph and Anatomical Survey Pages If the Worksheet. Select Report to return to the Report page. 2. OB Graph. it is recommended that the data is carefully reviewed before the report is saved. 1. The Report is saved as a CHM file to Archive. Graph or Anatomical Page on the Top/Sub Menu. Select either Worksheet. NOTE: The archived report cannot be edited. NOTE: OB Graph and Anatomical Survey pages apply only to OB.Standard Report Pages Accessing Worksheet. OB Graph or Anatomical Survey) with the corresponding Top/ Sub Menu. A 14-21 .

Select Retrieve. Figure 14-12. Select Print to print out the report. The Retrieve menu displays. Select Delete. 1. NOTE: Double-click the worksheet and/or image in the report to change the background color to white A white background will save ink during printing. Deleting a Report from Archive 1. 14-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Figure 14-13. Double-click the worksheet or image again to return to the original color. NOTE: The retrieved report cannot be edited. The Report is printed on the default printer. Printing the Report To preview the Print Layout before printing. Retrieve Menu (Prefix “User1\” may not appear) 2. Select the desired report and press Set. A . The Retrieve menu appears on the screen. Delete Reports Menu (Prefix “User1\” may not appear) 2.ReportWriter Retrieving an Archived Report 1. See ‘Preview the Print Layout’ on page 1-29 for more information. Select the report to delete and press Set.

The system supplies a name (numeric DICOM UID. all information added to the report is automatically saved without loss of data. Select More. Select Store to save the report. 5. 2. 3. Select another key to close the report page. Save as Dialog Box Exiting the report 1. Select Save As. Figure 14-14. Select the media to export the Report. NOTE: If the user is working on a report and leaves the report screen for any reason. unique identifier). The Save As dialog box appears on the screen. Select Save. 2. A 14-23 .Standard Report Pages Exporting the Report to Media 1. 4. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Enter the Report title and select the file format.

or you can use an existing template (factory or user-defined) and save the changes. A . 14-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.ReportWriter Designing Your Own Template Template Designer You can design and create your own customized template from a blank template page.

6. To exit Report Designer. 2. Exits Report Designer page. Select Designer to open the Report Designer. A blank template appears. Enters Print Layout screen. 4. Select New from the File menu. Overwrites the existing template. No: Does not save changes and exits Report Designer. and press Set. and press Set. select Exit from the File menu. The blank template displays. Executes print preview. To design a new template without using a pre-existing factory template: 1. Cancel: Returns to Report Designer. A 14-25 . 5. The Save Template As dialogue box displays. Select Save from the File menu. Saves as a new name. Create the report template as needed. Enter a template name and click OK.Designing Your Own Template File Menu Table 14-2: Description New Save Save As Page Setup Print Preview Exit Create a new template File Menu Creates a new template. 3. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. and press Set. • • • Yes: Saves changes and exits Report Designer.

5. Select and display the existing factory template. You do not lose the original factory template. and adds “[user]”. select Save from the File menu. • • • Yes: Saves changes and exits Report Designer. A . • • • NOTE: Yes: Saves changes. To save changes. and press Set. HINTS Save changes frequently as you modify your template. and press Set.ReportWriter Create a new template and save as a factory template name To design a new template by modifying an existing factory template and keeping the same name of the factory template: 1. Cancel: Returns to Report Designer. 2. Select Designer to open the Report Designer. 3. No: Does not save changes. retains the same name. No: Does not save changes and exits Report Designer. 14-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Cancel: Returns to Report Designer. To exit Report Designer. The template name displays in the template list. select Exit from the File menu. 4. Modify the report template as needed. The Save Template dialog box displays. “OB23Basic[user]”. For example. Saving often reduces the risk of losing all your changes.

For example. 4. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: The template receives the new name and adds “[user]”. The Save Template As dialog box displays. Select and display the existing factory template.Designing Your Own Template Create a new template and save with a new name To design a new template by modifying or copying an existing factory template and saving it with a new name: 1. Select Designer to open the Report Designer. 5. Type the new template name and click OK. 3. Modify the report template as needed. Select Exit from the File menu and Set. The Report Designer closes and returns to the Report Page. 7. Select Save as from File menu and press Set. 6. A 14-27 . 2. NewReport[user].

Table 14-3: Variable {pid} {pnm} {pbd} {exd} {prd} {inm} Definition Patient ID Patient name Patient date of birth Examination date Current date (printing date) Institution name 4. type text and enter the required variables listed in the table below. Modify the factory template as necessary in Designer. Change the paper size or orientation to fit the print layout. as necessary. Select OK or Cancel. 3. Select “Different for first page” and enter a specific header/footer for that page.ReportWriter Page Setup 1. NOTE: Default is left aligned. To define the header and footer for the printed report. Select Page Setup from File menu and press Set. Report will appear as black ink on white background. A . Variable and Definition Variable {prt} {cp} {tp} {c} {r} Definition Current time (printing time) Current page Page count Subsequent text is centered Subsequent text is right aligned. 2. 14-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. select Close to exit the Preview page. Select Template to choose the Report Template. The report is printed on the default printer. 3. Figure 14-15.Designing Your Own Template File Menu (continued) Preview the Print Layout 1. Modify the template or return to the Report and modify the contents. If changes need to be made. A 14-29 . Select Designer. Select Print Preview from File menu. 2. Print Preview 4. The Print Preview screen displays. Select Print. and press Set.

Restores the previous state(s) of the report template. Undoing the operation 14-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select Delete from the Edit menu. A . and press Set. 1. 1. 2. Select Undo from the Edit menu. and press Set.ReportWriter Edit Menu Table 14-4: Description Delete Undo Deleting a template object Edit Menu Deletes the selected object from the report template. The object is deleted from the template. 2. Repeat as required. Select the object to be deleted.

select the line and double click the Set key. or Score Table Box.Designing Your Own Template Insert Menu Table 14-5: Description Page Break Table Logo Archive Info Anatomical Graphics Image Wall Motion Analysis OB Graph Measurements Text Field Fixed Text Inserting the Page Break Insert Menu Inserts a Page Break. 2. Selects anatomical graphics by category to be inserted into a field. A 14-31 . Bull’s Eye. Inserts the image display field to the template. The page break line displays on the template. Selects Graph or Bar. Inserts a Logo Bitmap File. Select Page Break from the Insert menu and press Set. Place the cursor where the Page Break is to be inserted and press Set. Inserts a Table. NOTE: To edit the page break line. Edits text field. Inserts the measurement display field in the template. Inserts Archive Information. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 1. Selects Cut Planes. Enters any comments as Fixed Text.

double click the Set key in any empty area inside the table. Specify each parameter as required. The Insert Table dialog box displays. Place the cursor where the table is to be inserted and press Set. NOTE: To insert/delete a row/column from the table or access table properties. A . A table menu appears with those options. Insert Table Dialog 3. 14-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.ReportWriter Inserting the Table 1. Select OK to insert the table or Cancel. Select Table from the Insert menu and press Set. 2. NOTE: To set the table border as not visible. Figure 14-16. set “Border” parameter to 0 (zero) 4.

a. they are placed with your column preference. After the template is saved and you are working in the ReportWriter. b. Follow the instruction for inserting a table. when you select images to be inserted in the table. When specifying parameters.Designing Your Own Template Inserting Images in a Table You can choose the order in which images are inserted into tables: by row (default) or by column. Figure 14-17. After inserting the table. then to the next row. Image Order—Row Preference (System Default) 1. of Rows=2 2. Image Order by Row The system default inserts images in the cells of the first row. insert an image box in each cell of the table. specify: No. of Columns=2. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 14-33 . No. Repeat this step for each cell in the table. Move the cursor to the first cell and select Insert -> Image.

of Rows=2. of Columns=2. After inserting the table. In each cell of this table. d. they are placed with your column preference. A . Repeat steps a-c for the right column. you need to create a table with 2 columns and 1 row. then the next column. Move the cursor to the left column’s cell and press Set. Figure 14-18. Move the cursor to the first cell and select Insert -> Image. Follow the instructions for inserting a table. you need to insert another table. c. No. create a table inside each of the existing table’s cells. No. After the template is saved and you are working in the ReportWriter. Repeat this step for each cell in the 2 tables. Image Order—Column preference In order to achieve the column preference. 3. specify: No. Insert an image box to each table cell. when you select images to be inserted in the table.ReportWriter Inserting Images in a Table (continued) Image Order by Column If you prefer to have the image placement by column. b. Select Table from the Insert menu and press Set. specify: No. Width=290 pixels. b. a. images are inserted in each cell of the first column. When specifying parameters. of Rows=1 2. of Columns=1. 1. When specifying parameters. 14-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. a. Select OK.

Specify the appearance. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Scroll the images using the arrow key (3). Select a logo that you want to insert (1) or import a bmp or jpg file from the removable media (2). Select OK or Cancel. 2. Logo Box 3. Figure 14-19. If the desired logo is not shown.Designing Your Own Template Inserting Logos 1. 2. 4. 4. Select OK to insert the logo or Cancel. Place the cursor on the logo to be changed and press Set twice. select Import Logo to import a different logo. Select Logo from the Insert menu and press Set. The Logo Box displays. A 14-35 . Select a different logo. Specify the appearance (4). Place the cursor where you want to insert the logo and press Set. 3. The Logo Box displays. Changing a logo: 1.

A . 1. select a heading link from the pull-down menu. 2. Type the Heading. Archive Information Box 3.ReportWriter Inserting Archive Information Archive information contains all the objects from the different information menus (Patient. If you use a factory template. 14-36 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The Archive Info Box displays. and select the parameters you want to display in the report. Figure 14-20. Exam. and Site Information). This box accumulates different information menu selections that can be grouped together and displayed in one table. Select Archive Info from the Insert menu and press Set. double click on the current archive information area to display the Archive Information Box. Place the cursor where you want to enter the archive information and press Set.

5.Designing Your Own Template Inserting Archive Information (continued) NOTE: 4. Patient (Archive) Information Example Editing displayed Archive Information: 1. Figure 14-21. Select Designer. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. select Set All fields. To set the same font to all fields. the Heading Link and Information parameters. The contents of the Archive Information is inserted to the related page automatically. Select OK or Cancel. 4. Select OK to save or Cancel. Select Box Properties to change the Font. Press Set twice. Alignment. The Archive Information Box displays. Table Properties 5. Figure 14-22. A 14-37 . Appearance. Move the cursor to Archive Information field to be edited. Edit the heading. 2. 3. etc. as necessary.

Select OK or Cancel. Figure 14-23. 5. 6. A . Select Appearance. Select Anatomical Graphics from the Insert Menu. Anatomical Graphics Box Example 4. Anatomical Graphics Menu Example 3. Place the cursor where you want to insert the Anatomical Graphics and press Set. Select the graphic to be inserted to the template or import a bmp or jpg file from the removable media. Scroll the images using the arrow key. 2. Select the desired category and press Set. The graphic box displays. Figure 14-24.ReportWriter Anatomical graphics 1. 14-38 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

as necessary. 2. Place the cursor where you want to insert the image. Type the Heading text. Figure 14-25. basically 640:480 for large images and 300:225 for two side-by-side images. Select Wall Motion Analysis from the Customize menu. 2. the ratio of width to height (W:H) should be 4:3. So. Ultrasound Image Box 3. type a Space in the Heading text. and change the heading text font. modify the box properties. Place the cursor where you want to insert the wall motion analysis and press Set. The Ultrasound Image Box displays. A 14-39 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To keep the monitor image appearance. NOTE: For no heading. Select image from the Insert menu and press Set. Cardiac Studies Wall Motion Analysis 1. Select OK or Cancel. 4.Designing Your Own Template Image Display Fields 1.

ReportWriter Cardiac Studies Wall Motion Analysis (continued) 3. Bull’s Eye Dialog Box Figure 14-27. Select and set up the desired parameter. Bull’s Eye Report Example 14-40 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. • Bull’s Eye Figure 14-26. A .

Score Table Box Dialog Box 4. select OK or Cancel.Designing Your Own Template Cardiac Studies Wall Motion Analysis (continued) NOTE: • Cut Planes The Cut Planes dialog box parameters are similar to the Bull’s Eye Dialog Box shown previously. Figure 14-28. A 14-41 . • Cut Planes Report Example Score Table Box Figure 14-29. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. After you finish the setup.

if necessary. c. Select the Measurement and Fetus Number.ReportWriter OB/GYN (OB and GYN Only) The OB Graph can be entered into the Report. Check Fetus Trending and Fetus Compare. 1. Select OK. 3. From the Customize menu. A . Place the cursor where you want to insert the graph or anatomy and press Set. OB Graph Dialog Box a. Figure 14-30. Modify the Layout. if appropriate. 14-42 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. • OB Graph Graph/Bar Selection Menu Figure 14-31. 2. d. b. The Graph/Bar selection menu displays. select OB/GYN and then OB Graph. Select the appropriate item as necessary. A dialog box displays.

Modify the Layout. NOTE: Select OK. if necessary. Bar Graph Dialog Box a. c. Select the exam and fetus number. The Bar Graph already contains default application measurements. A 14-43 .Designing Your Own Template OB/GYN (OB and GYN Only) (continued) • Bar Graph Figure 14-32. b. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

ReportWriter OB/GYN (OB and GYN Only) (continued) • Anatomy Figure 14-33. 14-44 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Type the Heading. Anatomy Dialog Box b. and select “Remove” or “Remove all”. select Box Properties and set required parameters. To remove measurements you do not need. A . e. check the boxes in front of those measurements in the right column. c. If you want to modify the properties. a. f. The select measurements copy to the right column. Select “Add all” to copy all measurements to the right column d. Select qualifiers from the pull-down menu. Check the box in front of the measurement you need in the left column and select “Add”.

Designing Your Own Template
Measurements Insert a field to display the measurements. The measured parameters displayed in the measurement display field are configured. 1. Place the cursor where you want to insert the measurement and press Set. 2. Select Measurements from the Insert menu and press Set. The Measurements Box displays.

Figure 14-34.

Measurement Box

3. Type the Heading text, select the Filter Criteria and measurements from the tree, as necessary. 4. Select OK or Cancel.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

14-45

ReportWriter
Text Fields
1. Place the cursor where you want to insert the text and press Set. 2. Select Text Field from the Insert menu and press Set. The Text Field dialog box displays.

Figure 14-35.

Text Field Dialog Box

3. Type the Heading Text, if desired. 4. Select Display item. • • Ref.Reason: Gets information from Direct Report. Comments: Gets information from the Comment field of the Patient screen and the Exam Comment field of the Worksheet. Diagnosis: Gets information from Direct Report. Free Text: 1 - 8

• •

5. Specify the border of the Text Field and Font as necessary. 6. Select OK or Cancel. The text is saved automatically into the corresponding area selected on this dialog box.

14-46

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Designing Your Own Template
Text Fields (continued)
Editing an existing text field: 1. Move the cursor to the Text Field to be edited. 2. Press Set twice. The Text Field dialog box displays. 3. Edit the heading, the settings, or font, as necessary. 4. Select OK or Cancel.

Fixed Text
1. Place the cursor where you want to insesrt the fixed text and press Set. 2. Select Text Field from the Customize menu and press Set. The Fixed Text dialog box displays.

Figure 14-36.

Fixed Text Dialog Box

3. Type the text (e.g. hospital information, report title, or table title) and specify the border and font. 4. Select OK or Cancel.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

14-47

ReportWriter
Customize Menu

Table 14-6: Description Page Color Preference Page Color •

Customize Menu

Changes the template color. The Preference menu for Archive Information field displays. To change the page color, select Page Color from the Customize Menu and press Set. The Color dialog box displays.

Figure 14-37.

Color Dialog

14-48

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Designing Your Own Template
Preferences Menu
Setting Preferences To set preferences for the Archive Information: 1. Select Preferences from the Preferences menu and press Set. The Preference Box displays.

Figure 14-38.

Preferences Box

2. Select the information to be modified and set the desired preferences. 3. Select OK or Cancel. 4. Save the template.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

14-49

ReportWriter

Direct Report

Direct Report
You can use Direct Report to enter Comments, Diagnosis, and Referral Reasons at any time during the examination that will be part of the final report. The comments are reflected on the Report if the Report is configured for those parameters. 1. Place the cursor on Menu at the bottom, right-hand corner of the screen.

Figure 14-39.

System Menu Selection

Press Set. The System Menu displays. 2. Select Direct Report and press Set.

Figure 14-40.

System Menu

14-50

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Direct Report Direct Report (continued)
3. The Direct Report displays on the left side of the screen.

Figure 14-41. Direct Report a. Select the type of information NOTE: Comments entered under Diagnosis appear in the Clinical Diagnosis section of the final report. Comments entered under Referral Reasons appear in the Referral Diagnosis section of the final report. b. Create/insert pre-defined text c. Text field The measurement results display on the Measurement Overview field. e. Exits the Direct report d. List of measurements completed

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

14-51

ReportWriter Direct Report (continued)
4. Select the appropriate parameter and type the free text with the alphanumeric keyboard or use Insert Text. NOTE: You can configure the pre-defined text at the Utility Report screen. a. Select Insert Text to display the Insert Text Window. b. Use the Trackball to select the text to be inserted. c. Press Set. The selected text displays on the Direct Report.

Figure 14-42. • • • • • • •

Full Insert Text Window

New: Enters the new text Edit: Edits the existing text Delete: Deletes the existing text More: Displays the Full Insert Text Window Close: Closes the insert text window <<Less: Minimizes the insert text window Move up/Move down: Moves the text up or down

14-52

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Direct Report Direct Report (continued)
5. Move the cursor over the measurement result displayed in the overview window, and double click the Set key. The measurement result is inserted in the text field. 6. Select Done at the bottom of Direct Report to exit. If you configure the field of comment, diagnosis, referral reasons or Measurement on the Report, the text and/or measurement results entered in the Direct Report are automatically displayed on the Report.

Figure 14-43.

Direct Report and Report (Example)

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

14-53

ReportWriter

Report Presets

Utility Report Page
You can edit the report template, diagnosis code, and text on the Utility -> Measure -> Report page.

Templates
Left Column: The list of all templates (Factory Default, User defined, etc) Right Column: The list of templates displayed on the template list.

Figure 14-44.

Report Template Tab

14-54

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Report Presets
Templates (continued)
• To insert the template on the template list: a. Select the application which you want to insert into the template from the pull-down menu above the right columun. b. Select the category (categories) and/or the template(s) in the left column by the check the box. c. • Select the right arrow to copy the template to the right column.

To remove the template from the template list but not from the system): a. Select the template in the right column. b. Use the left arrow to remove the template from the right column.

To edit the template or to make a new template: a. Enter Utility -> Report -> Template tab. b. Select the appropriate template in the left column. c. Select Edit Template. The Template Designer page displays. If you use Save As with a new name, the new template is added to the left column. See ‘Designing Your Own Template’ on page 1-24 for more information.

d. Edit the template and save or save as with a new name.

To delete the template: a. Select the template to be deleted. b. Press Delete.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

14-55

ReportWriter
Templates (continued)
• HINTS To export the template:

Export templates to removeable media (CDs, DVDs) so, at a later time, you can import those templates to a different system or a system with a different software version. Export only works on templates, not data. a. Insert the removable media in the drive. b. Move the cursor to “Export Templates” and press Set. The available user-defined templates display in the Export Templates window.

Figure 14-45. c. NOTE:

Export Templates

Select the template(s) to be exported. To select multiple templates, use the Ctrl or Shift keys.

d. Select the desired removable media under the Select Target Device field. e. Select OK. f. Press F3 to eject the media.

14-56

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Report Presets
Templates (continued)
• HINTS To import the template:

Import templates from a different system or a system with a different software version. Import only works on templates, not data. a. Insert the removable media with the report template(s) to be imported. b. Select Import Template. The Import Template window displays.

Figure 14-46. c.

Import Templates

Select the Source Device from the pull-down menu. Select OK. Imported templates are stored in the User defined templates\General directory.

d. Press F3 to eject the media. NOTE: •

To move the template from the left column to the right, or from the right to the left: a. Select the template to be moved. b. Select the Right Arrow or Left Arrow button.

To move the template up or down in the right column: a. Select the template to be moved. b. Press the Up Arrow or Down Arrow button.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

14-57

ReportWriter
Diagnosis Code
You can edit the diagnosis code on the Diag. Codes Tab.

Figure 14-47. Diag. Codes Tab • To insert the new code: a. Select New Text. The code number is added to the Code List and a “?” is displayed in the Full Text field. b. Move the cursor over the “?” and then double-click Set key. c. • With the “?” highlighted, enter the text manually. d. Repeat steps a.-c. to create another Diagnostic Code. To delete the existing code: a. Select the existing code that you want to delete. b. Select Delete.

14-58

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Report Presets
Comment Texts
You can edit the comment text on the Comment Texts tab.

Figure 14-48. • • • •

Comment Texts Tab

New: Enters the new comment. Edit: Edits the existing comment. Delete: Deletes the existing comment. Move up/Move down: Moves the comment up or down.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

14-59

ReportWriter
This page intentionally left blank.

14-60

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Chapter 15 Recording Images
Describes how to record images.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

15-1

3. worklist for example. Permanently store images via the Patient menu. Check the DICOM Job Spooler via F4 to verify delivery. Perform the patient scan. 6. Select the patient. 2. Imaging functions may be lost without warning. Store images as multi-frame CINE Loops and Raw DICOM data via the Print button. Develop emergency procedures to prepare for such an occurrence.Recording Images Getting Set Up to Record Images Overview A typical workflow for connectivity might be as follows (this setup varies by each user setup): 1. 7. Start a new exam. WARNING 15-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select the dataflow. End the exam. 4. 5. A .

shared. and onboard records into one coherent workflow. A 15-3 . data. External storage media is recommended for image archive. etc. which also needs to be backed up to a dedicated database-formatted external storage media. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: Refer to the Customizing Your System chapter for instructions on seting up your system’s connectivity. • • You need to set up a protocol for locating images stored to external storage media for easy recall GE Medical Systems IS NOT responsible for lost data if you do not follow suggested back-up procedures.) according to your requirements. You manage the patient database (local. Destination devices are configured and assigned to the print buttons. DICOM. You select the appropriate dataflow (Portable. or via a worklist broker). Daily backup is recommended.Getting Set Up to Record Images Overview (continued) Dataflow combines archive. DICOM images are stored to external media storage devices separately from patient data. GE Medical systems WILL NOT aid in the recovery of lost data. • DO NOT use the internal hard drive for long-term image storage.

see Chapter 16. see Chapter 16. etc. Adding Devices to a Print Button To add devices/dataflows to a print button. see Chapter 16. see Chapter 16.) to this system.Recording Images Adding Devices To add a destination device (printer. 15-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . To verify a DICOM device. Adding a Dataflow To add a new dataflow to this system. see Chapter 16. Formatting Removable Media To format removable media. worklist server.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. redirect. see Chapter 16. Select Resend or Send-To to complete the job. Not completed. press F4. No user interaction required. and delete images from the DICOM spooler by selecting a job. Example 1: Direct Storing job. Unsuccessful job attempt. Waiting for the previous job(s) to finish (a previous job may be Active or Pending). Table 15-1: Status Hold Pending Spooler status description Description Waiting for user activity. see Chapter 16. Waiting for more images or the end of the exam (by selecting New Patient or End Current Patient). then specifying the action to be performed on this job. Sent successfully. resend. Example 2: Print job with 3x3 images has only 8 images. A 15-5 . Append Active Success Failed Done Troubleshooting To troubleshoot connectivity on this system. Job stays in spooler. please remove the failed job(s) from the Spooler. NOTE: If you find a failed job(s) in the Spooler. Waiting for one more image or the end of the exam (by selecting New Patient or End Current Patient). To verify that a service is connected to the network.Getting Set Up to Record Images Using the DICOM Spooler To monitor/control DICOM jobs. Finished successfully. Select Retry or Delete to complete the job. Signifies network activity (or connection attempt). You can view.

15-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. sent to DICOM. exam. the next image stored starts to fill a ‘second’ row (the first row disappears from the clipboard display. etc. with the second row now becoming the first row). then something has been done to the image (printed. If an image has a triangle indicator on the lower. A . starting on the left. Once the row is full (9 images). The clipboard fills from left to right. Images from other exams are not displayed on the current patient’s clipboard. The clipboard contains preview images with enough resolution to clearly indicate the contents of the image. or image Clipboard The clipboard displays thumbnail images of the acquired data for the current exam.). Single images are indicated by a ‘1’.Recording Images Image/Data Management Reviewing Patient Images Please refer to Chapter 4 for more information on the following: • Retrieving and editing archived information • • • • Searching for a patient Reviewing a patient exam Reviewing an image Deleting a patient. lefthand corner. CINE Loops have no special identifier. The active image is stored and placed on the clipboard when you press the print key (this assumes that you have already set up a print key to do this).

A 15-7 .Image/Data Management Clipboard (continued) All of the images can be viewed in the Active Images screen or in the Image History screen. Clipboard LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. available from the display or from the Patient menu. Figure 15-1.

Select the Cursor key (opposite the Set key) to obtain a cursor arrow.Recording Images Previewing Clipboard Images 1. 3. 2. Press Set to recall the image. Move the Trackball to position the pointer over the clipboard image you want to recall. 2. 3. Select the Cursor key (opposite the Set key) to obtain a cursor arrow. An enlarged preview of the image is displayed on the lefthand side of the monitor. 15-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Recalling Images from the Clipboard To recall images from the clipboard. 1. Move the Trackball to position the pointer over the clipboard image you want to recall. A .

the following procedures enable the CINE Loop to be stored directly. press Freeze. 2. Adjust the CINE Loop. CINE Loops can be stored at any time during scanning. press the appropriate Print key. While scanning. The last valid CINE Loop is previewed. Storing a CINE Loop With Preview LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. While scanning. 1. as necessary. Storing a CINE Loop Without Preview If “Preview Loop before store” is disabled. If “Preview Loop before store” is enabled. Previewing and Storing a CINE Loop 1. Depending on whether the system has been configured to enable or disable “Preview Loop before store” (see Chapter 16). Determine the best CINE Loop to store. 3. 4. as described below. While scanning. The last valid CINE Loop is stored in the archive and a thumbnail is displayed on the clipboard. 1. The thumbnail is displayed on the clipboard. Press the appropriate Print key. Press the appropriate Print key. While scanning. press the appropriate Print key. press Freeze. 2. 3. You can choose to preview the CINE Loop before storage and save the CINE Loop directly. 2. 1. The stored CINE Loops are displayed chronologically on the clipboard. Storing a CINE Loop A CINE Loop is a sequence of images recorded over a certain timeframe. 4. A 15-9 . 3. Press the appropriate Print key.Image/Data Management Storing an Image To store an image. The selected image is stored (per your preset instructions) and a thumbnail is displayed on the clipboard. Play the CINE Loop to review it. 2. Scroll through the CINE Loop and select the desired image.

Analyzing Images To review archived images.Recording Images Using the Monitor Display Controls to Manage Images You can also manage images from the display. there are four menu icons: Active Images (1). Delete (2). The archived images is displayed with the date and time of archival. Menu Icons Active Images Page Press Active Images Page to go to the Patient Active Images page. Select the first image. right-hand corner of the monitor display. To compare the analyzed image to a live image. Previous/Next Clipboard Image (3). Select the patient. Viewing Two Different Studies from the Same Patient To view images side-by-side from two different studies on the same patient. 2. A . Select the next image from the other exam. 4. In the lower. Go to the Image History page. Unfreeze the live image area. then select Review. press L / R. Figure 15-2. Now both the archived and live images appear on the monitor display. 3. 5. and Menu (4). select the image. 1. Press Review 15-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

2.dcm). 1. 3. Image only saves the image screen. Previous/Next Clipboard Image Press the left arrow to move to the previous image.dcm. To save an image as a specific format. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Image/Data Management Using the Monitor Display Controls to Manage Images (continued) Delete (Trash Can) You can use this to delete an image from the clipboard.avi). or SR). Menu Place the cursor on Menu and press Set. .dcm). Select the save as format (. . A 15-11 . Place the cursor on the Delete icon and press Set. secondary capture saves the entire screen.jpg). then press Set to select the image. NOTE: Select the media.jpg. Avi (. Place the cursor on the clipboard image you want to delete.avi. Select from the following: • • • Save As Image Properties Cancel Save As: Save the image as a RawDicom (. 2. Dicom (. Name the image. or SR format. 1. press the right arrow to move to the next image. Jpeg (.

Always finalize the media. This allows you to read them on any other PC. Media Handling Tips To eject the media. the CD-R CD-ROM MUST support 16x writing speed or greater. Export/Import Data/Images Between Systems Media Requirements Only use CD-R CD-ROMs and DVD-R DVDs. A . DO NOT use CDRW CD-ROMs or DVD-RAM or DVD+R or mini discs. always press F3. DO NOT finalize the media if you want to add more images. Use this to copy both patient data and images for specified patient(s) from one system to another. DO NOT press the eject button on the drive. Use this to take images off your Ultrasound system onto removable media for long-term archive. Also. This is the way to free up hard disk space. rather than deleting images. 15-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Recording Images Image Management Guide Save As to View on any PC EZBackup/Move Images to Archive Use this to save images in a computer-friendly format so you can view it on any PC.

press the left Set key. 3. 2. The system menu displays. the media will be formatted when you select Save As. The SAVE AS menu appears. run the CINE Loop before you select Menu. On the scan screen. The image displays on the screen. Save As Menu HINTS DO NOT use the following special characters when saving images: slash (/). A 15-13 . Select Save As. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: If you save the image as an . Figure 15-3. or asterisk (*). 4. 1.avi file. NOTE: If you have not formatted the media. Insert the media into the drive or connect the USB drive to the system. dash (-). right-hand corner of the screen.Image/Data Management Save As (Saving Images to the media to View on a Windows PC) To save images to the removable media or USB Drive: NOTE: ALWAYS format the media PRIOR to saving data. Select Menu in the lower. Place the cursor on the image or CINE Loop in the clipboard to be saved and press Set. 5. The arrow cursor displays.

Recording Images Save As (Saving Images to the media to View on a Windows PC) (continued) 6. Select the media from the Save in Archive pull-down menu. NOTE: DO NOT use the following special characters when saving images: slash (/). dash (-). File name: The name of the file is automatically filled in. title bar. Store: Select Image only or Secondary capture. 8. 15-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . 7. or asterisk (*). • • Image only: Saves only the ultrasound image area Secondary capture: Saves the ultrasound image area. Not available for DICOM or RawDICOM images. and scan information area. but you can change the file name in the File name field.

JPEG: Saves the still image in jpeg format.Image/Data Management Save As (Saving Images to the media to View on a Windows PC) (continued) 9. All the data names display in the window. AVI: Saves the CINE Loop in avi format. press F3 to eject the media. DICOM: saves the still image or CINE Loop in pure DICOM format. If you want to see all data saved onto the HDD. SR: Structured Reporting format. Save as type: Select one of the following. • • • • • RawDICOM: saves the still image or CINE Loop in both GE raw format and DICOM format.Jpeg 10. Press Save. 12. Compression: Specify Compression. When you have put all the images you want on the media. select “AllFiles(. The images are saved directly to the USB drive whenever you press Save. 11. A 15-15 . Quality: Specify image quality (between 10-100). Select each Save as type when you want to save data. A high quality setting gives a lower compression.*)”. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. • • • • None Rle Jpeg Lossless . NOTE: The Save button is disabled when you select “AllFiles”. 13.

Gives you a single image of the video area. Specify whether you want to finalize the media. You can save single images as . Table 15-2: Image Type CINE Loop Store Options Store as Secondary Capture Gives you a single image of the video area. Store as Image Only Gives you a loop of just the image (no title bar and scan information). Finalize Media Menu Storing Images with More Resolution To store images with more resolution than is available with the JPEG selection. select No. If you want to add more images to the media. Finalize the media by selecting Yes. Still Image Gives you a single image (no title bar and scan information). A . DO NOT DO THIS BECAUSE YOU DO NOT KNOW WHICH IMAGE FROM THE LOOP THAT YOU ARE GETTING. select Save As and select AVI as the Save As Type. 15-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The media is then ejected from the system. Figure 15-4.Recording Images Save As (Saving Images to the media to View on a Windows PC) (continued) 14.avi files.

Before removing the USB Flash Drive from the USB port. A 15-17 .Image/Data Management USB Flash Drive The USB Flash Drive is an ESD-sensitive device. press Eject (F3) and select USB Drive from the pull-down menu to disconnect the USB Flash Drive. GE only supports the SanDisk 1G USB Flash Drive. CAUTION LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

3. 4. 4. When the images have been saved. When the backup/restore have been completed. Press Menu in the lower. 1. 6. A . Select the image(s) to be saved. Select the USB Drive as the archive media. 3. and image save format (Raw Dicom. right-hand corner of the screen. Specify: Image only or Secondary Capture. quality. formatted or ejected. 15-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select Save As. Jpeg. Insert the USB Flash Drive into the USB port on the left side. Follow instructions for Backup/Restore in Chapter 16. Remove the USB Flash Drive from the USB port. Select the USB Drive as the media. Select USB Drive from the pull-down menu to disconnect the USB Flash Drive. 1. Avi. Press Save.Recording Images Save As (Saving Images to the USB Flash Drive) To save images to the USB Flash Drive. type of compression. 5. Insert the USB Flash Drive into the USB port on the left side. Press Utility--> System --> Backup/Restore. press Eject (F3). 2. Select USB Drive from the pull-down menu to disconnect the USB Flash Drive. NOTE: The USB HDD cannot be verified. Remove the USB Flash Drive from the USB port. 2. 5. Backup/Restore To Backup/Restore to/from a USB Flash Drive. Dicom. or SR). press Eject (F3).

Image/Data Management EZBackup and EZMove Please refer to Chapter 16 for instructions on how to configure and use EZBackup and EZMove. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 15-19 .

• • • • Import Export Worklist Q/R (Query/Retrieve) Figure 15-5.Recording Images Data Transfer The user can select and access the 5 Exam Transfer services from the Exam Data Transfer screen. Exam Data Transfer Screen 15-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .

Press Patient and select Data Transfer. If you encounter problems. You cannot export locked images. Answer Yes/OK to the messages. Export/Import patient records may take more than ten (10) minutes. NOTE: Exporting Data LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. then try the Export/Import again.HD” displays on the Transfer From pulldown menu and the patient list included in the Local Archive displays. A 15-21 .Image/Data Management Export/Import (Moving Data Between Systems or Back Up/Retrieve data) To move exams from one Ultrasound system to another system or to back up/retrieve exam information. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Both database information and images are exported. No data is deleted from the local archive when exporting data. eject the media and then re-insert the media. 3. You MUST verify the media you use BEFORE performing Export/Import. Select Export. The Data Transfer screen is displayed. you need to export/ import exam information. Format and label the removable media. If you use a DVD for Export/Import. select Removable CD Archive. 2. To export an exam(s) to a compatible Ultrasound system: 1. 4. You must do this once each session. Please allow sufficient time to export/import patients. “Local Archive-Int.

8. move the cursor to the next name. then only move a few patients at a time. NOTE: To display exported DICOM or Raw DICOM images on a PC. 15-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. then press and hold down the Ctrl+right Set key. To select a consecutive list of patients. then press and hold down the Shift+right Set key to select all the names. Press F3 to eject the media. If there are lots of images or loops. etc. Or. The progress bar displays during the transfer. Press Transfer. You can use Windows commands to select more than one patient. move the cursor to the last name. click the cursor at the first name. Select the destination at the Transfer To pull-down menu. use Select All to select all patient. move the cursor to the next name. you need the dedicated viewer. To select a non-consecutive list of patients. click the cursor on the first name. You can also search for patients via the Search key and string. NOTE: You need to use your best judgment when moving patients’ images. A . Select the patient(s) to export by using the Transfer From search field (the upper field). Specify that you want to finalize the media. then press and hold down the Ctrl+right Set key again.Recording Images Exporting Data (continued) 5. 6. 7.

NOTE: NOTE: Use Import to restore EZBacked up and/or EZ Moved images. 2. Please wait for the patient information to be copied to this Ultrasound system. 3. Press Import. or process exam information on the system as Raw Data. 9. Informational messages appear while the import is taking place. At the other Ultrasound system. You can retrieve from the media to the Local HDD. Select the media from the Transfer From pull-down menu. Press Patient and select Data Transfer. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Press F3 to eject the media. Press Transfer. The progress bar displays during the transfer. 4. 5. The Data Transfer screen displays. 6. playback. insert the media. 7. A 15-23 . 8.Image/Data Management Importing Data To import an exam(s) to another Ultrasound system: 1. Select the patient(s) or the exam(s) from the list to be imported. The Transfer From search field shows the patients available for import from the removable media you just loaded onto the system.

1. The patient/exam list in the Local Archive displays in the Transfer To section.Int. Select the patient(s) or the exam(s) to be retrieved from the patient list. NOTE: The server is configured in the Utility screen. Retrieve the data from the Query/Retrieve Server. Press Transfer. NOTE: Only “Local Archive . The server’s patient list displays. Multiple servers are able to be configured. NOTE: Retrieve Press Query again to refresh the list. 2. 4. 5. Select Q/R. Press Query in the Transfer From section. the patient MUST have a Patient ID. A . 15-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The progress bar displays during the transfer.Recording Images Query/Retrieve (Search and retrieve the data from DICOM device) NOTE: Query For Query/Retrieve to find a patient. Select the Query/Retrieve server from the Transfer From pull-down menu. 3.HD” is enabled for Transfer To. 1. The Data Transfer screen displays. The Query is performed. 2. Press Patient and select Data Transfer.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Int. NOTE: Only “Local Archive . 3.HD” is enabled for Transfer To. Select Worklist. Multiple servers are able to be configured. The Data Transfer screen displays. You can configure whether the auto-refresh worklist has been enabled/disabled in the Utility screen. 2. The patient/exam list in the Local Archive displays in the Transfer To section. The system automatically refreshes the list when the exam data transfer accesses the Worklist server or changes the Worklist server. The Worklist used last time is displayed on the monitor display.Image/Data Management Worklist (Search and retrieve the Patient/Exam information) 1. Press Refresh to refresh the list or select another Worklist server from the Transfer From pull-down menu. A 15-25 . Press Patient and select Data Transfer. NOTE: NOTE: The worklist server is configured in the Utility screen.

HD” for Workflow. Patient Exam Screen 2. Figure 15-6. 15-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .Recording Images Send To (Send the image to the DICOM Device) 1. The Send To Dialogue box displays. The Patient Exam screen displays.Int. Select the exam which has the images and press Send to. NOTE: You can only select “Local Archive . Search and select the patient and press Review.

Image/Data Management Send To (Send the image to the DICOM Device) (continued) 3. Select the destination device and press OK. The successful/unsuccessful message is displayed at the bottom of the screen. Figure 15-7. NOTE: Send To Dialogue Box The destination device is configured in the Utility screen. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Multiple devices are able to be configured. A 15-27 .

15-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Format Successful Pop-up Menu 3.Recording Images Daily Maintenance Patient. Press Ok to continue. Insert the backup media. A . then Backup/Restore. Label the media. 1. 2. The Ultrasound system displays a pop-up menu when the formatting has been completed. Figure 15-8. Format the backup media. Select Utility--> Connectivity--> Removable Media.Verify that the format was successful. and User-Defined Backup Protocols Back up patient data AFTER you’ve archived (moved) images so that the pointers to the patient’s images reflect that the images have been moved to removable media and are no longer on the hard drive. Report. Select Utility. Select System.

and User-Defined Backup Protocols (continued) 4. Answer ‘Ok’ to the following pop-up message as many times as the number of items you are backing up. Then press Backup. Figure 15-10. Select the media. Figure 15-9. 5. This allows you to selectively restore what you want to restore across multiple machines. Report.Image/Data Management Patient. Select everything under Backup by placing a check mark in front of Patient Archive and User Defined Configuration. Refer to Chapter 16 for more information. Back-up Confirmation Message LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 15-29 . NOTE: Backup/Restore Menu The detailed section of this menu decouples the user defined configuration above.

A . 15-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Recording Images Notes HINTS DO NOT use the following special characters when saving images: slash (/). dash (-). or asterisk (*).

inf file). NOTE: NOTE: LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Any page displayed on the monitor can be printed. 4.Other Printing Options Other Printing Options Connecting to a Standard Computer Printer We currently support the following: • • • Sony UP-D897 Sony UP-D23MD HP470 To connect to a standard computer printer via the USB connection (Service). then select the standard printer from the Destinations drop-down list. NOTE: You can also set a preset to override the automatic area print and force the entire screen to print by pressing Utility -> System --> Peripherals and setting Print Full Screen. 5. Worksheets and Graphs are printed in reverse video for easier readibility. Assign one of the print keys to the printer via Utility --> Connectivity --> Buttons. Press the appropriate print key that you assigned above. A 15-31 . Next to Standard Printer. The Field Service Engineer can connect a different printer if you have the driver for it on a CD-ROM (*. 2. Set the printer as the standard printer via Utility --> System -> Peripherals page. Connect the printer to an outer USB port on the left side of the system (in the Service port). select the printer from the drop-down list. You can also set a preset to override this presentation by pressing Utility --> System --> Peripherals and setting the default printer to Enable Video Invert. 3. Select the print button. Select Add. 1. Bring up the worksheet you want to print on the monitor.

We recommend the following printer. • HP470 CAUTION DO NOT place an off-line paper printer inside the patient environment. A . Patient Environment 15-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Figure 15-11.Recording Images Setting up the Off-Line Paper Printer You can connect an off-line paper printer via the USB connection.

Connect the printer to the USB port. A 15-33 . Add the Standard Print service. This name is used on the Button screen. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 1. Connectivity -> Service Screen 3. Select Utility--> Connectivity--> Service. NOTE: After selecting the printer. Set the following parameters in Properties: • • • • NOTE: Rows=3 Columns=2 Orientation=Portrait Right Margin (mm)=10 5. 4. Select the printer from the Printer pull-down Properties menu. you do not need to change the settings. 2.Other Printing Options Setting up the off-line paper printer NOTE: The printer driver is customized for the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO at the factory. the field turns white. Type the printer name in the Name field. Figure 15-12.

.Recording Images Setting up the off-line paper printer (continued) 6. select this printer at the Active Image Printer section. 9.. Figure 15-13. refer to the manual that came with the printer. 10. or to improve the image quality. Select the appropriate print key (Print1. Press Save. 8. Select the printer from the MyComputer column and press “>>” to move it to the Printflow View column. then select the Button tab. or 2x3 sheet.) from the Physical Print Buttons section. Connectivity -> Button Screen 7. Press Save. Print2. A . NOTE: If you want settings other than 1 image per sheet. 15-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. If you want to assign this printer to the Standard Print Button on the Active Image Screen.

Figure 15-14. A 15-35 . Report Printer Setup 5. 3. Press the Left Set key. 4. 1. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Other Printing Options Setting up the Printer to Print Reports To set up the Off-Line Printer to print reports. 2. Press Utility--> System--> Peripherals and select Printers under Setup. Select “Set as Default Printer” and press Set. Press Save. Select the printer in the Name column. Press Print on the Report screen to print the report.

Press Save. Digital Printer Setup (LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO) There are two steps to do when setting up a digital printer: 1) follow the procedure below for each printer. Select Utility--> Connectivity--> Service. 3.) from the Physical Print Buttons section. DO NOT remove the cable while the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO is powered on. it turns white. CAUTION Follow this procedure for each printer: 1. Select the printer from the Printer pull-down Properties menu. then 2) set up specific properties for each printer (specific instructions are provided for each printer following this section). This name is used on the Button screen. After you select the printer from the Printer pull-down Properties menu again. Press Save. 15-36 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Printer preferences are set up in the printer folder (via Utility-->System->Peripherals). 2. select “Portrait” as orientation. NOTE: Printing using a standard printing service overrides the orientation and N-up feature of the printer preferences. Select the printer from the MyComputer column and press >> to move it to the Printflow View column. connect the printer via the USB cable and turn the printer power on. Type the printer name in the Name field. Select the appropriate print key (Print.Recording Images Setting up Digital Peripherals You set up digital peripherals from the Utility --> System --> Peripherals menu. Store. The following digital printers are supported: Sony UP-D897 and Sony UP-D23MD. For the UP-D897 printer. • • Before powering on the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO... A . Select Button. Add the Standard Print service.

Select Printing Preferences at the bottom of the page. 7. Press OK. Set Gamma to 4. Select the UP-D23 printer. Select Printers. Select Lightness from the Color Adjust pull-down menu. Set Gamma 3. 3. then Exit LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Other Printing Options Sony UP-D23 Instructions Follow these steps to set up the Sony UP-D23 printer. 5. Select Gamma Select from the Color Adjust pull-down menu. Set both the Gray Balance A and B to 5. Select the Paper Tab and select UPC-21L as the Paper Size. NOTE: Landscape values set up in Utility-->Connectivity--> Standard Print take precedence over this setting. Select Landscape. Press OK. Press Save. 1. Select the Graphics Tab. 4. 2. A 15-37 . then right click (usually with the left Set key) and select Properties. Press Apply. Press Apply. 6. Select the Gray Balance Tab. Press Utility-->System-->Peripherals.

15-38 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select the Ports Tab. Select the USB Port for Sony UPD897. Press the Advanced button at the bottom of the Layout page. Press Save. Press Apply.Recording Images Sony UP-D897 Instructions Follow these steps to set up the Sony UP-D897 printer. Select Always Available. 1. Press OK. 4. NOTE: Change Landscape value to Portrait in Utility--> Connectivity--> Standard Print. Priority 1. Select 1980x1280 from the Paper Size pull-down menu. Specify permissions for each user group. 2. Select Enable bidirectional support. Select the UP-D897 printer. Select the Advanced Tab. Spool print documents so program finishes printing faster. Press Save and Exit. 8. Save the file to the recommended location. then right click (usually with the left Set key) and select Properties. Press OK twice. Press OK. Select Printing Preferences at the bottom of the page. On the Properties page. 3. and set Sharpness to 7. Select the Layout Tab and select Portrait. which takes precedence. 6. Print spooled documents first. Set Gamma to SOFT (TONE3). Press Utility-->System-->Peripherals. Start printing immediately. 5. 7. Select Printers. Select Properties. and Enable advanced printing features. A . set Light to 0. Driver for Sony UP-D897. Select Density Adjust. Press Save. Set Dark to 0. Select the Security Tab. select the Sharing Tab. Ensure that ‘Do not share this printer’ is selected. Press OK. 9.

Active Images Screen LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Figure 15-15. You need to configure the printer to the Standard Print button via Utility --> Connectivity --> Button.Other Printing Options Standard Print A Standard Print button has been added to the Active Images screen on the Patient menu. A 15-39 .

Recording Images Standard Print (continued) To print an image. Check the printer. Select the image you want to print from the Active Images screen. There is no warning to let you know that the printer is not functioning. Select the printer at Standard Print under the Active Images Page section. NOTE: NOTE: If the printer is not assigned to the button. A . • • Configure the printer to the Standard Print Button on the Utility--> Connectivity--> Button screen. you will get a message telling you to Check Printer Button Configuration. 1. 15-40 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To assign a printer to the Active Images screen. Press Standard Print. You can print one (1) image per sheet or 2x3 images per sheet. 2.

not provided) to the USB port to connect a serial peripheral device to the system. NOTE: The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO currently supports Viewpoint. A 15-41 .Transferring Patient Data to a PC Transferring Patient Data to a PC Transferring OB/GYN Patient Data to a PC The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO now supports the transfer of OB. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. GYN and Vascular patient data to a PC. Sonultra. Connecting the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO to the PC You need to connect an RS232C Converter and RS232C Cross Cable (cross-over 9-pin serial cable. NOTE: To send the data. the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO must be connected to the PC using a serial interface. and CustomLab patient data communications software for the PC.

Figure 15-16. A . Transferring OB Worksheet Data to a PC 15-42 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. on the Worksheet screen. 1. For the current patient. Ensure that the peripheral device is on. you can send the patient and measurement data to a PC that accepts patient data. Transf.Recording Images Transferring Patient Data After you perform a scan. select Meas.

The system transfers the data. A 15-43 . NOTE: LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the system displays an error message. If there is a problem with the connection or transfer. A beep on the peripheral device indicates a successful transfer. Deleted measurements from the worksheet are still sent to the off-line reporting PC.Transferring Patient Data to a PC Transferring Patient Data (continued) 3. You need to enter this measurement manually on the PC. NOTE: If you currently do a heart rate measurement without specifying a vessel. as in the case of a fetal heart. the measurement IS NOT automatically transferred to the PC.

Select the patient. Perform an EZBackup/EZMove to remove the images from the hard drive. 2. After you have completed all portable exams. 1. Go to the worklist and get the patient(s) you will need for this portable exam(s). Ensure that images will be saved to the local hard drive. When you have returned from performing the portable exam(s). Store images. Press Power On/Off. 6. press Power On/Off and select Shutdown. 4.Recording Images Portable Exam To perform a portable exam (using the worklist). do the exam. 15-44 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Proceed to perform the exam(s). 5. If there are additional patients to scan. 8. Press Power On/Off. reconnect to the network. A . Resend all of the images in the spooler to the printer/storage device. repeat steps 4 and 5. 7. 3. Press F4. Press the Power On/Off switch and select Shutdown. Images are held in the spooler.

Chapter 16 Customizing Your System Describes how to create system. A 16-1 . and exam presets. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. user.

Service. including exam dataflow information. create measurements. select the Utility key on the control panel then select the appropriate Top/Sub Menu key key. You can search for a parameter on the Utility pages (Measure and Service pages cannot be searched. Application and User Defined presets. Activates the Service Browser. Define connection and communication setup.Customizing Your System Presets Overview Preset Menus provides the following functionality: • System presets. View and update general system configuration settings. backup and restore data and configuration files. Connectivity Setup. Set up body pattern libraries by application. set up manual sequencing. Customize exam studies. Set up comment libraries by application. Perform system administrator activities such as setting up user IDs and logon formats. 16-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.) • • • • • • • • • • To access these functions. Configure application. Test patterns.and user-specific settings. Search. System Administration presets. Helps configure system settings. View and update exam and imaging parameters. and video settings. Body Pattern library presets. measurement and analysis settings. Imaging presets. Comment library presets. A . Measurement and Analysis presets. and create OB Tables.

4. and Utility configuration System Imaging – CINE Loop Store. NOTE: In some cases. The System screen is displayed. Cursor. Removable Media. Patient Info. Cardiac. EZMove. Detailed Restore of User Defined. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Peripherals – Print and Store Options. and Setup configuration.System Presets System Presets Overview System presets allows you to view or change the following parameters • • • • • • General – Location. Emergency Repair Disk. Select values for the parameters you want to change. In some cases. you may need to reboot the system for the change to take effect. and Image Control and Display configuration System Measure – Measurement. Biopsy Guides. On the monitor display. Date/Time. Media. Select Exit to return to scanning. select the Save button. select Utility. A 16-3 . EZBackup. and image information Changing system parameters To change system parameters: 1. you may need to reboot the system for the change to take effect. Key Usage. 3. move the Trackball to select the tab that has the information you want to change. and Results Window configuration Backup/Restore – Backup. On the Control Panel. select System. patent. 2. 5. On the Top/Sub Menu. About – System software. To save the changes.

Figure 16-1. 16-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select metric or US units of measurement.Customizing Your System System/General Preset Menu The System/General screen allows you to specify hospital name and system date and time. Select the appropriate language from the drop-down list. System/General Preset Menu Table 16-1: Preset Parameter Hospital Department Language Units Regional Options Description Location Type the institution’s name. Select to set up the keyboard. Type the institution’s department name. A .

time. Date and Time Table 16-3: Preset Parameter Color Level (requires reboot) Description General User Interface Select System Color according to the condition of the room. Select to display the Date/Time Properties window. and to auto adjust for daylight savings time. You need to reboot the system for this change to take effect. or large font size. time zone.System Presets System/General Preset Menu (continued) Table 16-2: Preset Parameter Time Format Date Format Default Century Date/Time Description Select the time format: 12 Hr. to specify the system date. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Table 16-4: Preset Parameter Anonymous patient Title Bar Font Size (reboot) Description Patient Information When selected. no patient information is displayed on the scanning screen Title bar. Select to display patient information in the title bar using a small. Select the default century for the system to use. A 16-5 . AM/PM or 24 Hr. Select the date format: EU or US. medium.

Select to display the Mouse Properties window (faster. right-hand corner of the screen. the cycle knob control function does not allow the primary menu’s values to be cycled. Key Usage Program Key Mapping Reverse Rotary Trackball Cyclic Knob Control Table 16-6: Preset Parameter Prompt for Save on Cancel or Exit Utility Font Size Description Utility If selected. Depth. You can change key direction for Focus Position. When selected. or Large. A . Select the font size you want to use to view the Utility menus: Small. Loop Speed controls the speed of the CINE Loop playback. 16-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the system prompts you to save data when you select cancel or exit without saving. Field Engineer use only. and Baseline. snap-to default). roll the Trackball right to speed up playback. Allows you to program the left set key’s functionality (Pointer or Freeze). You need to reboot the system after reprogramming the Set and Select keys. The Loop Speed displays in the lower. Steer. Medium. slower. Frame by Frame manually steps through CINE playback by using the Trackball. Roll the Trackball to the left to slow down playback.Customizing Your System System/General Preset Menu (continued) Table 16-5: Preset Parameter CineRun Trackball control Description Select Frame by Frame or Loop Speed.

A 16-7 . 2. Selecting the International Keyboard LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. In Utility--> System--> General. Figure 16-2. press Apply. set the Default input language to English (United States) . set the Language as desired.System Presets Foreign Language Keyboard Setup Keyboard Setup for non-Russian/ Greek/Chinese Languages NOTE: To set up the keyboard for non-Russian/Greek/Chinese languages: You must apply the changes on each setup page before moving to the next page. select the Language tab.United States International. press OK. 1. press Details. Press OK. Save this setting. under Installed Services press Add to set the Keyboard layout/IME to United States-International. Press Regional Options.

Select the Advanced tab. Answer Yes to use files already loaded on the hard disk. Reboot the system.Customizing Your System Keyboard Setup for non-Russian/ Greek/Chinese Languages (continued) 3. To type foreign characters. Figure 16-3. Set Language 4. 16-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Press Apply. the system appears in the selected language. press Ctrl+Shift to change the keyboard to the international keyboard. then select the language in the Language for non-Unicode programs pull-down menu. When your system restarts. Press Save and Exit the Utility screen. 5. then answer No to not reboot the system yet. press OK. A .

Press Regional Options. Greece or China.0. press Details. Figure 16-4. Changing the System Language to Russian/ Greek/Chinese 2. Figure 16-5. Press Apply.Greek or Chinese (PRC) . In Utility--> System--> General. Greek . under Standards and Formats select Russian. Save this setting. Greek or Chinese (PRC).System Presets Keyboard Setup Procedure for Russian/Greek/ Chinese 1. set the Language as Russian or Greek.Microsoft IME 3. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Regional Options 3. A 16-9 . under Default input language select Russian Russian. Under Location select Russia. Press OK. Press Apply. Select the Language tab. Greek or Chinese (PRC) keyboard. under Installed Services select the Russian.

Greek or Chinese keyboard.Customizing Your System Keyboard Setup Procedure for Russian/Greek/ Chinese (continued) 4. Press Apply. 6. Figure 16-6. the system appears in the selected language. then answer No to not reboot the system yet. Press Save and Exit the Utility screen. Select the Advanced tab. 16-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Answer Yes to use files already loaded on the hard disk. To switch between the English and Russian (or Greek or Chinese) keyboard. When your system restarts. A . you MUST turn off the system and turn it back on. Reboot the system. NOTE: To have the settings take effect. then select Russian. press Ctrl+Shift to change the keyboard to the Russian. press OK. Set Language 5. Greek or Chinese (PRC) in the Language for non-Unicode programs pull-down menu.

System Presets Keyboard Setup Procedure for Russian/Greek/ Chinese (continued) Here is an example of the Russian keyboard: Figure 16-7. Russian Keyboard LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 16-11 .

Table 16-8: Preset Parameter Time before heart cycle [ms] Time after heart cycle [ms] Time span of systole [ms] Description Sets the total storage time span of the cine loop in ECG mode. 97 Color Frames). When selected. allows you to review cine loops before storage.Customizing Your System System/System Imaging Preset Menu The System/System Imaging screen allows you to specify parameters for cine loop storage and display. Cardiac Cine Loop Store 16-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. key usage. Sets the total storage time span of the cine loop in ECG mode. Figure 16-8. patient information. The default is 3 seconds (approximately 77 B/W frames. A . The default systolic time to enable synchronization of cine loops. System/System Imaging Preset Menu Table 16-7: Preset Parameter Time span (no ECG) [s] Preview loop before store Description Select the number of seconds of CINE Loop storage (no ECG). and image control and display.

Select to use full height zoom while scanning on a linear image. Table 16-10: Preset Parameter Horizontal Scale TGC Display PW Velocity Units in cm/s Split screen full height display of linear images Use full height in Zoom on linear images Increase display image size Auto Invert on Linear Steer Auto Invert on ASO Audio Volume Auto Freeze (15 minutes) Image Parameter Size (reboot required) Show Clipboard Description Select to display width markers. After you save this feature. Automatically freezes the system after 15 minutes of inactivity. the system clips the sides of images so that the image can fill the available display. for auto calcs. automatically inverts the timeline if needed when using ASO.5cm markers Biopsy Mark Type Description Displays center biopsy guideline. Increases the size of the displayed image. Select to change scale on timeline from centimeters per second to meters per second. Image Control and Display Biopsy Guides Select to show clipboard. press B-Mode or reboot the system.System Presets Table 16-9: Preset Parameter Show Center Line Show Outer Lines Enable 0. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The image size changes. medium. Adjusts the Doppler audio volume. while in split screen and using a linear probe. Displays outer biopsy guidelines. Choose Dot. Polyline or Polyline for the type of biopsy mark displayed. Must reboot the system. Choices=small. Select to display TGC curve. go back to scanning. A 16-13 . When selected.5cm. When selected. and large. Automatically inverts the spectrum with ASO. Activates biopsy depth markers every 0.

or ASUM. Tokyo. You can also define cursor and Results Window default functionality. German. A . Repeat. Osaka. Figure 16-9. Europe. Select the source used to calculate EFW-GP Estimated Fetal Weight-Growth Percentile) Select to use CUA (Composite Ultrasound Age) or AUA (Average Ultrasound Age) as the default Select Hadlock 82 or Hadlock 84 tables Select the source used to calculate EFW (Europe) (Estimated Fetal Weight). Hadlock. System/System Measure Preset Menu Table 16-11: Preset Parameter Repeat Measurement OB Type EFW GP CUA/AUA for Hadlock Hadlock Table Type EFW Formula (Europe) Description Measurement Select Off. Merz. DefaultMeas Select which OB measurements and calculations studies to use: USA. Shepard. Rich 16-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Customizing Your System System/System Measure Preset Menu The System/System Measure screen allows you to specify measurement parameters such as the type of default OB measurements and calculations.

Select to use the Print key like the Set key. Select 1st Cursor. Measurement (Continued) Table 16-12: Preset Parameter Cursor Type Cursor Size Cursor Line Display Description Cursor Select whether to mark measurements with numbers or symbols. Check box to display the cross line in Ellipse. or Image Center. Select Last Meas or EFW Single OB Graph displayed by default. yellow. Check box to display the cross line with the caliper. Specify 12x12 or 9x9. A 16-15 . 2nd Cursor. Cursor Ellipse Cross Line Display D Manual Trace Cross Line Display Cursor Position Color When Set (reboot) Table 16-13: Preset Parameter Result Window Mode Depend Description Results Window Select this if you want the measurement result window to be repositioned. bright red. depending on the mode. If not selected. Select white. after you press Set to complete a measurement. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the cursor line is displayed. If selected. after you press Set to complete a measurement.System Presets Table 16-11: Preset Parameter EFW Formula (Tokyo) Add 1 week to EDD OB Graph Display OB Graph Single Display Fix Caliper by Print key Description Select the source used to calculate EFW (Tokyo) (Estimated Fetal Weight) Select to add additional week to estimated date of delivery Select Single or Quad for displaying OB Graphs. only the cursor number or symbol is displayed. or orange.

This is the X coordinate (left/right) You can set the coordinates for the measurement result window when you do not have the result window set to be mode dependent. Yellow. Right-Top Extreme-Right-Top or ExtremeRight-Bottom. Right-Top. Select Wide or Narrow. Right-Bottom. Medium. This is the Y coordinate (up/down) Select the Result Window location on the Monitor Display: Left-Bottom. Large or Extra Large (reboots the system) 16-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Customizing Your System Table 16-13: Preset Parameter Result Window Position X[0-800] Result Window Position Y[0-600] Result Window Location-2D Result Window Location-Timeline Result Window Format Font Color (reboot) Font Size (reboot) Results Window (Continued) Description You can set the coordinates for the measurement result window when you do not have the result window set to be mode dependent. Select White. Right-Bottom. Left-Top. Off White. Select the Result Window location: Left-Bottom. Bright Red or Orange (reboots the system) Select Small. Left-Top. A . ExtremeRight-Top or Extreme-Right-Bottom.

For the sake of simplicity. DVD. or USB Hard Disk for system backup/restore. Depending on the system. WARNING Figure 16-10. The second part describes procedures to backup and restore system and user-defined configurations. GE Healthcare is not responsible for lost data if the suggested backup procedures are not followed and will not aid in the recovery of lost data. System/Backup/Restore Preset Menu LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. you can use either a CD. we have used the CD in the following examples. A 16-17 . USB Flash Drive. The first part describes procedures to backup and restore patient data.System Presets System/Backup and Restore Preset Menu The backup and restore procedures described in this section are divided into two parts.

The system will backup images older than the number of days specified here. If you enter a zero (0). Select media type. A . Select to back up the user-defined configuration settings. Select to activate the EZBackup/Move reminder pop-up dialog. Table 16-15: Media Report Archive User Defined Configuration Service Backup Preset Parameter Media Description Select media type to use for backup and restore. then all of the images from today on will be backed up. Select to back up report data. Specify the capacity of the backup media. Select to back up Service (iLinq and Network) settings. Table 16-16: Preset Parameter Reminder Dialog Interval days Enable Reminder Dialog Backup files older than in days Media Media capacity for estimate (MB) EZBackup/Move Specify the number of days after the last backup that you want the system to prompt you to perform an EZBackup/Move procedure (only for moving images). 16-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Customizing Your System System/Backup and Restore Preset Menu (continued) Table 16-14: Preset Parameter Patient Archive Backup Description Select to back up patient data. Select to begin the backup.

System Presets Table 16-17: Preset Parameter Reminder Dialog Interval days Enable Reminder Dialog Description Emergency Repair Disk Specify the number of days after the last backup that you want the system to prompt you to perform an EZBackup/ Move procedure (only for moving images). Restore Select to begin the restore process for the selected configuration files. Table 16-18: Restore Preset Parameter Patient Archive User Defined Configuration Service Description Select to restore patient data. Select to restore the user-defined configuration settings. Only restore service presets to the same system. Select to activate the EZBackup/Move reminder pop-up dialog. CAUTION: DO NOT restore service presets on to a different LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO system. Select to restore service iLinq and Network settings. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 16-19 .

Select to restore measurement configurations. Select to restore comment and body pattern configurations. Table 16-19: Preset Parameter Imaging Presets Connectivity Configuration Measurement Configuration Comment/Body Pattern Library All Others Description Select to restore imaging presets.Customizing Your System System/Backup and Restore Preset Menu (continued) The detailed section of this menu allows you to restore one area at a time from the user defined configuration. Select to begin the restore process for the selected configuration files. and press Restore. Check the box(es) you want to restore. Detailed Restore Restore 16-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select to restore all other configurations not listed in the Detailed Restore section. This allows you to selectively restore what you want to restore across multiple machines. A . insert the appropriate media. This includes parameters defined on the System preset menus. Select to restore connectivity configurations.

perform backup of the patient archives stored on the local hard drive DAILY as described in this section. A 16-21 . Use a Backup/Restore disk to back up patient archives from the hard drive. using the backup procedure described in this section. SaveAs or Export.System Presets Backup and restore strategy: patient data To minimize accidental loss of data. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Data from the Backup/Restore disk may be restored to the local hard drive using the restore procedure. NOTE: To perform backup and restore procedures. you must login with administrator privileges. Before deleting a patient or image from the patient screen. The restore procedure overwrites the existing database on the local hard drive. make sure you have saved the data by EZBackup/Backup or Export and verify that the media transfer of data was successful. CAUTION CAUTION Make sure to verify the media after writing of data. such as EZBackup.

A . Select System. On the monitor display. In the Backup list. In the Media field. The system performs the backup. The Backup/Restore screen is displayed. Log on with administrator privileges. 6. NOTE: If you are not logged in with administrator privileges. On the Control Panel.Customizing Your System Backup procedure: patient data 1. select CD. 7. 4. NOTE: For information about formatting media. press Utility. As it proceeds. see “Formatting removable media”. 5. Select Backup. 2. the Operator Login window is displayed. 3. status information is displayed on the Backup/Restore screen. select Patient Archive. select Backup/Restore. Insert media into the media drive. 16-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

It should be an easy strategy to perform and to remember. if you need to back up 500 MB/day. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. then you need to back up 5 CDs/week. or 2. Backups will vary by the volume of your work.System Presets EZBackup and EZMove EZBackup or EZMove allows you to manage hard disk space (move images off the hard drive) while maintaining the patient database on the scanner. A 16-23 . Generally speaking. It’s also useful to keep your more recent information on the hard drive since it’s easier to recall that way. You need to track how long it takes your office/institution to get to 10 GB. you should back up the system when you have 10 GB of images to back up.5 GB/ week. PLEASE READ THIS Ensure that you have established a data management protocol for your office/institution. For example. for instance. Your office/institution needs to determine your backup strategy. and set the back-up parameters accordingly. Use a CD. You should assign the person who is in charge of performing the backups. backup weekly and move monthly. You MUST manage the backup media by keeping a log and by creating a media filing system. as well as to back up the patient database and images. HINTS CAUTION DO NOT use DVD-RAM for EZBackup and EZMove. or ~250CDs/ year. DVD-R or USB HDD for EZBackup and EZMove. And follow this same strategy/schedule consistently.

when you perform the EZBackup or EZMove procedure. 16-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. If for any reason the Local Archive . Prepare unformatted media or the USB HDD before starting EZBackup or EZMove.Customizing Your System EZBackup and EZMove (continued) CAUTION If you use EZBackup or EZMove as a “true” patient archive. CAUTION After copying the image file to the media. and creates a reference between the patient database and the media’s volume. the system backs up/moves the images. you insert the media (or connect USB HDD if applicable). Basically. 1. A . you must maintain a separate backup of the patient database (Patient Archive and Report Archive). EZMove deletes the image file from the Local HD.Int HD gets corrupted or the base system software has to be reloaded. then the patient archive is the ONLY way to rebuild the EZBackup and EZMove patient archive. Specify the EZBackup and EZMove setup on the Utility --> System --> Backup/Restore page.

The EZBackup and EZMove Wizard starts. To start the EZBackup or EZMove procedure. Make sure to schedule this at the same time daily. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. depending on the size of the backup). Figure 16-11. go to the Patient menu and select the EZBackup or EZMove button at the bottom of the Patient list. A 16-25 . NOTE: New Patient EZBackup and EZMove Example EZBackup and EZMove can take up to 40 minutes (or longer.System Presets EZBackup and EZMove (continued) 3. when no patients are scheduled.

A . the exam is also backed up. the system only backs up exams which have not yet been backed up. check this option). NOTE: If you update an exam which is already backed up. If you uncheck this option.Customizing Your System EZBackup and EZMove (continued) 4. NOTE: You can set the range in Utility --> System --> Backup/ Restore --> Backup files older than in days. You cannot use formatted media for EZBackup and EZMove. If you want to backup all of the exams in the range (even if the exam was previously backed up. Figure 16-12. Verify the information on the first page of the EZBackup and EZMove Wizard. NOTE: EZBackup Wizard. then press Next. Full backup options display on the first page of the EZBackup wizard. Page 1 You do not need to format the media prior to performing an EZBackup and EZMove. 16-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

it skips the oversized image. Page 2. Press Next. Verify the information on the EZBackup and EZMove Wizard. EZBackup Wizard. if EZBackup and EZMove encounters an image that is greater than the capacity of the media. just in case). If you use the USB HDD. Therefore. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: Figure 16-13. A 16-27 . you are ready to begin the backup. Allow for one additional CD when performing an EZBackup and EZMove. After you have gathered the media (allow for one extra media. This page tells you how many media you need to do this backup. Instead it maximizes the most amount of images per media. 5. some wizards and the pop-up messages DO NOT appear. The calculation for the number of backup CDs is only an estimate. EZBackup and EZMove does not store images to media in sequential order.System Presets EZBackup and EZMove (continued) NOTE: EZBackup and EZMove cannot span a single image across two (2) or more media. The backup may span multiple media. Page 2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

. A pop-up message appears that provides you with the media label.Customizing Your System EZBackup and EZMove (continued) 6. Figure 16-14. but with the name of the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO system where this backup/move procedure was done. Typical EZBackup and EZMove Log Backup Images Y/N Older than __ Days Move Images Y/N Media Label (and Scanner ID) Date NOTE: NOTE: You cannot cancel the backup/move at any time. 16-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . This message appears if you press Next without inserting the backup media: “Please insert a blank media. Ensure that you label the media with not only the volume name indicated on the Insert Media Message. then insert the media. Insert the media and continue. file the media. Table 16-20: Scanner ID Name After the backup or move has been completed. Label the media. c. Update the EZBackup and EZMove log with this information the volume information and the location of the media.. b. Press OK. Insert Media Message a.”.

a message appears providing you with the media label.System Presets EZBackup and EZMove (continued) 7. Label the media. NOTE: EZBackup Wizard. then insert the next media and press OK. Figure 16-15. The status menu appears. A 16-29 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Page 3 When/if you need to insert the next media. press Next. When the backup/move has been completed.

NOTE: Use Import to restore EZBackup images. the completed wizard page appears. Press Finish. When the backup is complete. EZBackup Wizard. NEVER restore the patient archive from media made previous to the last move. Page 4 9.Customizing Your System EZBackup and EZMove (continued) 8. CAUTION 16-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Do a patient archive after each EZBackup or EZMove (move). You can still do a backup/move daily. but ALWAYS do a patient archive backup after each move. Figure 16-16. A .

A 16-31 .System Presets To View Backed Up/Moved Images You can view backed up media via the Patient Menu. However. and the DICOM CD View dataflow. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Import. Delete the existing exam first. duplicate or missing images may result. 1. images on the previous or next media are displayed as triangles. To view the whole patient on the system. View the exam from the media. from as many media as you have for that patient. take care not to import studies over existing studies. 3. use Import. 2. Select the patient on the Patient Menu (on the same system where the backup/move was performed). If the patient is split over multiple media. NOTE: NOTE: NOTE: You may need to insert a media volume prior to or after the recommended media. Insert the media volume indicated on the Patient Menu.

1. the Operator Login window is displayed. 16-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Log on with administrator privileges. 2. The Backup/ Restore screen is displayed. Insert the media into the media drive. Select System. On the Control Panel. As it proceeds. 5. In the Media field. Select Restore. On the monitor display. 6. A . status information is displayed on the Backup/Restore screen. 4. You cannot restore the data between systems with different software versions.Customizing Your System Restore procedure: patient data CAUTION The restore procedure overwrites the existing database on the local hard drive. press Utility. 3. The system performs the restore. select Patient Archive. select the Backup/Restore media. 7. select Backup/Restore. Make sure to insert the correct media. NOTE: If you are not logged in with administrator privileges. In the Restore list.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Preset synchronization The procedure for preset synchronization of several scanners is as follow: 1. 2. Make a backup of the user-defined configurations on a removable media from a fully configured LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO system.System Presets Backup and restore strategy: user-defined configurations In addition to generating a safety copy. Restore user-defined configurations from the removable media to another LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO system (you can restore all the user-defined presets or select specific presets to restore via Detailed Restore). the backup/restore function of the user-defined configuration (presets) can be used to configure several LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO systems with identical presets (preset synchronization). A 16-33 .

select a media. In the Backup list. 16-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 4. 7. 3. 8. the Operator Login window is displayed. 2. After the backup is complete. The system performs the backup. select User Defined Configuration. Insert media into the media drive. In the Media field. 1. DO NOT check Patient Archive when making a backup of configuration settings.Customizing Your System Backup procedure: user-defined configurations CAUTION To avoid the risk of overwriting the local patient archives on the system to update. Select System. On the monitor display. As it proceeds. On the Control Panel. select Backup/Restore. The Backup/Restore screen is displayed. Select Backup. press Utility. 6. NOTE: If you are not logged in with administrator privileges. press F3 to eject the media. status information is displayed on the Backup/Restore screen. A . Log on with administrator privileges. 5.

System Presets
Restore procedure: user-defined configurations

CAUTION

The restore procedure overwrites the existing database on the local hard drive. Make sure to insert the correct media. DO NOT restore data between systems with different software versions.

CAUTION

To avoid the risk of overwriting the local patient archives, DO NOT check Patient Archive when restoring user-defined configurations.

1. Insert the media with the user-defined configurations into the drive. 2. On the Control Panel, press Utility. 3. Select System. 4. On the monitor display, select Backup/Restore. The Backup/Restore screen is displayed. NOTE: If you are not logged in with administrator privileges, the Operator Login window is displayed. Log on with administrator privileges. 5. In the Restore list, select from the following, depending on which configurations you want to restore: • User Defined Configuration Select the parameters to be restored in the Detailed Restore section. 6. In the Media field, select the media. 7. Select Restore. The system performs the restore. As it proceeds, status information is displayed on the System/Backup/Restore screen. The system restarts.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

16-35

Customizing Your System System/Peripherals Preset Menu
The System/Peripherals screen allows you to specify video and system setup parameters.

Figure 16-17.

System/Peripherals Preset Menu

Print and Store Options. Press Print and Store Options to go to the Utility --> Connectivity --> Miscellaneous setup page. Removable Media. Press Removable Media to go to the Utility -> Connectivity --> Removable Media page. Table 16-21: Preset Parameter Printers Description Select to add an additional standard printer via the USB serial port and to configure digital printers. This activates the Windows Add Printer wizard. NOTE: Most printer drivers are available via Windows; however, newer printers may require you to load the manufacturer-supplied print driver (must be on CD-ROM). Refer to the Basic Service Manual for more information. To exit this wizard, click anywhere outside of the wizard box. Select for the standard printer to print the full screen. Select for the standard printer to print black on white rather than white on black. Setup

Print Full Screen Enable Video Invert

16-36

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

System Presets System/About Preset Menu
The System/About screen lists information about the system software.

Figure 16-18.

System About Preset Menu

Table 16-22: Preset Parameter Software Version Software Part Number Build View Build Date Description

Software

The current software version on this system. The software part number. The software build view. The software build date.

Table 16-23: Preset Parameter Image Part Number Image Date Description

System Image

The image part number (ghost part number). The image date (ghost date).

Table 16-24: Preset Parameter Patents Description Lists system patents.

Patents

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

16-37

Customizing Your System

Imaging Presets

Overview
Imaging screens allow you to specify parameters for the following: • • • • • • • • B-Mode (B) Color Flow Mode (CF) Power Doppler Imaging (PDI) M-Mode (M) Anatomical M-Mode (AMM) Pulse Wave Mode (PW) Harmonics (HAR) General

16-38

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Imaging Presets Changing imaging presets
To change imaging presets: 1. On the Control Panel, select Utility. 2. Select Imaging. The system displays the Imaging screens. See the Imaging screens on the following pages. 3. In the Preset list, select the exam. 4. In the Probe list, select the probe. 5. In the row across the top of the screen, select the mode. The system displays two sets of parameters and settings. The left column lists all settings for the exam (for example, Abdomen). The right column lists settings that apply only to the exam and probe combination. 6. To change a parameter, do one of the following: • • • Select the value from a list Select one value from a choice of two or more buttons Select or clear a check box

7. After changing the parameters, to save the changes, select the Save button. NOTE: When you Save changes to imaging parameters, the system saves changes to all modes, not just the mode currently displayed. If you have problems with imaging, you can return parameters back to the original settings. Select the exam, probe, and mode, and then select Reload Factory Defaults. The system returns the selected parameters to the original settings. For information about the specific parameters, refer to Chapter 5 Optimizing the Image.

NOTE:

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

16-39

Customizing Your System Imaging Presets
B-Mode

Figure 16-19.

B-Mode parameters

Color Flow Mode

Figure 16-20.

Color Flow parameters

16-40

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Imaging Presets
Power Doppler Imaging (PDI)

Figure 16-21.

PDI parameters

M-Mode

Figure 16-22.

M-Mode parameters

Anatomical M-Mode

Figure 16-23. Anatomical M-Mode parameters

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

16-41

Customizing Your System
Pulse Wave

Figure 16-24.

PW parameters

16-42

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Imaging Presets
Harmonics

Figure 16-25.

Harmonics parameters

General

Figure 16-26.

General parameters

You can specify a default probe per application and a default application per probe. Default probe per application 1. To specify a default probe per application, select Utility --> Imaging --> General. 2. Under Preset, specify the desired probe from the pull-down menu. Default application per probe 1. To specify a default application per probe, select Utility --> Imaging --> General. 2. Under Probe, specify the desired application from the pulldown menu.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

16-43

Customizing Your System

Comments Libraries Presets

Overview
Comment screens allow you to specify comment text and pointer options, to define comment libraries, and assign comment libraries to applications.

Comments Libraries/Libraries Preset Menu
On the comments Libraries tab, you can change and create comment libraries. A comment library is a list of comments that are associated with a specific application. The comments are listed in the library in the order in which they display on the Comment Menu on the screen. For each library, you can define two columns of comments for both the left and right sides, with 13 rows available for each column.

16-44

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Comments Libraries Presets Comments Libraries/Libraries Preset Menu (continued)

Figure 16-27.

Comment Libraries Preset Menu

Table 16-25: Preset Parameter Library Left and Right Columns User Defined Library Copy from Existing Description

Libraries

The name of the comment library. The list of comments for the select library separated by side. The name of a new comment library that you want to create/ delete. A list of comments you can use to create a library.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

16-45

Customizing Your System
Deleting a user defined library
1. Select the library name which you want to delete from the pull-down menu. 2. Press Delete. 3. Press Save to save the changes.

Defining Comments
1. In the Library field, select the library you want. The system displays all comments for the library. You can have two Top/Sub Menu displays of comments for each library. The comments are listed in the order that they are shown on the Top/Sub Menu when you use comments. 2. To change or add a comment, select the comment or blank location and press Set, then do one of the following: • • Type the comment. Select the comment in the Copy from Existing list, and press Set.

3. To save the changes, select the Save button.

Creating a new comments library
1. In the User Defined Library field, type a name for the library, then select Create. The system creates a new library. 2. Enter comments as described in Defining Comments, Step 2. 3. To save the changes, select the Save button.

16-46

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Comments Libraries Presets Comments Libraries/Comments Preset Menu
On the Comments tab, you specify text and pointer options.

Figure 16-28.

Comment/Comments Preset Menu

Table 16-26: Preset Parameter Text Font Size Text color (Text1 and Text2) Text Boundary Enable Type Over Mode Description

Text

Specify the font size. The font size increases as the number increases. Select the color for comment Text1 and Text2. Select Group Move or Word Wrapping. Select to type over existing comments. Position the cursor over the text to be changed, then start typing.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

16-47

Customizing Your System Comments Libraries/Comments Preset Menu (continued)
Table 16-27: Preset Parameter Arrow Length Arrow Size Description Select the default pointer length. Select the default pointer size. Table 16-28: Preset Parameter Retain while entering or leaving timeline mode TextOverlay in Multiple Image Description If selected, the system keeps the comment(s) on the monitor display when you enter or leave timeline mode. When selected, and you select the F8 key to hide or show comments, if you are in multiple image, the system hides the text in both images. When cleared, the system only hides the text for the active image. Deletes comments when you unfreeze the image. If selected, shows tool tip when comments are typed on the screen. If selected, deletes comments when you change the application or probe. After you change comment options, select Save to save the changes. NOTE: Only use letters, numbers or underscore “_” when naming the user defined annotation libraries. The name MUST start with either a letter or underscore. General Arrow

Erase When the image is unfrozen Show Tool Tip Erase When the probe or application is changed

16-48

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Comments Libraries Presets Comments Libraries/Applications Preset Menu
The Comments Libraries/Applications tab is a link to the Applications preset menu. The Applications preset screen allows you to specify which libraries belong to an application. You also specify which is the default library that displays when you use comments.

Figure 16-29.

Applications/Comments Link

The Applications/Comments screen can be accessed through either the Comments Libraries or Applications Top/Sub Menu keys.

Figure 16-30.

Applications/Comments Preset Menu

Table 16-29: Preset Parameter Preset Tabs Default Tab Description

Applications

The name of the application preset. A list of libraries for the application. You can select up to six libraries. The default library that the system displays when you use comments.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

16-49

Customizing Your System
Specifying which libraries belong to an application
1. On the Applications tab, in the Application field, select the application. 2. In the Library Group Tabs fields, select the libraries for this application. You can select up to six libraries. 3. In the Default Library Group field, select the default library you want the system to display when you use comments. NOTE: When you use comments, the default library is displayed. To use other libraries for the application, press the tab for the library. 4. To save the changes, select the Save button.

16-50

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

Comments Libraries Presets
Using comments from a library
To use comments, press the Comment key on the Control Panel. Comments are then displayed on the Top/Sub Menu. To select a comment library, press the appropriate tab (e.g. the tabs are OB23 and OB23_1).

Figure 16-31.

OB 2/3 Comments Top/Sub Menu

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A

16-51

Customizing Your System Body Patterns Presets Overview Body patterns screens allow you to specify body pattern options. you can change and create body pattern libraries. and assign body pattern libraries. The body patterns are listed in the library in the order in which they display on the screen. you can define three columns of body pattern. to define body pattern libraries. A body pattern library is a list of body patterns that are associated with a specific application. with 8 rows in each column. For each library. 16-52 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . Body Pattern Libraries/Libraries Preset Menu On the Body Patterns Libraries tab.

Allows the selection of the user defined library to be created/ deleted. A list of body patterns you can use to create an application library. Body Patterns Libraries Preset Menu Body Patterns Libraries Table 16-30: Preset Parameter Library Left. The list of body patterns for the selected library. Middle and Right Columns Hot Key Body Pattern Image User Defined Library Copy from Existing Description The name of the body pattern application library. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The list of body patterns for the selected library can be assigned to 10 designated alphanumeric keys as hot keys. Displays the image of the currently selected body pattern. A 16-53 .Body Patterns Presets Body Pattern Libraries/Libraries Preset Menu (continued) Figure 16-32.

To save the changes. A . The system displays all body patterns for the library. In the Library field. 2. You can have two Top/Sub Menu displays of body patterns for each library. select the Save button. The system creates a new library. select the application library you want. To change or add a body pattern. 3. 3. Select the body pattern in the Copy from Existing list. Step 2. the system displays the pattern in the lower left corner of the screen. In the New Library field. and press Set. type a name for the library. Enter body patterns as described in Defining body patterns.Customizing Your System Defining body patterns 1. then select Create. Creating a new body pattern library 1. 16-54 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. To save the changes. select the body pattern or blank location and press Set. When you select a body pattern name in a Top/Sub Menu location or in the Copy from Existing list. then do one of the following: • • NOTE: Type the body pattern name. select the Save button. 2. The body patterns are listed in the order that they are shown on the Top/Sub Menu.

If checked. the system copies the body pattern to the active side of the dual image. when you use dual B-Mode. Select whether you want the body pattern background to be Transparent or Opaque. the system erases the body pattern. when you change probes or applications. After you change body pattern options.Body Patterns Presets Body Pattern Libraries/Body Patterns Preset Menu On the Body Patterns tab. the system erases the body pattern. select Save to save the changes. when you unfreeze the image. Figure 16-33. A 16-55 . If checked. you specify body pattern options. Body Patterns General Preset Menu Table 16-31: Preset Parameter Erase When the probe or application is changed Erase When the image is unfrozen Copy to active side in multiple image Body pattern background Description Body Patterns If checked. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A . You also specify which is the default library that displays when you use body patterns. Figure 16-34. The Body Patterns Applications tab allows you to select body pattern application libraries. 16-56 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Applications/Body Patterns Link The Applications/Body Patterns screen can be accessed through either the Body Pattern Libraries or Applications Top/ Sub Menu keys.Customizing Your System Body Pattern Libraries/Applications Preset Menu The Body Patterns Library/Applications tab is a link to the Applications preset menu. Body Patterns Applications Preset Menu Table 16-32: Preset Parameter Application Description Applications Defines the Body Pattern option. Figure 16-35.

the default library is displayed. NOTE: When you use body patterns. press the tab for the library. 4. select the default application library you want the system to display when you use body patterns. To use other application libraries. 2. You can select up to six libraries. select the Save button. 3. To save the changes. in the Application field. In the Default Library Group field. A 16-57 . select the application libraries for Body Patterns. In the Library Group Tabs fields.Body Patterns Presets Selecting body pattern application libraries 1. On the Applications tab. select the body pattern. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

select the tabs (for example.Customizing Your System Using body pattern application libraries See the following Body Patterns Small Parts Top/Sub Menu. To select body patterns. A . use the BodyMark control on the Control Panel. Figure 16-36. ABD or OB). Body Patterns Menu To select a body pattern library. 16-58 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Application Presets Application Presets Overview Application Settings presets allow you to configure the application-specific settings (presets). Comments and Body Patterns were described earlier in this chapter. The other two tabs. Figure 16-37. A 16-59 . Application Settings Preset Menu LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

displays the kHz scale on the left side of the Doppler spectrum. Select to keep the angle constant with regard to the anatomy. A . Select to place linear probe dual images directly next to each other. Along with the various applications available on the system. there are four user-defined application presets that can be set. Image Control & Display Preset 16-60 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select to carry over the live image’s imaging parameters to the other image after pressing Freeze.Customizing Your System Overview (continued) Table 16-33: Preset Parameter Preset Description Select the application that you want to specify the presets. When selected. Table 16-34: Preset Parameter Show kHz scale Show Doppler Rate Frozen Dual Carry Over Anatomical Angle Correction Join Dual Image for Linear Description When selected. displays the Doppler rate (mm/s) below the Doppler spectrum.

Select the patient information to display on the scanning screen Title bar. the Body Pattern or Comment is activated automatically when freezing the system. stores cine loop. Configure the right footswitch pedal for the selected application. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Patient Info Table 16-36: Preset Parameter Active function at Freeze Description Comments Select None. stores single frame images only. (Must be deselected for single frame. Body Pattern.Application Presets Overview (continued) Table 16-35: Preset Parameter Titlebar Line 1 Titlebar Line 2 Description Select the patient information to display on the scanning screen Title bar. If not selected. Select the functionality from the list. Select the functionality from the list.) Table 16-38: Preset Parameter Left Middle Right Description Footswitch Configure the left footswitch pedal for the selected application. If Body Pattern or Comment is selected. Configure the middle footswitch pedal for the selected application. Table 16-37: Preset Parameter Single frame (live store) Number of heart cycles Description Image Store If selected. or Comments. Select the functionality from the list. Select the number of heart cycles to store. A 16-61 .

Gray. Resolution. Color Bars. Brightness Calibration. Text. Green and Blue.Customizing Your System Test Patterns Overview There are different test patterns available: Gray Bars. Table 16-39: Available Test Patterns 16-62 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . Red. Brightness Calibration 2. White.

A 16-63 . Then slowly decrease the Brightness until the inner box is no longer visible. Figure 16-38.Test Patterns Brightness Calibration To calibrate the monitor. 1. The test pattern consists of a small box inside a larger box. Press the Brightness/Contrast control on the front of the monitor. NOTE: After you calibrate the monitor you may need to adjust peripheral settings. 3. Select Test Patterns from the Utility Top/Sub Menu. Brightness Calibration Test Pattern 2.. Please note that the monitor response to this adjustment lags behind the button push. Set the Brightness at 100. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. then select Brightness Calibration or Brightness Calibration 2.

Each function is described in detail in the following pages. Structured Reporting DICOM Structured Reporting provides the results of a procedure as structured data elements (well-defined fields) as opposed to unstructured data (large amounts of text undifferentiated by individual fields). DICOM Structured Reporting creates coded clinical data that can be used for clinical research. This page gives an overview of each of the Connectivity functions. outcomes analysis.Customizing Your System Configuring Connectivity Overview You use Connectivity functionality to set up the connection and communication protocols for the ultrasound system. 16-64 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . and disease management. This greatly improves query capability.

2. This includes any changes on the TCPIP or dataflow setup screens. with default settings selected. Configure these screens from left to right. 1. database. starting with the Tcpip tab first. Selecting a dataflow customizes the ultrasound system to work according to the services associated with the selected dataflow.Configuring Connectivity Connectivity Functions To set up your institution’s connectivity. NOTE: The ultrasound system is pre-configured for many services. or blank formatting) and DICOM verification of removable media. This means that the user can configure a device with the DICOM service(s) that particular device supports. 3. allows you to set up devices. 5. 6. Service: allows you to configure a service (for example. 4. Button: allows you to assign a pre-configured output service (or a set of output services) to the Print keys on the control panel. and other services such as video print and standard print) from the list of supported services. CAUTION LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 7. you must login with administrator privileges. Dataflow: allows you to adjust the settings of the selected dataflow and associated services. Removable Media: enables formatting (DICOM. You must restart the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO (shutdown) after making any changes to connectivity settings in the Utility menus. TCPIP: allows you to configure the Internet Protocol. DICOM services such as printers. You can change these services and settings as needed. Miscellaneous: allows you to set up the patient exam menu options. print and store options. and the order of the columns in the examination list on the Patient menu. A 16-65 . Device. worklist.

The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO IP address MUST BE unique. identify the ultrasound system to the rest of the network by one of the following: • • DO NOT enable DHCP. 3. The IP address MUST BE static for the diagnostic and DICOM to function correctly. A . Select Save settings. Re-boot the ultrasound system. Type the IP-Address (acquire unique static IP address from hospital network administrator). 1. Do not set up the system with DHCP. Subnet Mask. In the IP settings section. Type the name of the Ultrasound system in the Computer Name field. NOTE: TCPIP settings do not get restored when restoring backups. 4. This is per system design. 2.Customizing Your System TCPIP This configuration category enables users with administrative rights to set the TCPIP for the system and connected remote archive. and Default Gateway (if applicable). NOTE: 16-66 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

NOTE: The Subnet Mask is an IP address filter that eliminates communication/messages from network devices of no interest to your system. 10Mbps/Half/Full Duplex. Table 16-41: Preset Parameter Enable DHCP IP-Address Description IP settings Select to enable DHCP. Every device on the network has a unique IP address. Connectivity TCPIP Preset Menu Table 16-40: Preset Parameter Computer Name Description Computer Name Type the unique name for the Ultrasound system (no spaces in name). or 100 Mbps/Half/Full Duplex) Reboot the system to activate any changes saved from this page.Configuring Connectivity TCPIP (continued) Figure 16-39. Type the IP Address of the Ultrasound system. Type the subnet mask address. Subnet Mask Default Gateway Network Speed NOTE: LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: IP stands for Internet Protocol. Type the default gateway address. A 16-67 . Select the network speed (Auto Detect.

2. Press Ping to confirm that a device is connected. 1.Customizing Your System Device To add a new device. Type the device name in the Name field. Check the device name and IP address. Select the device. then the connection has been confirmed. 3. Figure 16-40. To ping a device. Type the name of the device. 16-68 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Type the device’s IP address. Connectivity Device Preset Menu Table 16-42: Preset Parameter Add/Remove Ping Properties: Name Properties: IP Address Description Device Press Add to add a new device. 1. A . Press Add. If the smiley face smiles. 2. then the connection has not been made. press Remove to delete a device. Type the device’s IP address in the IP Address field. Press Ping. If the smiley face frowns.

2. Service Type to Add . You can add services. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 16-69 . Destination Device . Connectivity Services Preset Menu The Services screen has the following sections of information: 1. Service Parameters . this section shows DICOM Print parameters. The name and parameters in this section change. select from a list of currently existing services. depending on what service is currently selected. You can select from a list of currently existing devices.Configuring Connectivity Service For each Device that you added to the system. 3. you need to set up the service(s) that device supports (you must be an administrator to update these screens). Figure 16-41.lists parameters for the service currently selected in the Services section.lists information about destination devices. and remove services. In the above figure.lists information about services for the destination device.

Select the service from the pull-down menu. The amount of time after which the system will stop trying to establish a connection to the service. Press Remove. 3. Removing a service 1. The Application Entity Title for the service. Max # – the maximum number of times to try establishing a connection to the service. 2. Press Save. Specify the properties for this service. Press Save.. A . 2. The port number of the service. Specify how often (in seconds) the system should try to establish a connection to the service. Changing parameters for a service There are certain parameters that may need to be set up for each service: Table 16-43: Preset Parameter Name AE Title Port Number Maximum Retries Retry Interval (sec) Timeout Service Parameters: Common Service Parameters Description Free text: give a descriptive name to the device.Customizing Your System Adding a service to a destination device 1. Select the service. Verify the service. 16-70 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Press Add.

The parameters are described on the following pages: • • • • • • • • • • DICOM Image Storage DICOM Performed Procedure DICOM Print DICOM Query/Retrieve DICOM Storage Commitment DICOM Worklist Measure/Transfer Standard Print USB Quick Save Video Capture LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 16-71 .Configuring Connectivity Changing parameters for a service (continued) Many service parameters are specific to each type of service.

Max Framerate Color Support Reopen per image Enable Structured Reporting 16-72 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. while a high picture quality restrains the compression. Gray or Color Reopen per image Select for Structured Reporting.Customizing Your System DICOM Image Storage DICOM Image Storage allows the system to send or receive ultrasound images in a format that can be interpreted by PACS. Select the maximum frame rate: Full. 25.Clear to save in DICOM format only. A low picture quality level allows high data compression. Select the compression type: None. A . Select: Mixed. Select to save data in both TruAccess (raw data) and DICOM format. Rle. DICOM Image Storage Service Table 16-44: Preset Parameter Allow Multiframe Allow raw data Compression Quality % Description DICOM Image Storage Select to allow cine loop storage. or 30. or Jpeg. Set picture quality from 50 to 100% and Lossless. Figure 16-42.

DICOM Performed Procedure Service LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 16-73 . Figure 16-43.Configuring Connectivity DICOM Performed Procedure DICOM Performed Procedure provides an acknowledgement that a study has been performed.

1. Medium.2. Select the print medium: Clear Film. Figure 16-44.5. Paper. or Low.3. Enter the number of copies. 1. Specify whether to print the image Portrait (vertically) or Landscape (horizontally). Partial prints are displayed as one print job. 1. Specify the film destination for the exposed filmMagazine – Store in a film magazineProcessor – Develop in a film processor 16-74 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Specify the print job priority: High. for example. or Blue Film. up to 7.Customizing Your System DICOM Print DICOM Print provides the ability to send or receive ultrasound image data to DICOM printers. Specify the dimensions of the film size.1. A . DICOM Print Service Table 16-45: Preset Parameter Format Priority Medium Copies Orientation Film Size Film Destination Description Properties Indicates how many prints to print per page.

Select whether to have the image Color or Grey. A 16-75 . Enter a number indicating the minimum density level of the film.Replicate – Interpolated pixel are copies of the adjacent pixelsBilinear – Interpolated pixels are created by bilinear interpolations between the adjacent pixelsCubic – Interpolated pixels are created by cubic interpolations between the adjacent pixelsNone – No interpolation Specify the printer’s magnification interpolation for the output. Type a name for the group of film labels associated with the print job.Configuring Connectivity Table 16-45: Preset Parameter Magnification Description Specify how the printer magnifies the image to fit it onto the film. Enter a number indicating the maximum density level of the film. Specify whether you want a trim box to be printed around each image on the film: Yes or No. Enter vendor-specific image quality settings. Select to have a Black or White empty image. Select to have the border area surrounding and between the images of the film: Black or White. Properties (Continued) Smoothing Type Trim Min Density Max Density Border Empty Image Color Configuration Information Film Session Label LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A . Displays the Search Criteria window. Please confirm that this service is available.Customizing Your System DICOM Query/Retrieve DICOM Query/Retrieve provides a list of patients sorted by query parameters. Figure 16-45. Result Search Criteria Description DICOM Query/Retrieve Specify the maximum number of patient records you want the system to retrieve when searching the patient database. where you can enter search parameters for the system to use when searching the patient database. NOTE: Some PACS vendors only offer Query/Retrieve as an option. DICOM Query/Retrieve Service Table 16-46: Preset Parameter Max. 16-76 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

To exclude a tag from the worklist query. For example. Select to remove the tag and value from the list of search criteria. Modality. Tags (at least one) Properties: Value Properties: Don’t Use Add Remove Clear LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Scheduled Procedure Start Date. if you select Referring Physician’s Name in the Select Tag field. Select to turn off the selected search criteria. The name of a tag selected to use for search criteria. and End Time. Type the value of the Selected Tag item. The following searches are allowed: Patient Name. select Don’t Use and then select Add to List. Patient ID.Configuring Connectivity DICOM Query/Retrieve (continued) Table 16-47: Preset Parameter Select Search Criteria to Add DICOM Query/Retrieve Search Criteria Description Select the type of information that you want to define for search parameters. Start Time. Select to add the tag and value to the list of search criteria. you can enter the name of the physician in the Value field. A 16-77 . Clears all tags.

Customizing Your System DICOM Storage Commitment DICOM Storage Commitment provides acknowledgement from PACS that the study has been accepted into archive. DICOM Storage Commitment Service Table 16-48: Preset Parameter Associated Storage DICOM Storage Commitment Description This selection is based on the services entered by the user. Figure 16-46. 16-78 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .

Figure 16-47. DICOM Worklist Service Table 16-49: Preset Parameter Max. where you can enter search parameters for the system to use when searching the patient database. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Configuring Connectivity DICOM Worklist DICOM Worklist provides a list of patients sorted by query parameters. Result Search Criteria Description DICOM Worklist Specify the maximum number of patient records you want the system to retrieve when searching the patient database. A 16-79 . Displays the Search Criteria window.

Clears all tags. Scheduled Procedure Start Date. The name of a tag selected to use for search criteria. Type the value of the Selected Tag item. Modality. A . Patient ID. Select to add the tag and value to the list of search criteria. select Don’t Use and then select Add to List. For example. and End Time. if you select Referring Physician’s Name in the Select Tag field. Select to turn off the selected search criteria. Tags (at least one) Properties: Value Properties: Don’t Use Add Remove Clear 16-80 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Start Time. The following searches are allowed: Patient Name. To exclude a tag from the worklist query. you can enter the name of the physician in the Value field. Select to remove the tag and value from the list of search criteria.Customizing Your System DICOM Worklist (continued) Table 16-50: Preset Parameter Select Search Criteria to Add DICOM Worklist Search Criteria Description Select the type of information that you want to define for search parameters.

Figure 16-48.Configuring Connectivity HD Export You can save individual Cine clips (moving images . A 16-81 .avi format) or still images (jpg format) directly to a CD/DVD or Hard Disk by pressing a print key. HD Export Service LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Figure 16-49. Measure/Transfer Service 16-82 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Customizing Your System Measure/Transfer You can use the Measure/Transfer service for sending exam information to another PC where data management information gets downloaded to. A .

Standard Print Specify Landscape/Portrait Specify the top margin (0-51mm) Specify the bottom margin (0-51mm) Specify the left margin (0-51mm) Specify the right margin (0-51mm) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Specify 1-5. Specify 1-5.Configuring Connectivity Standard Print Figure 16-50. A 16-83 . Standard Print Service Table 16-51: Preset Parameter Printer Rows Columns Orientation Top Margin (mm) Bottom Margin (mm) Left Margin Right Margin Description Select the printer.

select Save to save the preset.avi format) or still images (jpg format) directly to a USB memory disk by pressing a print key or to network storage. NOTE: USB Quick Save Service After selecting either the USB Key or Network Storage. A .Customizing Your System USB Quick Save You can save individual Cine clips (moving images . If network storage is selected (under Properties) for USB Quick Save. 16-84 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Figure 16-51. the network storage function needs to be set up.

Configuring Connectivity USB Quick Save (continued) When performing a USB Quick Save. you can only define one USB Quick Save operation with either the Print or Store keys. Defining Print Key Operation LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: The print key that has been assigned to the USB Quick Save function should not have any other service functions assigned to it. A 16-85 . Figure 16-52.

typically analog devices (color printer. select the type of device and in the Properties box in the lower. on the Utility --> Connectivity --> Service page. In the middle portion of the page. right-hand corner of the page to move this printer into the Printflow View. Video Capture Device. right-hand side.Customizing Your System Setting up a Printer There are two service types that pertain to printers: Standard Print and Video Capture Device. Use Standard Print for digital peripherals. for example). for example). Standard Print. black/white printer. Next. These are printers with either a USB interface or Ethernet interface (Sony UP-D 897. In the properties box on the upper. EXT1 and EXT2. in the Service Type to Add box. left-hand corner of the display. VCR Record/Pause. You can also configure the Standard Print button that appears on the New Patient Active Images screen. press the two right arrows (>>) in the upper. select the Print key in the upper. under Available Input/Outputs. On the Utility --> Connectivity --> Button page. left-hand side. A . Use Video Capture Device for devices that are triggered by a contact closure. and press Add. select the printer you want to configure. type in a unique descriptive name for this device. 16-86 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Example: For instance a video capture device.

Select to store data directly to archive (no buffer storage). the ultrasound system automatically works according to the services associated with the dataflow. NOTE: You must be logged on as Administrator to use the Dataflow tab.Configuring Connectivity Dataflow A dataflow is a set of pre-configured services. You can also create. When you select a dataflow. Select so that this dataflow does not appear as a Dataflow on the Patient menu. Dataflow Preset Menu Table 16-52: Preset Parameter Name Direct Store Hidden Default Dataflow Description Dataflow Select the dataflow from the list. Select to use this dataflow as the default dataflow when you start the system. Figure 16-53. and remove dataflows. set it to Hidden so that it cannot be selected from the Patient menu. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Workflow MUST be PRIMARY in a dataflow. change. The Dataflow tab allows you to select and review information about dataflows. Also. Set up dataflows for the services. Query/Retrieve MUST be the only service in a dataflow -. A 16-87 .also.

PACS and DICOM printer).g. 16-88 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. under Available Input/ Outputs. NOTE: Figure 16-54. select a single association or open PR for the desired DICOM storage device. such as ALI. assume that the end of each association is the end of the exam and can result in a new folder for each image. A . DICOM. some storage devices. Button Preset Menu Table 16-53: Preset Parameter Format Description Button RawDICOM. Then click on the right arrow in the top right corner of the page. and Cemax.Customizing Your System Button You can assign print buttons via the Utility --> Connectivity --> Button page. left corner of the page. However.. Only attach one DICOM service per print key (e. Then select the device you want to add in the middle part of the page. Most devices (all known printers) work fine with this. Kodak Access. this causes a single DICOM association per image. NOTE: NOTE: You can configure each print key to multiple output devices/ dataflows. In the Utility menu. Multiple DICOM devices should be configured via a dataflow. First select the print button to configure on the upper. Assigning print buttons. When using a print key to send an image directly to a DICOM device. or M&A.

A 16-89 . Lets you send to a Windows-based printer. Button (Continued) Compression Active Images Page LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Multiple (captures a DICOM multiframe.only select this if the PACS supports multiframe. Always set to None.Configuring Connectivity Table 16-53: Preset Parameter Image Frames Description Single (captures a DICOM single frame image). CINE) -. and Secondary Capture (forces all DICOM images to Secondary Capture).

Format removable media (rewritable CD/DVD or USB device). A . Verify that the media is formatted or unformatted. Verify the free space of the media.Customizing Your System Removable Media The Removable Media tab allows you to: • • • • • Verify the DICOM directory on removable media. Figure 16-55. Verify that the media is finalized or unfinalized. Removable Media Preset Menu 16-90 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

.Configuring Connectivity Removable Media (continued) Table 16-54: Preset Parameter Verify Description • • • • Format Media Label Select to verify DICOM directory on removable DICOM disk. Select Format. Select Verify. 2. Select OK to exit. Verify the free space of the media. Confirm OK or Cancel. Select the removable media from the Media list. Type a name for the removable media in the Label field. 2.. Select the removable media from the Media list. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.*<>|+=[] 3. Verify that the media is finalized or unfinalized. Type a label for a new removable media (free text). 4. Tools Select to format removable media. The bottom of the screen lists properties of the selected media. NOTE: Do not use the following characters for labelling: \/:. Select the removable media to format or verify. Formatting removable media 1. Verifying removable media 1. A 16-91 . An information window confirms when the format has been completed. Verify that the media is formatted or unformatted.

Auto search for patient 16-92 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. DO NOT use this feature. the system automatically searches through the selected patient archive. A . You can specify default system functionality. In the Search/Create Patient window:When selected. enter birth date. the automatic search tool is turned off. then the age is calculated.Customizing Your System Miscellaneous The Miscellaneous tab allows you to configure tools related to patient management and print and store options. enter either the patient age or the birth date:When selected. or if you want the system to automatically search the archive for a patient when you enter patient data. while the user enters patient information.When cleared.When cleared. If you are trying to keep the past patient data confidential. enter age (birth date field not available). Miscellaneous Preset Menu Table 16-55: Preset Parameter Use birthdate Patient/Exam Menu Options Description In the Patient information window. such as whether patient ID is required when you archive data. Figure 16-56.

Select so that search tool ‘remembers’ last search string. Select to receive a warning when you register a patient to the “No Archive” data flow. Select a different data flow for permanent storage of patient data. locks the patient name. You can also type comments while in Detail Mode. the user is asked to confirm action when ending an examination. date of birth and gender (like Patient ID). Select to automatically disable patient data. when you select the patient name in the patient list on the Patient menu. the Patient ID is required when entering a new patient in the archive. any printer jobs remaining in the job spooler are automatically deleted when the system boots up. If you want to save exams to the USB Hard drive or CD/DVD and look at it on the PACS. DICOMDIR is a DICOM file format which contains how the directory and DICOM files structured for diagnostic portable media behave. Select to display Detail Mode.Configuring Connectivity Table 16-55: Preset Parameter Automatic generation of patient ID Patient/Exam Menu Options (Continued) Description In the Search/Create Patient window:When selected. The system automatically generates an ID number. Request acknowledge of End Exam action Auto Archiving Patient Data After [End Current Exam]. The factory default for this preset is unchecked. A 16-93 . go to: Keep Search String Worklist Auto Query Show BBT Warn Image Store without Patient Warn Register to No Archive Clean up Printer jobs in Queue when Bootup Detail Mode With DICOMDIR Automatic Disable Patient Data LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Select Worklist screen or Patient screen. Select to receive a warning when you press the Print key without an active patient. When selected. When selected. the Patient ID is not required when entering a new patient in the archive. Check box to select. Select to input basal body temperature on the OB Patient screen. If selected. It is important for portability between the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO to PACS. then DICOMDIR is a must.When cleared. rather than Exam View. Check box to select.

Click. A multiframe stores as a secondary capture (still image). Select to always store dual images as a DICOM (secondary capture) store. Print and Store Options Table 16-56: Preset Parameter Print and Store Key Sound Dicom Store with Title Bar Store Dual as Dicom Only Store Multiframe for Sec Capture Loops Description Select None. 16-94 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. the image stores as a secondary capture (still image). Use the arrows (<< or >>) to reposition column headings. Check box to select. 1.Customizing Your System Examination list window column configuration You can create new columns. Check box to select. Chimes. Press the appropriate print key without freezing the image. Press Set. remove columns. or Whoosh. Select font size. 3. Ding-Dong. A . Check box to select. 2. rather than Raw DICOM. Print and Store Options If this box is not selected: • Review Screen: View Images as Raw Data Enable Smart Capture Area Store 2D Loop with Timeline Data Patient List Print Select to display the review image as raw data. Ding. NOTE: This is available if you select Secondary capture for Image Frames on the Utility -> Connectivity -> Button page. Move the Trackball to highlight a column. If this box is selected: • • Press the appropriate print key after freezing the image. and select the information to display in a column. the image automatically stores as a multiframe.

A 16-95 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. General Measurements and Calculations for more information on setting up Measurement and Analysis Presets.Measure Measure Please refer to Chapter 7.

referral doctors and sonographers). and registration of staff related to an examination (for example.Customizing Your System System Administration Overview The Admin screen has the following three sections: • • System Administration – lists all the options implemented in the system. A . operator’s rights. Function Keys – allows you to program function keys to your preferences. • • 16-96 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Logon – defines logon procedures. specify operator’s registration. Users – allows you to define user IDs.

and then select Remove. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The hardware number of the product. The software option key section. Administrative System Admin Preset Menu Table 16-57: Preset Parameter Product HW Number System Serial Number SW Option Key Enter New Option Key Installed Option Keys Remove Options Status Description System Administration The name of the product. Type the key for the option you wish to add and press Add. Lists the key for the installed options. A list of the option name and status. The system serial number of the product. A 16-97 . select the key in the SW Option Key list. Figure 16-57. To remove a software option key. Lists each option’s effectivity.System Administration System Admin The System Admin screen has information about any options implemented for the system.

Table 16-58: Preset Parameter User List Identity Group Membership Operator Rights Description Users Preset Menu User List Lists the user ID for all system users. referring and interpreting physicians). The operator can also perform advanced operations 16-98 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . First Name. Suffix. operator’s rights setting. Select the user’s group:Operator (sonographers. Last Name.Customizing Your System Users The Users screen allows you to define user IDs. the operator has extended rights with access to the administrative setup functionality. Type the operator’s user ID. or any person using the ultrasound system) Admin – If selected. Prefix. doctors. and registration of staff related to an examination (for example. Middle Name. It also allows you to specify operators registration. Password. Figure 16-58. Phone Number.

4. Select Remove. 2. 5. press Add first. The user listed as NewUser on the list will be updated with the edited ID when you re-enter this screen. 2. If the user needs full configuration and advanced operations access. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: DO NOT add users with the same initials/signifier. ENSURE that you DO NOT include the following characters in a user’s ID: slash (/). DO NOT press Add again unless you actually want to create another user. Press New. Press Save after adding one or more users. Select the user’s group(s). asterisk (*). or blank spaces. 6.System Administration Creating a user 1. Press Save. Move the Trackball to a user ID in the User List. dash (-). Make the desired changes. the first user is erased and only the second remains. DO NOT set up a user with the same intitials/ signifier. The system allows you to do this. Also. question mark (?). Type the user ID. however. 3. You need to first set up a user here prior to setting up a user for VoiceScan. Deleting a user 1. When adding a new user. A 16-99 . NOTE: NOTE: Changing a user configuration 1. 2. select Admin. Move the Trackball to a user ID in the User List. Type the user’s information in the Identity section. Then edit the ID from the default of “NewUser” and edit the other fields. an underscore (_). The user is removed from the User List.

A . When selected. using the last user logon. the system is started automatically. the user must select a user ID and enter a password when logging on. 16-100 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.User – User ID for network accessPassword – Password for network access Select to release all patients. Common Network Login Database Maintenance Specifies the user ID and password used to access the network.Customizing Your System Logon The Logon section defines log on procedures. Figure 16-59. Administrative Logon Preset Menu Table 16-59: Preset Parameter Auto Logon Description Logon Specifies logon procedures: • • When blank.

A 16-101 . Figure 16-60.System Administration Function Keys The function key section defines the programmable functions allowable for the function keys. • • • • • • • • WorkSheet 3D LOGIQView ECG On/Off Set Home Text Overlay Grab Last Word Delete LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Administrative Function Key Preset Menu Table 16-60: Preset Parameter Function Keys Description Function Keys Programmable functions for the F6 through F12 keys.

16-102 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .Customizing Your System Service Press Service to activate the Service browser interface.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. For instance.Search Search Opens up a search window to find a parameter on the utility pages. Search Example 3. A list of possible matches appears to the right. Figure 16-61. Reports. A 16-103 . NOTE: You cannot perform a search on the Measure. 2. Press Search. if you’re searching for Turn on Zone Matching Filter. Type in the search string. To search for a utility parameter. 1. Select the correct match. you could just type ‘zoom’. or Service utility pages.

Customizing Your System This page intentionally left blank. 16-104 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .

biopsy kits and accessories as well as basic procedures for attaching a bispsy guide to the different types of probes. A 17-1 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Chapter 17 Probes and Biopsy This chapter consists of the information of each probe and describes some special concerns.

Connect to system with appropriate cable length Cables have been designed to: • Cable handling Take the following precautions with probe cables: • • • Keep free from wheels Do not bend the cable acutely Avoid crossing cables between probes.Probes and Biopsy Probe Overview Ergonomics Probes have been ergonomically designed to: • • • • • Handle and manipulate with ease Connect to the system with one hand Be lightweight and balanced Have rounded edges and smooth surfaces. A . contact with approved gel. Stand up to typical wear by cleaning and disinfectant agents. 17-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. etc.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. not all probes are labeled in this manner. A 17-3 . NOTE: Below is a representative sample of how a probe is labeled. so it is easily read when mounted on the system and is also automatically displayed on the screen when the probe is selected.Probe Overview Probe orientation Each probe is provided with an orientation marking (refer to Figure 17-1). This mark is used to identify the end of the probe corresponding to the side of the image having the orientation mark on the display. however. Orientation Mark Labeling Each probe is labeled with the following information: • • • • • • Seller's name and manufacturer Operating frequency (not shown on all probes) GE part number Probe serial number Month and year of manufacture Probe designation-provided on the probe grip and the top of the connector housing. Orientation Marking on Probe (Example) 1. Figure 17-1.

Probes and Biopsy Labeling (continued) Figure 17-2. A . Probe Adapter Label 17-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Probe Overview Labeling (continued) Figure 17-3. A 17-5 . Displayed Probe Information LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Probe Handle Labels Figure 17-4.

5CRC X E7C -RC X E6CRC X 4CRC X 3.5LRC X X X X X X 7LRC X X X X X X 3SRC X X X X X 17-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.8C -RC X 7.5LRC 7LRC 3SRC O X X Features Table 17-2: Probe Application LOGIQ View Virtual Convex Easy 3D Tru Access ACO Range Focus X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Probe Features 6. A .5CRC O E7C -RC E6CRC 4CRC X 3.8CRC X 7.Probes and Biopsy Applications Table 17-1: Probe Application Abdomen Small Parts Obstetrics Gynecology Pediatrics Neonatal Urology Cardiac Endocavity Transcranial Intraoperative Vascular Biopsy X X Main Application X X O O O X O X 0 O O X X Accessory Application O X X X X O O X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X O O O Probe Indications for Use 6.

0 1.5L-RC 6.0 4.5 Center Image Frequency [MHz) 3.4 5.3 4.75 ± 10% 3.0 4.5 ± 10% 7.3 3.5 ± 10% 6.8C-RC 7L-RC 7.5 2.0 4.75 ± 10% 7.0 5.Probe Overview Specifications Table 17-3: Probe Designation System Probe Definitions Doppler Frequency (MHz) Normal 3.5C-RC E6C-RC E7C-RC 3S-RC LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.5 ± 10% 6.5 4.0 5.0 2.5 ± 10% 2.0 4.4 4.5 ± 10% 6. A 17-7 .0 ± 10% 4C-RC 3.0 Penetration 2.

NOTE: Environmental Requirements Probes should be operated. transporting and storing the probes.1060hPa 17-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. cable. See ‘Probes’ on page 3-30 for more information.104° F Humidity 30 .Probes and Biopsy Probe Usage For details on connecting. CAUTION Table 17-4: Probe Environmental Requirements Storage -5° . or transported within the parameters outlined below. casing. Ensure that the probe face temperature does not exceed the normal operation temperature range. do not use the probe until it has been inspected and repaired/replaced by a GE Service Representative. If any damage is found. Keep a log of all probe maintenance.75 % non-condensing Pressure 700 .1060hPa Operational Temperature 10° . along with a picture of any probe malfunction. Look for any damage that would allow liquid to enter the probe. and connector.50° C 14° . disconnecting. deactivating.140° F 10 . Care and Maintenance Inspecting probes Perform After Each Use Inspect the probe's lens. activating. stored.90% non-condensing 700 .1060hPa Transport -5° .50° C -40° .90% non-condensing 700 .140° F 10 .40° C 50° . A .

Refer to the service manual for leakage check procedures. Degraded performance or damage such as cracks or chips in the housing may result. Prior to each use. do not use the probe until it has been inspected and repaired/replaced by a GE Service Representative. each time you clean the probe. strain relief. A 17-9 . including the cable. DO NOT drop the probes or subject them to other types of mechanical shock or impact. tears. Never immerse the probe connector or probe adaptors into any liquid. Use care when handling and protect from damage when not in use. DO NOT kink. Refer to the immersion illustration in the Probe Cleaning Process section. visually inspect the probe lens and case area for cracks. or apply excessive force on the probe cable. • • • • • LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. and other signs of physical damage. Failure to follow these precautions can result in serious injury and equipment damage. Insulation failure may result. Electrical leakage checks should be performed on a routine basis by GE Service or qualified hospital personnel. If a pin is bent. You must perform a more thorough inspection. Before inserting the connector into the probe port. DO NOT use a damaged or defective probe. DO NOT use a probe which appears to be damaged until you verify functional and safe performance. and connector. inspect the probe connector pins. tightly coil.Probe Overview Probe Safety Handling precautions WARNING Ultrasound probes are highly sensitive medical instruments that can easily be damaged by improper handling. cuts. Electrical shock hazard Electrical Hazard The probe is driven with electrical energy that can injure the patient or user if live internal parts are contacted by conductive solution: • DO NOT immerse the probe into any liquid beyond the level indicated by the immersion level diagram.

The pin of a probe connector may bend. 17-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. DO NOT apply excessive force to the probe connector when inserting into the probe port. A .Probes and Biopsy Mechanical hazards CAUTION A defective probe or excessive force can cause patient injury or probe damage: • • • Observe depth markings and do not apply excessive force when inserting or manipulating intercavitary probes. Inspect probes for sharp edges or rough surfaces that could injure sensitive tissue.

Use of legally marketed. sterile. In some cases. Refer to the biopsy instructions for the specific probes in the Discussion section of this chapter for further information. Probe sheaths are available for use with all clinical situations where infection is a concern. Use of legally marketed. CAUTION CAUTION Do not use pre-lubricated condoms as a sheath. please contact your local distributor or the appropriate support resource. pyrogen free probe sheaths is REQUIRED for neurological intra-operative procedures. To reorder sheaths. In addition to the sheath and elastic bands. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. they may damage the probe. Devices containing latex may cause severe allergic reaction in latex sensitive individuals. Instructions. Before using probe sheaths. verify whether the term of validity has expired. Custom made sheaths are available for each probe.Probe Overview Special handling instructions Using protective sheaths CAUTION Protective barriers may be required to minimize disease transmission. Reordering. there are associated accessories for performing a biopsy procedure which are included in the kit. sterile probe sheaths is strongly recommended for intra-cavitary and intra-operative procedures. Lubricants in these condoms may not be compatible with probe construction. Each probe sheath kit consists of a flexible sheath used to cover the probe and cable and elastic bands used to secure the sheath. CAUTION DO NOT use an expired probe sheath. A 17-11 . Sterile probe sheaths are supplied as part of biopsy kits for those probes intended for use in biopsy procedures.

Sterile/sanitary sheaths are to be used on the probe during its actual use with patients. If sterilant comes into contact with the patient. Wearing gloves protects the patient and operator. Sterilant Exposure from Probe Connector to Patient (e. Cidex)—DO NOT allow the sterilant to contact the patient. Only immerse the probe to its specified level. refer the the sterilant’s instruction manual.. 17-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. refer to the sterilant’s instruction manual.. Cidex)—DO NOT allow the sterilant to contact the patient. A . Endocavitary Probe Point of Contact—Refer to the sterilant’s instruction manual. If this happens. Ensure that no solution has entered the probe’s handle before scanning the patient. refer the the sterilant’s instruction manual.. CAUTION CAUTION Sterilant Exposure to Patient (e. Sterilant Exposure from Probe Handle to Patient (e. Ensure that no solution has entered the probe’s connector before scanning the paitent.g.g.g. please follow the cautions below. Only immerse the probe to its specified level. Cidex)—Contact with a sterilant to the patient’s skin or mucous membrane may cause an inflammation.Probes and Biopsy Endocavitary Probe Handling Precautions If the sterilization solution comes out of the endocavitary probe. If sterilant comes into contact with the patient.

One of the most effective ways to prevent transmission between patients is with single use or disposable devices. A 17-13 . ALWAYS clean and disinfect the probe between patients to the level appropriate for the type of examination and use FDA-cleared probe sheaths where appropriate. Depending on the type of examination. See for ordering information. use of a legally marketed. this contact occurs with a variety of tissues ranging from intact skin in a routine exam to recirculating blood in a surgical procedure.Probe Overview Probe handling and infection control This information is intended to increase user awareness of the risks of disease transmission associated with using this equipment and provide guidance in making decisions directly affecting the safety of the patient as well as the equipment user. The level of risk of infection varies greatly with the type of contact. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. ultrasound transducers are complex and expensive devices that must be reused between patients. Probes for neuro surgical use must not be sterilized with liquid chemical sterilants because of the possibility of neuro toxic residues remaining on the probe. to minimize the risk of disease transmission by using barriers and through proper processing between patients. legally marketed probe sheaths for intra-cavitary and intra-operative procedures. It is very important. Risk of Infection. sterile. Diagnostic ultrasound systems utilize ultrasound energy that must be coupled to the patient by direct physical contact. Always use sterile. It is the responsibility of the equipment user to verify and maintain the effectiveness of the infection control procedures in use. For neurological intra-operative procedures. therefore. However. pyrogen free probe sheath is REQUIRED. CAUTION CAUTION Adequate cleaning and disinfection are necessary to prevent disease transmission.

To minimize the risk of infection from blood-borne pathogens.Probes and Biopsy Probe Cleaning Process CAUTION You MUST disconnect the probe from the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO prior to cleaning/disinfecting the probe. The lens face is especially sensitive and can easily be damaged by rough handling. CAUTION Take extra care when handling the lens face of the Ultrasound transducer. Wash the probe with mild soap in lukewarm water. other potentially infectious materials. A . Air dry or dry with a soft cloth. 4. you must handle the probe and all disposables which have contacted blood. 1 meter up probe aperture can be immersed in liquid. Probe head (immersible portion) is IPX7. Cleaning probes Perform After Each Use To clean the probe: 1. You must wear protective gloves when handling potentially infectious material. or cloth to remove all visible residue from the probe surface. Prolonged soaking or scrubbing with a soft bristle brush (such as a toothbrush) may be necessary if material has dried onto the probe surface. NEVER use excessive force when cleaning the lens face. gauze. 3. mucous membranes. Disconnect the probe from the ultrasound console and remove all coupling gel from the probe by wiping with a soft cloth and rinsing with flowing water. Rinse the probe with enough clean potable water to remove all visible soap residue. 2. and non-intact skin in accordance with infection control procedures. Failure to do so could damage the system. Scrub the probe as needed using a soft sponge. CAUTION Probe Immersion Levels 17-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Use a face shield and gown if there is a risk of splashing or splatter.

A 17-15 . The level of disinfection is directly related to the duration of contact with the germicide. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Cidex Plus and Isopropanol have been approved for all probes available on the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO.Probe Overview Disinfecting probes Perform After Each Use Ultrasound probes can be disinfected using liquid chemical germicides. Increased contact time produces a higher level of disinfection.

pyrogen free probe sheaths. DO NOT soak probes in liquid chemical germicide for longer than is stated by the germicide instructions for use.Probes and Biopsy Disinfecting probes (continued) CAUTION In order for liquid chemical germicides to be effective. Extended soaking may cause probe damage and early failure of the enclosure. Neurological procedures must be done with the use of legally marketed. all visible residue must be removed during the cleaning process. CAUTION Probes for neuro surgical intra-operative use must NOT be sterilized with liquid chemical sterilants because of the possibility of neuro toxic residues remaining on the probe. High-level disinfection is recommended for surface probes and is required for endocavitary and intraoperative probes (follow the germicide manufacturer's recommended time). You MUST disconnect the probe from the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO prior to cleaning/disinfecting the probe. Thoroughly clean the probe. Be sure to follow all precautions for storage. rinse the probe following the germicide manufacturer's rinsing instructions. 1. as described earlier before attempting disinfection. Flush all visible germicide residue from the probe and allow to air dry. Failure to do so could damage the system. resulting in possible electric shock hazard. use and disposal. 17-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 2. Place the cleaned and dried probe in contact with the germicide for the time specified by the germicide manufacturer. A . sterile. Prepare the germicide solution according to the manufacturer's instructions. After removing from the germicide. 3.

Probe Overview Disinfecting probes (continued) WARNING CREUTZFIELD-JAKOB DISEASE Failure of the probe sheath or direct contact of the probe with dura or any intra-cranial tissue of patients with CreutzfieldJakob disease requires that the probe be destroyed. There is no effective means for decontamination of the probe. lens and seal. • • • • • Inspect the probe prior to use for damage or degeneration to the housing. Never immerse the transducer connector or probe adapters into any liquid. strain relief. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.gov/ncidod/hip/sterile/cjd. For more information. Do not use a damaged or defective probe. • Do not immerse the probe into any liquid beyond the level specified for that probe.cdc. ammonium chloride compounds or hydrogen peroxide Avoid contact with solutions or coupling gels containing mineral oil or lanolin Avoid temperatures above 60°C. A 17-17 . Avoid mechanical shock or impact to the transducer and do not apply excessive bending or pulling force to the cable. Transducer damage can result from contact with inappropriate coupling or cleaning agents: • Do not soak or saturate transducers with solutions containing alcohol. Failure to follow these precautions can result in serious injury and equipment damage. see the Center of Disease Control and Prevention http://www. Biological Hazard WARNING Ultrasound transducers can easily be damaged by improper handling and by contact with certain chemicals. bleach.htm.

If there is gel contact to the eye. ethanol. CAUTION Precautions Coupling gels should not contain the following ingredients as they are known to cause probe damage: • • • • • • • • • • Methanol. a conductive gel or couplant must be applied liberally to the patient where scanning will be performed. isopropanol. Table 17-5: Do the Following Inspect the Probes Clean the Probes Disinfect Probes X X X Planned Maintenance Program After Each Use X X X Daily As Necessary 17-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Probes and Biopsy Coupling gels WARNING Do not use unrecommended gels (lubricants). A . Do not apply gel to the eyes.. Applying In order to assure optimal transmission of energy between the patient and probe. flush eye thoroughly with water. They may damage the probe and void the warranty. or any other alcohol-based product Mineral oil Iodine Lotions Lanolin Aloe Vera Olive Oil Methyl or Ethyl Parabens (para hydroxybenzoic acid) Dimethylsilicone Polyether glycol based Planned Maintenance The following maintenance schedule is suggested for the system and probes to ensure optimum operation and safety.

Probe Overview Returning/Shipping Probes and Repair Parts GE Medical Systems policy requires that equipment returned for service MUST be clean and free of blood and other infectious substances. you need to clean and disinfect the probe or part prior to packing and shipping the equipment. When you return a probe or part for service (Field Engineer or customer). LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 17-19 . This ensures that employees in the transportation industry as well as the people who receive the package are protected from any risk. Ensure that you follow probe cleaning and disinfection instructions provided in the Basic User Manual.

including `micro' convex. the linear intra-operative probes are designated by the prefix/suffix "I". Linear Array probes are designated by the prefix/suffix "L". Linear Array. Phased Array Sector. are usually designated by the prefix/suffix "C". • • 17-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Phased Array Sector probes are designated by the prefix/suffix "S". Curved Array (Convex) probes. the endocavitary probe is designated by the prefix/suffix "E".Probes and Biopsy Probe Discussion Introduction The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO supports the following types of probes: • Curved Array (Convex). A .

8C-RC Curved Array (Convex) Probes Capabilities and Features • Wide field of view • Penetration • Good image uniformity • CFM/Doppler detectability • Biopsy capability • Wide field of view • Penetration • Good image uniformity • CFM/Doppler detectability • Biopsy capability • Wide field of view • Small headshell and probe shaft • CFM/Doppler sensitivity • Biopsy capability • Wide field of view • Small headshell and probe shaft • CFM/Doppler sensitivity • Biopsy capability • Wide field of view • Good image uniformity • CFM/Doppler detectability Intended Uses • General Purpose Illustration 4C-RC • General Purpose E7C-RC • Transvaginal E6C-RC • Transvaginal 6.5L-RC Linear Array Probes Illustration Intended Uses • Small Parts • Peripheral Vascular Capabilities and Features • Wide field of view • CFM Doppler sensitivity 7L-RC • Small Parts • Peripheral Vascular • Wide field of view • CFM Doppler sensitivity LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.5C-RC • Pediatrics • Neonatal Linear Probes Table 17-7: Probe 7. A 17-21 .Probe Discussion Convex Probes Table 17-6: Probe 3.

Probes and Biopsy Sector Probes Table 17-8: Probe 3S-RC Sector Probes Illustration Intended Uses • Cardiology • Transcranial • Abdomen Capabilities and Features • Small footprint • Wide field of view for B-Mode resolution and homogeneity • CFM Doppler sensitivity 17-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .

cleaning. CAUTION The use of biopsy devices and accessories that have not been evaluated for use with this equipment may not be compatible and could result in injury. After use. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Always monitor the relative positions of the biopsy needle and the subject mass during the procedure. The image must be live to avoid a positioning error. However.Biopsy Special Concerns Biopsy Special Concerns Precautions Concerning the Use of Biopsy Procedures WARNING Do not freeze the image during a biopsy procedure. actual needle movement is likely to deviate from the guideline. A 17-23 . follow proper procedures for decontamination. Equipment must be cleaned as appropriate for the procedure prior to use. Use protective barriers such as gloves and probe sheaths. Biopsy guidezones are intended to assist the user in determining optimal probe placement and approximate the needle path. CAUTION The invasive nature of biopsy procedures requires proper preparation and technique to control infection and disease transmission. and waste disposal. • • • • Follow the probe cleaning and disinfection procedures and precautions to properly prepare the probe. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the cleaning of biopsy devices and accessories.

See ‘Probe Safety’ on page 17-9 for more information. A . 17-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Probes and Biopsy Precautions Concerning the Use of Biopsy Procedures (continued) CAUTION Improper cleaning methods and the use of certain cleaning and disinfecting agents can cause damage to the plastic components that will degrade imaging performance or increase the risk of electric shock.

Select the desired biopsy kit. A 17-25 . Figure 17-5. B-Mode Top/Sub Menu The available biopsy options appear when Biopsy Kit is selected.Preparing for a Biopsy TBD Preparing for a Biopsy TBD Displaying the Guidezone Activate the Biopsy Kit by selecting it from the B-Mode Top/Sub Menu. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. There are fixed and adjustable angle biopsy kits available with the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO depending on the probe.

The dots which make up the guidezones is the depth readout where: • • Yellow represent 1 cm increments. NOTE: To set up biopsy guidezones. refer to for more details.Probes and Biopsy Displaying the Guidezone (continued) Figure 17-6. Biopsy Guidezones for the 4C-RS Probe The biopsy guidezone represents a path of the needle. Red represents 5 cm increments. 17-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . The display should be carefully monitored during a biopsy for any needle deviation from the center line or guidezone.

07 3.1 1.9 3. Bracket manufacturing tolerance. it is recommended the multi-angle guides only be used with the Ultrapro II. Biopsy Guide Availability Multi-Angle MBX1 E8C-RS 15.5 8.5 4. NOTE: Although the multi-angle guides are compatible with the Civco Ultrapro and Ultrapro II.3 (TR5) 15200 (reusable) 4C-RS 8L-RS 9L-RS 12L-RS 3S-RS DANGER 4.5 4. Needle size chosen. A 17-27 .5 10.0 MBX2 MBX3 Table 17-9: Probe Fixed Angle Failure to match the guidezone displayed to the guide may cause the needle to track a path outside the zone.13 1.0 6. the angle displayed on the screen matches the angle set on the guide.Preparing for a Biopsy TBD Displaying the Guidezone (continued) The needle may vary from the center line or guidezone for various reasons: • • • • Needle barrel to needle clearance or strength.05 4.0 6.0 5. otherwise the needle will not follow the displayed guidezone which could result in repeated biopsies or patient injury. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Thinner needles may deflect more.5 5. It is extremely important that when using the adjustable angle biopsy guides.63 2. Needle deflection due to tissue resistance.

gel (sterile gel if necessary) and disposable needle barrels. A . The disposable needle barrels are available for a variety of needle sizes. CAUTION 17-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Sector and Linear probes have optional biopsy guide attachments for each probe.Probes and Biopsy Preparing the Biopsy Guide Attachment Convex. disposable needle clip to attach to the bracket. The guide consists of a nondisposable bracket to attach to the probe. Please refer to the manufacturer's instructions included in the biopsy kit. sheath.

4. a b Figure 17-7. Applying Sanitary Sheath LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Use the rubber bands supplied to hold the sheath in place. Probe Orientation Mark b. Place an adequate amount of coupling gel on the face of the probe. Identify the appropriate biopsy guide bracket by matching the label on the bracket with the probe to be used. Bracket 3. Attach the biopsy bracket to the probe by sliding the bracket over the end of the probe until it clicks or locks in place. 2.Preparing for a Biopsy TBD Fixed Needle Biopsy Guide Assembly 1. Orient the bracket so that the needle clip attachment will be on the same side as the probe orientation mark (ridge). Place the proper sanitary sheath over the probe and biopsy bracket. A 17-29 . 5. Probe/Bracket Alignment a. Figure 17-8.

Push the locking mechanism towards the bracket to secure the lock. Choose the desired gauge (size) needle barrel. Sheath Fixed Needle Clip Attachment 7. Make sure the needle guide is firmly attached to the bracket. Twist it back and forth to remove it from the plastic tree. Needle Barrel Selection 17-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. a Figure 17-9. Snap the fixed or adjustable needle clip onto the biopsy guide bracket. a. Locking the Needle Clip 8. A .Probes and Biopsy Fixed Needle Biopsy Guide Assembly (continued) 6. Figure 17-11. Figure 17-10.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 17-31 . Needle Barrel Installation CAUTION Ensure that all guide parts are seated properly prior to performing a biopsy. Figure 17-12. Place the needle barrel into the needle clip with the desired gauge facing the needle clip and snap into place.Preparing for a Biopsy TBD Fixed Needle Biopsy Guide Assembly (continued) 9.

Multi-Angle Biopsy Guide Bracket 3. Figure 17-13. A . provided with the biopsy bracket and needle guide in the kit. Orient the bracket so that the needle clip attachment will be on the same side as the probe orientation mark (ridge). Bracket 4. 1. 2. Enable the system biopsy guidezone and try guidezone angles A1 to A3 to decide the best angle setting for needle path. Scan the patient and identify the target for biopsy. Move the probe to locate the target to the center of the image. 17-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. b a Figure 17-14. Probe Orientation Mark b. Attach the biopsy bracket to the probe by sliding the bracket over the end of the probe until it clicks or locks in place. have been read and thoroughly understood.Probes and Biopsy Multi Angle Biopsy Guide Assembly WARNING DO NOT attempt to use the biopsy bracket and needle guide until the manufacturer's instructions. Probe/Bracket Alignment a. Identify the appropriate biopsy guide bracket by matching the label on the bracket with the probe to be used.

a Figure 17-16. A 17-33 . Pull up on the knob to freely move the needle guide attachment. Excessive force may cause the bracket to release from the probe. a. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Align the knob with the selected position of the needle guide attachment from MBX1. MBX2 and MBX3.Preparing for a Biopsy TBD Multi Angle Biopsy Guide Assembly (continued) 5. Pull up Select the angle position 6. a Figure 17-15. to match the guidezone display on the ultrasound system. a. Push CAUTION Fix the angle position Hold the bracket in place on the probe when pushing the knob to secure the angle position of the needle guide attachment. Push the knob down into the desired slot to secure the angle position of the needle guide attachment.

Snap the needle clip onto the biopsy guide bracket. Make sure the needle guide is firmly attached to the bracket. a. Push the locking mechanism towards the bracket to secure the lock. Locking the Needle Clip 17-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Probes and Biopsy Multi Angle Biopsy Guide Assembly (continued) 7. Place an adequate amount of coupling gel on the face of the probe. Place the proper sanitary sheath tightly over the probe and biopsy bracket. Use the rubber bands supplied to hold the sheath in place. Sheath Fixing the Needle Clip Attachment 10. 8. a Figure 17-18. Applying Sanitary Sheath 9. Figure 17-19. Figure 17-17. A .

Figure 17-20. Choose the desired gauge (size) needle barrel. Needle Barrel Installation CAUTION Ensure that all guide parts are seated properly prior to perfoming a biopsy. A 17-35 . Twist it back and forth to remove it from the plastic tree. Figure 17-21. Place the needle barrel into the needle clip with the desired gauge facing the needle clip and snap into place. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Needle Barrel Selection 12.Preparing for a Biopsy TBD Multi Angle Biopsy Guide Assembly (continued) 11.

c. Release the needle from assembly a. Figure 17-22.Probes and Biopsy Releasing the needle According to the following procedure. A . Push the knob portion of a sleeve in the direction of the arrow. b. 17-36 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The needle is released from the assembly. Push the probe and the assembly in the direction of the larger arrow to remove the needle. you remove the needle from a probe and an assembly without moving the needle.

TR5° Biopsy Guide Figure 17-24. A 17-37 . a. Convex Biopsy Guide for E8C-RS (Reusable) To prepare the E8C-RS for use: 1. 2. the needle guide type is the TR5° (Civco disposable guide with a 5° offset angle) or the E8C-RU (Convex Biopsy Guide for E8C [reusable]). b a Figure 17-25. Clean. If the biopsy guide is to be attached. Probe Head b. NOTE: Filling Removal Tool 3. Remove the probe from the box and carefully examine it for any damage.Preparing for a Biopsy TBD Endocavitary Probe Biopsy Guide Assembly E8C-RS Preparation When the E8C-RS probe is attached and active. then disinfect the probe. use the filling removal tool to clean out the attachment area on the probe head. c Attachment Filling Removal LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Attachment c. Figure 17-23. Ensure that protective gloves are worn.

3. Remove the sheath from its package. a b c Figure 17-26. 17-38 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Probes and Biopsy Installing the sheath NOTE: To install the sheath: 1. Place the sheath tip over the probe aperture and then pull the sheath end toward the probe handle. Do not unroll the sheath. 2. Probe Body E8C-RS Probe with Sheath 5. Remember to rinse all sanitary probe sheaths of powder before placing on the probe. Powder can degrade the displayed image. Sanitary Sheath c. NOTE: Ensure that only acoustic coupling gel is used for this purpose. 4. cuts or tears. a. Inspect the sheath for nicks. Rub a finger over the tip of the probe to ensure all air bubbles have been removed. Place an adequate amount of ultrasound gel inside the sheath tip (the gel is between the sheath inner surface and the probe aperture). A . Probe Handle b.

Figure 17-27. Ensure the guide is properly seated and secure by pushing forward on the needle insertion end of the guide until the attachment node is firmly in place in it’s hole. You MUST select E8C_RU from the Top/Sub Menu when using the reusable E8C biopsy guide. Civco Disposable Biopsy Guide 5° Angle Figure 17-28.Preparing for a Biopsy TBD E8C-RS Biopsy Guide Preparation CAUTION 1. Place an adequate amount of ultrasound gel on the gel-filled sheath tip’s outer surface. Fix with a screw 2. a WARNING LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. DO NOT use the needle with the catheter (soft tube). 3. Convex Biopsy Guide for E8C (Reusable) a. A 17-39 . The needle placement will not be as intended if the needle guide is not properly seated and secure. snap the metal or plastic biopsy guide on to the probe over the sheath. There is a possibility of breaking the catheter in the body. If a biopsy is to be performed. Patient injury or repeated biopsies may result.

17-40 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Scan in a container filled with water (47° C). Ensure that the needle echo falls within the guidezone markers.Probes and Biopsy Biopsy Needle Path Verification To verify that the path of the needle is accurately indicated within the guidezone on the system monitor. perform the following: • • • • Properly install the bracket and biopsy guide. A . Display the biopsy guidezone on the monitor.

Preparing for a Biopsy TBD The Biopsy Procedure WARNING Biopsy procedures must only be performed on live images. Scan to locate the target. B-Mode Top/Sub Menu 3. 4. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. NOTE: Enabling color flow would allow for visualization of the vascular structure around the area to be biopsied. ensure that the proper guidezone angle is displayed. 1. Place coupling gel on the scanning surface of the probe/ sheath/biopsy guide assembly. Place the needle in the guide between the needle barrel and needle clip. Center the target in the electronic guidezone path. Direct it into the area of interest for specimen retrieval. Figure 17-29. 2. Activate the biopsy guidezone on the system through the B-Mode Top/Sub Menu. When using multi-angle guides. A 17-41 .

all parts must be discarded after the procedure whether they have been used or not. Clean and disinfect the probe. See ‘Probe Cleaning Process’ on page 17-14 for more information. Properly dispose of these items in accordance with current facility guidelines. A . CAUTION 17-42 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.Probes and Biopsy Post Biopsy When the biopsy is complete. UP2 or UP2+) is opened. When the biopsy needle guide kit (UP. needle clip and probe sheath. remove the needle barrel. The biopsy bracket can be cleaned and disinfected in a recommended disinfecting agent and reused.

Therefore. Equipment must be cleaned as appropriate for the procedure prior to use. CAUTION LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The invasive nature of biopsy procedures requires proper preparation and technique to control infection and disease transmission. See ‘Preparing the Biopsy Guide Attachment’ on page 17-30 for more information. Sterile gel is applied to the transducer face and a sterile sheath completely covers the transducer and cable which has first undergone a thorough cleaning and high-level disinfection.Surgery/Intra-operative Use Surgery/Intra-operative Use Preparing for Surgery/Intra-operative Procedures Preparing the transducer for intra-operative use follows the same sterile procedure as for biopsy use except that no biopsy attachments are used. both the operator and probe needs to be sterile. a sterile environment is required. A 17-43 . For surgery/intra-operative procedures.

Probes and Biopsy Preparing for Surgery/Intra-operative Procedures (continued) To ensure a sterile environment during the procedure. Place an adequate amount of sterile coupling gel on the face of the probe. 3. 1. it is recommended that this be a two-person job. A . Depending on the type of procedure. The scanner (surgeon. Figure 17-30. use either sterile water or sterile gel on the sheath cover. Perform a high level disinfection of the probe. 17-44 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. etc. 4. NOTE: Follow your institutions guidelines on post surgery/intraoperative procedures for probe cleaning and disinfection. sonographer. 2.) should be sterile and gloved. Applying Sterile Sheath 5. Place the proper sterile sheath over the probe and cord.

and system care and maintenance instructions. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 18-1 . assistance information.Chapter 18 User Maintenance This chapter supplies system data.

Right 50 degrees.38 lb) Keyboard • Ergonomic. Down 90 degrees. A .User Maintenance System Data Features/Specifications Table 18-1: Dimensions and Weight • Height: 1400mm (55. 750 kg (165. Rotate Angle: Left 50 degrees. 18-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.70 in) • Depth: 700 mm (27. Console Design • 2 Active Probe Port • Probe cable management Monitor • High performance TFT LCD • 15” display • Opening angle adjustment: Tilt Angle: Up 45 degrees. intuitive key layout • ‘Soft click’ hard keys with mechanical and acoustic feedback • Special function keys with additional perceptible marks • Seven programmable ‘User Define’ keys • Back-Lit keys (Freeze only) Physical Attributes Electrical Power • Voltage:100-120 Vac or 220-240 Vac • Frequency: 50/60 Hz • Power: 500VA max.16 in) • Width: 500 mm (19.58 in) • Weight: approx.

A 18-3 . patient information • Auto Doppler Calculation • Generic Calcs • Abdomen Calcs • Small parts Calcs • Gynecological Calcs • OB Calcs • Urological Calcs • Vascular Calcs • Cardiac Calcs System Overview Transducer Types • Electronic Convex Array • Electronic Micro-convex Array • Electronic Linear Array • Endocavitary Electronic Micro-convex Operating Modes • B-Mode • M-Mode • PW Doppler • CF Mode • PDI Mode Options • DICOM connectivity • Easy 3D • LOGIQ view • B Steer • AMM mode • Report Accessory Options • Footswitch Media Options • USB HDD • USB memory stick Peripheral Options • B/W Printer • Officejet Printer • Color Printer LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Auto Spectrum Optimization and Auto Color Optimization) • ACE • Built-in patient archive with images.System Data Table 18-2: Applications • Abdominal • Obstetrical • Gynecological • Cardiac • Urological • Small parts (thyroid and prostate) • Pediatric • Vascular • Neonatal Standard Features • Standard CINE Memory • Automatic Optimization (Auto Tissue Optimization.

Rotation: 0 and 180 degrees • Imaging Depth: 2-30cm [Minimum: 2 cm (Zoom). Image Softener Level. Sweep Speed for M-Mode) • D-Mode (Gain. Transmission Frequency. Baseline Shift. Velocity Scale/PRF. Edge Enhancement.User Maintenance Table 18-3: System Parameters Zoom • Smart Zoom (2-times write zoom with increased resolution): Image Archive • Archiving Format: DICOM • Possibly exported to other format CINE Memory/Image Memory • CINE Gauge and CINE Image number display • CINE Review Loop • Selectable CINE Sequence for CINE Review (by Start Frame and End Frame) • Measurements/Calculations & Annotations on CINE Playback Images • Memory Stick Post-Processing • ATO (Automatic Tissue Optimization) • ASO (Automatic Spectrum Optimization) • ACO (Automatic Color Optimization) • Auto TGC • 24 B-Mode Grey Maps • 24 M-Mode Grey Maps • Rejection funtion. Dynamic Range. Transmission Frequency. Maximum: 30 cm] • Transmission Focus [1-8 Focus Points selectable. A . Focus Position: 8 steps (probe independent) • Receiving Focus [CDA/CDF (Continuous Dynamic Focus/Continuous Dynamic Aperture)] • 256 Shades of Grey 18-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Wall Filter. Transmission Focus Number. Sweep Speed) Image Processing and Presentation • Image Reverse: Right/ Left • Image Rotation: 2 steps. adjustable from 0 to 5 in 6-digit steps Pre-Processing • B/M-Mode (Gain. TGC. Transmission Focus Position. Dynamic Range.

Biopsy) Table 18-6: • Video Out (VGA) • S-Video Out • Audio Out Inputs and Outputs Signal • Connectors [USB ports] • Ethernet LAN Port • Composite Out LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A 18-5 . OB/GYN. Biopsy) • E6C-RC Convex Probe (Applications: OB/GYN) Probes • 6.5C-RC Convex Probe (Applications: Pediatric.System Data Table 18-4: B-Mode • Distance • Circumference/ Area • Echo Level • Angle • Ratios • Depth from Probe Surface M-Mode • Distance • Time • Slope • Heart Rate Doppler Measurements/Calculations • Velocity • Frequency • Time • Acceleration • Heart Rate • Auto Doppler Trace function with automatic calculations • Time Averaged Max. Biopsy) • 7L-RC: Linear Probe (Application: Small Parts.8C-RC Micro Convex Probe (Applications: Abdomen. Biopsy) • 7./ Mean Velocity • Ratios • PI (Pulsatility Index) • RI (Resistivity Index) Measurements and Calculations Vascular Measurements/Calculations • Summary Worksheet Obstetrics Measurements/Calculations • Gestational Age Calculation • Multi-Gestational Calculation • EFW Calculation • Summary Worksheet • Fetal Trend Graph Gynecology Measurements/Calculations • Summary Worksheet Urology Measurements/Calculation • Summary Worksheet Cardiac Measurements/Calculations • Summary Worksheet Table 18-5: • 4C-RC Convex Probe (Applications: Abdomen. Urology. Vascular.) • E7C-RC Convex Probe (Applications: OB/GYN. Urology. Biopsy) • 3S-RC: Sector Probe (Application: Cardiac. Vascular. Neonatal. Biopsy) • 3.5L-RC: Linear Probe (Application: Small Parts. OB/GYN.

The percent accuracy when stated applies to the measurement obtained (not the full scale range). in order to detect possible equipment malfunctions that could affect measurement accuracy. the expected inaccuracy is the greater of the two. but an average velocity for soft tissue is assumed. Be sure to follow all measurement instructions and develop uniform measurement techniques among all users to minimize the potential operator error. Please be advised that all distance and Doppler related measurements through tissue are dependent upon the propagation velocity of sound within the tissue.User Maintenance Clinical Measurement Accuracy Basic Measurements The following information is intended to provide guidance to the user in determining the amount of variation or measurement error that should be considered when performing clinical measurements with this equipment. Also. Error can be contributed by equipment limitations and improper user technique. 18-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. a quality assurance (QA) plan should be established for the equipment that includes routine accuracy checks with tissue mimicking phantoms. and the accuracy statements listed on are based on. The propagation velocity usually varies with the type of tissue. A . an assumed average velocity of 1540 m/s. Where the accuracy is stated as a percent with a fixed value. This equipment is designed for.

A 18-7 .System Data Basic Measurements (continued) Table 18-7: System Measurements and Accuracies TBD Limitations or Conditions Measurement Depth Distance: Axial Lateral Lateral Lateral Circumference: Trace Ellipse Area: Trace Ellipse Time Slope Doppler SV Position Velocity Units mm Useful Range Full Screen Accuracy ±5% or 1 mm mm mm mm mm Full Screen Full Screen Full Screen Full Screen ±5% or 1 mm ±5% or 2 mm ±5% or 4 mm ±5% or 4 mm ±5% or 1 mm Linear Probes Convex Probes Sector Probes mm mm Full Screen Full Screen ±10% or 1 mm ±5% or 1 mm ±5% or 1 mm mm2 mm2 s mm/s mm cm/s Full Screen Full Screen Timeline Display Timeline Display Full Screen From 0 to 100 cm/s From 100 to 130 cm/s From 0-60° From 60-80° ±5% or 1 mm2 ±5% or 1 mm2 ±5% or 10 ms ±5% or 1 mm/s ±2 mm ±10% or 1 cm/s ±5% or 1 cm/s 50% ±5% ±12% M or Doppler Mode M-Mode Only Any Direction PW Doppler Mode Color Flow Mode Doppler Angle Correction cm/s LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

The user is encouraged to research the literature and judge the equipment capabilities on an ongoing basis in order to assess its utility as a clinical tool.User Maintenance Clinical Calculation Accuracy Estimate the overall inaccuracy of a combined measurement and calculation by including the stated inaccuracy from the basic measurement accuracy statements. CAUTION 18-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A . Calculation formulas and databases are provided as a tool to assist the user. Review the referenced source of the stated formula or method to become familiar with the intended uses and possible limitations of the calculation. Diagnostic errors may result from the inappropriate use of clinical calculations. but should not be considered an undisputed database. in making a clinical diagnosis.

Equipment for loose or missing hardware. Failure to do so could cause serious injury. Contact a Service Representative for information. do not remove panels or covers from console. Casters for proper locking operation. This servicing must be performed by qualified service personnel. Control panel and keyboard for defects. To avoid electrical shock hazard. Contact the local Service Representative for parts or periodic maintenance inspections. Entire length of electrical and power cables for cuts or abrasions. If any defects are observed or malfunctions occur. do not operate the equipment but inform a qualified service person. A 18-9 .System Care and Maintenance System Care and Maintenance Overview Refer to Section 10 of the LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Service Manual for any additional maintenance guidance. Inspecting the System Examine the following on a monthly basis: • • • • • Connectors on cables for any mechanical defects. CAUTION Biological Hazard LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

User Maintenance Weekly Maintenance The system requires weekly care and maintenance to function safely and properly. Clean the following: • • • • LCD Monitor Operator control panel Footswitch Printer Failure to perform required maintenance may result in unnecessary service calls. 18-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .

non-abrasive folded cloth. disconnect the power cord. folded cloth. Do not spray any liquid directly into the unit. back. make sure not to scratch the LCD. Turn off the system power. If possible. front. LCD Monitor To clean the monitor face: Use a soft. Gently wipe the monitor face. System Cabinet To clean the system cabinet: • • NOTE: Moisten a soft. Methyl Alcohol or Methyl Ethyl Ketone) on monitors with the filter (anti-glare shield). LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Do NOT use a glass cleaner that has a hydrocarbon base (such as Benzene. NOTE: When cleaning the screen. Wipe down the top. Hard rubbing will also damage the filter. and both sides of the system cabinet. A 18-11 .System Care and Maintenance Cleaning the system Prior to cleaning any part of the system: 1.

Printer To clean the printer: 1. NOTE: When cleaning the operator control panel. Use a cotton swab to clean around keys or controls. Wipe the external surfaces of the unit then dry with a soft. Wipe down operator control panel. or Cidex in a normal diluted form for cleaning/disinfecting the operator panel. NOTE: NOTE: Footswitch To clean the footswitch: 1. 3. In case of SARS. alcohol.User Maintenance Operator Controls To clean the operator control panel: 1. Run the cleaning sheet (provided with the printer) through the printer. clean. No further maintenance. disconnect the power cord. NOTE: Never use strong solvents. cloth. 2. make sure not to spill or spray any liquid on the controls. Moisten a soft. Wipe the external surfaces of the unit with a soft. use bleach. To clean the surface of the print head: 1. see the Printer's Operator Manual. non-abrasive folded cloth with a mild. Turn off the power. general purpose. or in the probe connection receptacle. non-abrasive soap and water solution. such as thinner or benzine. clean. DO NOT use T-spray or Sani Wipes on the control panel. such as lubrication. Use a toothpick to remove solids from between keys and controls. A . general purpose. If possible. non-abrasive soap and water solution. Moisten a soft. Remove stubborn stains with a cloth lightly dampened with a mild detergent solution. dry cloth. For more information. 2. non-abrasive folded cloth with a mild. or abrasive cleansers because they will damage the cabinet. is required. into the system cabinet. 3. 2. 18-12 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.System Care and Maintenance Other Peripheral Maintenance Refer to the peripheral manuals for more information. A 18-13 .

It is recommended the filters be cleaned quarterly (once every three months). Cleaning the air filter Clean the system’s air filters to ensure that a clogged filter does not cause the system to overheat and reduce system performance and reliability. A . Unscrew Side Air Filter 18-14 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.User Maintenance Other Maintenance Replacing illuminated key caps/lamps Contact a local Service Representative when a key cap or lamp needs to be replaced. CAUTION Be sure to lock the wheels before cleaning the air filters to aviod injury by any unexpected movement of the system. To remove the left/right side air filter: 1. The right side filter is located on the bottom right side and the left air filter is located on the bottom left side of the system. Prior to cleaning the air filter. disconnect the power cord. Unscrew air filter screws on the edge of Power Box. Removing Figure 18-1. Locating The LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO has two air filters. turn off the system power.

Be sure to shake the filter in an area away from the system. rinse and air dry or dry with a cloth. Figure 18-2. Pull out Air Filter Figure 18-3. 2. Wash the filter in a mild soapy solution. Cleaning Left/Right side Air Filter and Screw To clean the filter: 1. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. screw air filter screws on the edge of Power Box. 2. NOTE: Installing Allow wet filter to dry thoroughly before installing. A 18-15 .System Care and Maintenance Cleaning the air filter(continued) 2. Pull out the filter from the left/right side of the system. 1. Slide the left/right side air filter back into the system.

it is in the best interests of every ultrasound user to routinely monitor equipment performance. The frequency of Quality Assurance evaluations should be based on user's specific needs and clinical practice. 18-16 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A .User Maintenance Quality Assurance Introduction A good Quality Assurance Evaluation program consists of periodic systematic actions that provide the user with adequate confidence that their diagnostic ultrasound system will produce consistently high quality images and quantitative information. Routine equipment evaluations may also reduce the duration of exams. and maintenance time required. Periodic monitoring is essential in order to detect the performance changes that occur through normal aging of system components. See ‘System Care and Maintenance’ on page 18-9 for more information. Therefore. number of repeat exams. For details on system and peripheral routine preventive maintenance instructions.

etc. Frequency of tests Quality assurance tests are used to determine whether a scanner is providing the same level of performance from day to day. Future test results can be compared to the baseline in order to maintain a record of system performance trends. Image quality should also be tested immediately after the following events: • • • Service calls System upgrades/modifications Dropped probe.Quality Assurance Typical Tests to Perform Quality assurance measurements provide results relating to system performance. Tests should also be performed when a question about system performance exists. It is recommended that the user perform quality assurance tests at least every three months or every 400 patient studies. power surge. With these tests. A 18-17 . A mobile system may require more frequent tests. a performance baseline can be set at installation with the phantom in your department. Typically these are: • • • • • • Axial Measurement Accuracy Lateral Measurement Accuracy Axial and Lateral Resolution Penetration Functional & Contrast Resolution Gray Scale Photography. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. The frequency of testing varies with the amount of system usage and modes to be tested.

The RMI 403GS phantom is still available. If a problem with any Doppler parameters or measurement is suspected. Due to the superior penetration and resolution capabilities of GE ultrasound systems. Doppler phantoms are currently expensive and complicated to deal with on the user level. Typical phantoms are composed of material that acoustically mimic human tissue. Pins. It is the most current one available to our field service personnel and will provide the targets and extended life necessary for consistent system testing. contact a local service representative for evaluation.User Maintenance Phantoms Quality Assurance Evaluations should be done with phantoms and test objects that are applicable to the parameters being evaluated or to the user's clinical practice. the RMI 405GSX is recommended. A . anechoic and echogenic targets are physically positioned to provide information for a variety of tests. 18-18 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Penetration Phantoms 2.Quality Assurance Phantoms (continued) Figure 18-4. A 18-19 . Functional Resolution 4. Axial Resolution 7. Lateral Distance Measurement 6. Axial Distance Measurement 3. Gray Scale Plane Targets LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 1. Lateral Resolution 5. Contrast Resolution and Gray Scale Photography 8.

contact a local Service Representative. The same conditions must be reproduced for each periodic check. Failing to reproduce the control settings as in the baselines will introduce errors in the data and potentially invalidate the results. If a probe or major assembly is replaced. it can be assumed that the system performance has not degraded from the baseline. If the difference between the baseline and periodic check persists. periodic checks should mimic the baseline setup parameters. The resulting image.User Maintenance Baselines An absolute necessity for a quality assurance program is establishing baselines for each test or check. All system parameters not displayed on the monitor should be recorded for the permanent record. Periodic Checks Periodic checks should be performed in accordance with your facility’s quality assurance requirements. when scanning the phantom exactly as before. should be recorded and compared to the baseline. A . Baselines can be made by adjusting system parameters to prescribed levels or to the best possible image. double check the system setup and repeat the test. The key factor to remember is reproducibility. If a significant difference between the baseline and periodic check is noted. When a matching image is obtained. Baselines are established after the system has been verified to be working properly at installation or after a repair. new baselines should be generated. 18-20 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. For the data to be valid.

In most cases the choice is hard copy. the wide range of acceptance criteria. as well as to detect system performance trends. Quality Assurance Evaluation results should be compared to previously-recorded results. Unacceptable performance or diminishing trends should be identified for maintenance or repair before a malfunction or inappropriate diagnosis occurs.Quality Assurance Results Lack of standardization among test instruments. A 18-21 . LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. and incomplete knowledge regarding the significance of certain performance parameters prohibit the establishment of absolute performance criteria for these tests. The user should determine the best method for recording and archiving the baseline and periodic checks. Performance trends can then be detected. It is important to maintain good consistent records for inspections that may arise.

A representative example. with the probes used most often by the customer. Adjust image monitor. 5. Be familiar with proper phantom operating procedures prior to use for quality assurance evaluations. A . Use a gray scale phantom as the scan object for the tests. Place focal zone marker(s) in area of interest for an optimum image. 3. 2. should be adequate in judging system performance trends. the benefit it provides and steps to accomplish the test are supplied. Test Procedures The following are recommended Quality Assurance tests. 4. Using the system's dual image display format is often very convenient and saves recording media. It is certainly not necessary to make all checks with all probes. Annotate non-displayed image processing controls. Commercial phantoms are supplied with its own operator manual. Set TGC slide pots to center (detent) position. Reproducibility to monitor system trends is the key to quality assurance evaluations. Ensure that what is seen is what is recorded. The importance of recording scan parameters and consistent record keeping cannot be stressed enough.User Maintenance System Setup The user should tailor the tests to their particular needs. Brightness and contrast should be set to the normal viewing of a good gray scale image. A brief description of the test. 1. Check all recording devices for proper duplication of image monitor. 18-22 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

as necessary. mid and far fields as well as in zoom. Contact a Service Engineer if vertical measurements differ by more than 1. different depths or fields of view can be tested.50% of the actual distance. repeat the distance measurements between pins and record the images for archiving. A 18-23 . If necessary. Scan the vertical pins in zoom or at different depth/scale factors. Most imaging systems use depth markers and/or electronic calipers for this purpose. Scan a test phantom with precisely-spaced vertical pin targets. 3. To measure axial distance: 1. Adjust all scan controls. 4. 2. Press Freeze to stop image acquisition. Press Freeze to stop image acquisition and perform a standard distance measurement between the pins at different points in the image. depth and volume of a structure is a critical factor in determining a proper diagnosis. Method Procedure LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Document the measurements for reference and future comparison. The accurate measurement of the size. Axial distance should be measured in the near. See Figure 18-1 for more information. Record all images for archiving.Quality Assurance Axial distance measurements Description Benefit Axial measurements are the distance measurements obtained along the sound beam. 5. for the best image of the pin targets to typical depths for the probe being used.

User Maintenance Lateral distance measurements Description Lateral measurements are distance measurements obtained perpendicular to the axis of the sound beam. Document the measurements for reference and future comparison. A . To measure lateral distance: 1. Record all images for archiving. Press Freeze to stop image acquisition. repeat the distance measurements between pins and record the images for archiving. 2. 3. mid and far fields as well as in zoom. Scan the horizontal pins in zoom or at different depth/scale factors. Contact a Service Engineer if horizontal measurements differ by more than 3mm or 3% of that depth. Scan a test phantom with precisely-spaced horizontal pin targets. Benefit Method Procedure 18-24 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. as necessary. Press Freeze to stop image acquisition and perform a standard distance measurement between the pins at different points in the image. Adjust all scan controls. If necessary. The purpose is the same as vertical measurements. 4. for the best image of the pin targets from side to side. Preciselyspaced horizontal pin targets are scanned and results compared to the known distance in the phantom. 5. different depths of fields of view can be tested. See Figure 18-1 for more information. Lateral distance should be measured in the near. whichever is greater.

Benefit In clinical imaging. See Figure 18-1 for more information. 7. 5.Quality Assurance Axial resolution Descprition Axial resolution is the minimum reflector separation between two closely-spaced objects to produce discrete reflections along the axis of the sound beam. Record all images for archiving. Press Freeze to stop image acquisition. Axial resolution is affected by the transmitting section of the system and the probe. This may lead to improper interpretation of the ultrasound image. as necessary. A 18-25 . Scan the vertical pins in zoom or at different depth/scale factors. 6. Perform a standard distance measurement of the pin vertical thickness at different points in the image. Press Freeze to stop image acquisition. 2. Contact a Service Engineer if any changes are observed. Document the measurements for reference and future comparison. poor axial resolution displays small structures lying close together as a single dot. for the best image of the pin targets to typical depths for the probe being used. Scan a test phantom with precisely-spaced vertical pin targets. It can also be monitored by checking the vertical size of known pin targets. To measure Axial resolution: 1. Axial resolution should remain stable over time. 3. Procedure LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. repeat the vertical thickness measurements of the pins and record the images for archiving. Adjust all scan controls. 4.

Pin width should remain relatively constant over time ("1mm). 3. 4. Document the measurements for reference and future comparison. degree of focusing. 2. the better the lateral resolution. It can also be monitored by checking the horizontal size of known pin targets. Benefit Clinically. poor lateral resolution will display small structures lying close together as a single dot. and distance of the object from the face of the probe. The narrower the beam. Record all images for archiving. Press Freeze to stop image acquisition. Scan a test phantom with precisely-spaced horizontal pin targets. for the best image of the pin targets from side to side. To measure lateral resolution: 1. Contact a Service Engineer if beam width changes consistently over 2 to 3 periodic tests. The beam width is affected by the frequency. Procedure 18-26 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Lateral resolution is dependent upon the beam width produced by the probe. This may lead to improper interpretation of the ultrasound image.User Maintenance Lateral resolution Description Lateral resolution is the minimum reflector separation between two closely spaced objects to produce discrete reflections perpendicular to the axis of the sound beam. A . Adjust all scan controls. 6. 5. as necessary. repeat the horizontal thickness measurements of the pins and record the images for archiving. Dramatic changes in pin width may indicate beamforming problems. Press Freeze to stop image acquisition and perform a standard distance measurement of the horizontal thickness of a pin at different points in the image. See Figure 18-1 for more information. Scan the horizontal pins in zoom or at different depth/scale factors.

as necessary.Quality Assurance Penetration Description Penetration is the ability of an imaging system to detect and display weak echoes from small objects at large depths. Definition of this tissue texture is important in the interpretation of the ultrasound findings. A 18-27 . 5. Contact a Service Engineer if the depth of penetration shifts more than one centimeter (1cm) when using the same probe and same system settings. 2. Scan a test phantom along the vertical pin targets to typical depths for the probe being used. The maximum depth of penetration is the point at which homogeneous material in the phantom begins to lose brightness. 3. Method Procedure LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Penetration can be affected by the system's: • • • • • Benefit Transmitter/receiver Degree of probe focusing Attenuation of the medium Depth and shape of reflecting object Electromagnetic interference from local surroundings. since these values are displayed on the monitor. Document the depth measurement for reference and future comparison. Set the front panel TGC slide pots to their center (detent) position. Perform a standard distance measurement from the top of the image displayed to the point at which homogeneous material in the phantom begins to lose brightness. Gain and acoustic output can be adjusted. Scan a phantom to see how echoes begin to fade as depth is increased. To measure penetration: 1. See Figure 18-1 for more information. 4. Weak reflecting echoes are commonly produced from the internal structure of organs.

Scan a test phantom with a vertical row of anechoic cyst targets to typical depths for the probe being used. as opposed to a pin target. well-defined borders and no fill in. A . To measure functional resolution: 1. 18-28 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Routine tests at the same settings should produce the same results. shape. The very best possible image is somewhat less important than reproducibility and stability over time.User Maintenance Functional resolution Description Functional resolution is an imaging system's ability to detect and display the size. 3. Gain and acoustic output can be adjusted as necessary. and depth of an anechoic structure. Set the front panel TGC slide pots to their center (detent) position. See Figure 18-1 for more information. 5. Benefit Procedure The data obtained will give a relative indication of the smallest structure the system is capable of resolving at a given depth. Contact a Service Engineer if a greatly distorted image is obtained. 4. Remember. 2. TGC slide pots are centered and should remain fixed. This may NOT provide optimal cystic clearing. Evaluate the cysts at various depths for a good (round) shape. Document all results for future reference and comparison. since these values are displayed on the monitor.

Method Procedure LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. A phantom with echogenic targets of different sizes and depths should be used. 4. Specific values measured are less important than stability over time. as necessary. Document all results for future reference and comparison. 5. Remember. 3.Quality Assurance Contrast resolution Description Contrast resolution is the ability of an imaging system to detect and display the shape and echogenic characteristics of a structure. See Figure 18-1 for more information. Set the front panel TGC slide pots to their center (detent) position. Scan a test phantom with echogenic targets at the depths available. Contact a Service Engineer if the echogenic characteristics or shapes of the targets appear distorted. Set dynamic range to 54 db. 2. Gain and acoustic output can be adjusted. since these values are displayed on the monitor. A 18-29 . Evaluate the echogenic targets for contrast between each other and between the surrounding phantom material. Routine tests at the same settings should produce the same results. TGC slide pots are centered and should remain fixed. This may NOT provide an optimal scan image. Benefit A correct diagnosis is dependent upon an imaging system's ability to differentiate between a cystic or solid structure versus echo patterns from normal surrounding tissue. To measure contrast resolution: 1.

A . 4. 2. weak echoes. 1. When photographic controls and film processors are properly adjusted. as well as strong echoes.User Maintenance Gray Scale photography Description Poor photography will cause loss of low level echoes and the lack of contrast between large amplitude echoes. The display monitor is adjusted first. Adjust the camera according to the manufacturer's instructions until the hard copy and video display are equal. Benefit Procedure 18-30 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Contact a Service Engineer if camera cannot duplicate what is on the image monitor. NOTE: Optimization of brightness/contrast controls on the display monitor is imperative in order to make sure that the hardcopy and monitor look alike. See Figure 18-1 for more information. are accurately recorded on film. Make a hard copy photograph of the display and compare it to the image on the video monitor for contrast and weak echo display. The hardcopy camera or printer is adjusted to match the display monitor. Scan the phantom and it's echogenic contrast targets. Document all results for future reference and comparison. 3.

4. Make a hard copy or archive the image. Any control where its value is NOT displayed. Significant phantom information. LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. Hard copy or electronic file of images. Display the following information while testing quality assurance: • • • • • • • • • Acoustic Output Gain Depth Probe Dynamic Range Set up new patient to be the name of the test. File hard copy or electronic file of images and checklist in Quality Assurance binder. Evaluate trends over previous test periods. Quality Assurance Checklists. 5. A 18-31 . Fill out the Ultrasound Quality Assurance Checklist for each probe.Quality Assurance Setting up a Record Keeping System Preparation The following is needed: • • • • Quality Assurance binder. Annotate the following: Record Keeping Complete the following: 1. as scheduled. 3. Compare images to baseline images and acceptable values. 2.

A .User Maintenance Ultrasound Quality Assurance Checklist Table 18-8: Performed By System Probe Type Phantom Model Acoustic Output Gray Map Monitor Setting Peripheral Settings Other Image Processing Control Settings Probe Model Serial Number Gain TGC Ultrasound Quality Assurance Checklist (Part 1) Date Serial Number Serial Number Room Temperature Focal Zone Depth Table 18-9: Baseline Value Range Tested Value (Part 2) Acceptable? Yes/No Service Called (Date) Date Resolved Test Vertical Measurement Accuracy Horizontal Measurement Accuracy Axial Resolution Lateral Resolution Penetration Functional Resolution Contrast Resolution Gray Scale Photography Image Hardcopy/ Archived 18-32 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

Not all features or products described in this document may be available or cleared for sale in all markets.Assistance Assistance Supplies/Accessories CAUTION DO NOT connect any probes or accessories without approval by GE. A 18-33 . The following supplies/accessories have been verified to be compatible with the system: LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A .User Maintenance Peripherals Table 18-10: Accessory Sony B/W Printer HP470b Officejet Printer Color Printer USB Memory Stick USB HDD Peripherals and Accessories Unit Each Each Each Each Each Console Table 18-11: Accessory Footswitch model FSU-2001 Console Accessories Units Each Probes Table 18-12: Accessory 4C-RC 3.5L/7L-RC biopsy kit 4C/3.5C-RC E7C-RC E6C-RC 3S-RS 7.8C-RC 7.5L-RC 7L-RC 6.8C-RC biopsy kit Probes and Accessories Units Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each 18-34 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A 18-35 .Assistance Table 18-12: Accessory 3S-RC biopsy kit 6.5C-RC biopsy kit E7C-RC biopsy kit Probes and Accessories (Continued) Units Each Each Each Gel Table 18-13: Accessory Aquasonic 100 Scan Gel Gel Units 250 ml plastic bottles (12/case) LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

A . 18-36 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.User Maintenance This page intentionally left blank.

Index Symbols % Stenosis . 11-20 accessories ordering . 7-53. 6-13 using typed words . 3-8 Acclimation time . 7-77 M-Mode generic measurement . 9-24 Antero-postero trunk diameter by transverse trunk diameter (AxT) . 7-54 trace . vascular measurement . 3-29 Auto Calcs modifying . 1-7 accessory connector panel . 8-2 measurements B-Mode . 18-8 clinical measurement . 3-4 accuracy clinical calculation . 7-70 M-Mode . 7-76 annotating an image introduction . modifying . measuring . 5-64 Auto Calcs. 7-52 spline . A Index-1 . 7-26 Auto Vascular Calculation. 16-100 System Admin . 9-11 Acceleration . 2-3 Alpha Hip. 6-12 using the annotation library . 5-64 Auto Optimize (Auto). 16-47 Antero-postero trunk diameter and transverse trunk diameter (APTD-TTD) . 8-4 M-Mode . 16-96 Admin screen Logon . 9-42 Acceleration time (AT) OB/GYN vessel measurement . 9-22. 16-49 annotations. 9-46 audio. 8-10. pediatric measurement . 9-24 Anatomical M-Mode activating . 11-12 Auto Vascular Calculation. 16-97 Users . 16-59 Applications Preset Menu . 6-10 text overlays . 9-39 abdomen exam general guidelines . 9-42 Acceleration time (AT). 16-98 AFI. 16-98 administrator specifying system . 5-27 overview . prresets . see Amniotic Fluid Index (AFI) ALARA (as low as reasonably achievable). 9-34 generic measurement . vascular measurement . measuring . 7-79 M-Mode measurements . 5-26 Anatomical M-Mode imaging changing presets . 5-9 Auto sequence. measuring . 5-36 Angle. 5-56 Angle Steer. 9-25 application presets selecting . see also Manual Vasuclar Calculation overview . B-Mode generic measurement . 6-14 Annotations Libraries Presets Menu . 18-6 acoustic output default levels . adjusting Doppler Mode . 8-7 Abdominal Circumference (AC). 1-7 requesting a catalog . adjusting Color Flow . . . 1120 Acceleration. 4-26 user-defined . 13-7 Amniotic Fluid Index (AFI). . 2-28 Admin overview of Utility screen . 9-24 A/B Ratio Doppler generic measurement . 5-26 adjusting . speakers . 7-86 generic measurement . 16-44. bioeffects . 8-10 Acceleration. see also Manual Vasuclar calculations LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 7-54 AUA OB worksheet . 9-39 A A . . 16-56 area measurements ellipse . 4-27 Applications setting presets . using . adjusting . 16-41 Angle Correct.

adjusting Doppler Mode . 18-8 measurement accuracy . 1-6 Index-2 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 16-73 Service Parameters . 7-52 circumference and area (spline trace) . 18-9 maintenance schedule . 15-9 storing without previewing . 16-57 Body Patterns . 16-17 Baseline. 5-30 intended uses . 5-34 Doppler Mode . 18-12 system cabinet . 3-28 Buttons screen Connectivity . 16-64 overview of screens . 7-54 trace . 1-7 service questions . measuring . 11-13 B B Pause.activating . 16-40 dual purpose controls . . generic % Stenosis . test patterns . 16-88 configuring . 16-69 TCPIP . adjusting Color Flow . 9-15 Bladder volume. 7-53. mode circumference and area (ellipse) . 5-29 dual purpose controls . 7-50 B-Mode measurements. 5-28 optimizing . video . 9-11 B-Mode measurements. 7-70 A/B Ratio . 9-48 selecting in measurements . 17-14 Clinical calculation accuracy . 5-30 Color Flow Mode imaging changing presets . 5-28 Power Doppler . 16-63 brightness. 6-8 circumference measurements ellipse . 9-26 Care and maintenance cleaning the system . general . 5-2 scanning hints . 16-22 Backup and Restore Preset Menu . 3-19 wheels . 5-52 backing up data EZBackup/Move. 6-8 introduction . A . 16-64 presets . 7-52 spline . 2-9 Biparietal Diameter (BPD) . 7-77 Angle . 18-11 inspecting the system . selecting . using patient data . 5-2 optimizing . 18-11 footswitch . 7-54 cleaning probes . 5-57 biological hazards . 16-88 C calculations OB worksheet . 5-41 scanning hints . display location . 7-54 circumference and area (trace) . 2-2 CINE gauge. 15-9 storing and previewing . 5-19 comments. defined . 12-3 calipers. 7-8 urology . 7-6 Cardio-Thoracic Area Ratio (CTAR) . 5-31 exiting . description . 18-12 monitor . 5-4 intended uses . 16-55 Body Patterns Preset Menu . see annotating an image Compression. 7-53 distance . 16-64 Services DICOM Performed Procedure . 6-7 using . 7-76 Volume . 7-51 body pattern application libraries. 1-7 Internet . 6-7 adjusting loop speed . 18-12 printer . see EZBackup/Move. 16-66 console moving . 5-60 connecting the system to a PC . 18-10 Caution icon. 12-6 B-Mode imaging changing presets . 5-5 typical exam protocol . 9-92 OB . 5-3 B-Mode measurements Gynecology exam . 3-20 contacts clinical questions . 6-16 General tab . 3-43 CINE loop previewing only . 3-18 transporting . 7-72 B-Mode measurements. 16-42 contraindications . 16-55 brightness calibration. activating . 16-40 colorizing an image . 18-11 operator controls . 1-7 Continuous Wave Doppler Mode imaging changing presets . 15-9 CINE mode activating . 15-41 Connectivity Buttons . 18-6 Color Flow imaging activating .

7-89 Max Pressure Gradient (PG) . 3-41 display function . 7-81 Doppler Mode. 17-15 disinfecting solutions. 3-37 Control panel replacing key caps . 2-9 electromagnetic compatiblity (EMC) . vascular measurement . defined . 16-41 dual purpose controls . 7-13 Estimated Fetal Weight (EFW) . 9-52. 9-27 exam definition of terms . probes . 9-40 Doppler measurements. 9-2 workflow . 2-11 devices acceptable . adjusting . adjusting . 9-46 intended uses .Control Panel description . 17-15 distance measurement general . measurements . 7-84 Doppler measurements. backup protocols . 9-96 Environmental requirements probes . 11-21 Endometrium thickness (Endo). 17-8 environmental requirements . 13-8 Depth. general measurements . measuring . 5-46 activating in Triplex mode . 9-100 OB/GYN . 9-15 CUA OB worksheet . GYN exam . 5-49 F Femur Length (FL). 16-73 disinfecting probes . PW activating . 7-3 exam study. 9-43 End diastole (ED) OB/GYN vessel measurement . 2-25 unapproved . 5-62 Dynamic Range. 7-87 Mean Pressure Gradient (PG) . 3-38 measurement function . 7-57 time interval . 3-40 keyboard . 18-14 replacing key lamps . 7-42 EFW growth percentile OB worksheet . 7-88 Pulsatility Index (PI) . 15-28 Danger icon. 5-45 dual image mode. 5-60 E Edge Enhance. display location . 3-37 record function . 9-62 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 7-56 Doppler Mode. generic A/B Ratio . 9-48 electrical configurations . vascular measurement . 5-6 device labels . 4-23 OB . 5-44 scanning hints . 3-40 operator . 5-50 typical exam protocol . 2-2 dD Ratio. 7-56 Doppler Mode generic study . 5-15 Doppler Mode . . 9-43 End diastole/peak systole ratio (D/S) OB/GYN vessel measurement . 18-14 controls annotation function . 7-85 daily maintenance. 3-43 exam workflow example . 7-4 explosion hazard . A Index-3 . 5-20 editing patient information . using . mode TAMAX/TAMEAN . 7-86 D/S ratio . 2-15 End Diastole (ED) OB/GYN vessel measurement . 2-25 DICOM Performed Procedure Connectivity Services . 7-59 velocity . 2-15 ellipse measurement. 7-3 deleting . 3-39 Crown Rump Length (CRL). 3-3 electrical hazard . 5-44 optimizing . 7-52 EMC (electromagnetic compatiblity) . 3-4 equipment safety . 3-40 Touch Panel . 9-16 Fetal growth bar graph . 8-11 End Diastole/Peak Systole ratio (D/S). 16-23 D D/S ratio . 4-25 user-defined calculations . see split-screen imaging Duplex mode. adjusting B-Mode . 2-8 erasing. 5-46 changing presets . 8-11 End Diastole (ED). 7-83 Resistive Index (RI) . 2-8 EZBackup/Move. 7-85 Heart Rate . 3-41 mode function . general . 7-51 Doppler measurements GYN exam . activating B-Mode/Color Flow . measuring . pediatric measurement . 11-21 End Diastole/Peak Systole ratio (D/S) OB/GYN vessel measurement .

16-43 Generic studies and measurements . changing Anatomical M-Mode . GYN exam . overview . 1-7 Intravessel ratio. 17-3 Libraries Preset Menu . 9-56 selecting . 9-69 focal zone. 7-80 OB/GYN vessel measurement . measuring . 9-42 Fetal trending fetal growth curve graph . 16-41 Power Doppler Imaging (PDI) . display location . 13-5 Humerus Length (HL). 9-52 description . 7-68 Generic study Doppler mode . measuring . 9-18 Heart Rate Doppler generic measurement . 16-42 General . 9-90 B-Mode measurements . 2-3 hazards. 3-38 L labeling probes . 5-8 Follicle measurements. 7-81 Gestational Sac (GS) . 9-93 M-Mode measurements . 17-10 hazards. 3-43 focal zone. 5-7 Color Flow . 3-10 formatting removable media . 9-54 multiple fetus . . 5-35 log on procedures defining . 15-13 storing . measuring . adjusting B-Mode . types biological . adjusting B-Mode . 15-9 imaging parameters. adjusting . 6-4 Frequency. 2-8 mechanical . adjusting B-Mode .Fetal growth curve graph . 9-32 footswitch. 5-18 Color Flow . 9-97 uterus measurements . 9-42 Hip Dysplasia. safety symbols . 9-58 multiple fetuses . 16-40 Continuous Wave Doppler Mode (CW) . 11-31 G Gain. 16-42 Imaging presets. 16-40 Color Flow . requesting . 5-16 Color Flow . 9-46 Fetus Compare multiple fetus . 9-100 endometrium thickness . 16-52 Line Density. 4-23 recalling from clipboard . 17-9 mechanical . 9-55 Fetal heart study . 16-43 M-Mode . 15-8 reviewing . 2-9 electrical . 9-55 example . pediatric measurement . 7-89 M-Mode generic measurement . 9-69 quad view . 9-28 Fetus entering number of . coupling . 9-98 Gynecology exam . calculating . 9-66 selecting on an OB worksheet . 9-93 Foot Length (Ft). 2-6. 17-18 General imaging changing presets . 16-43 Harmonics . display location . 1-5 information. 16-100 H Harmonics Index-4 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. adjusting . 9-17 GYN exam Doppler measurements . 2-9 explosion . 3-43 Imaging presets. 16-38 Indications for Use . 4-20 saving to media . 16-43 hazards biological . description . 9-92 starting . 16-91 Frame Average. 5-32 Gels. 9-99 ovaries measurements . 16-41 B-Mode . 9-71 Fetal Trunk Area (FTA). A . see Focus. 10-3 generic studies and measurements . adjusting Focus. 9-96 follicle measurements . 5-11 Harmonics imaging changing presets . 17-11 electrical . 5-12 activating . 5-38 freezing an image . 2-6 Head circumference (HC) . 16-41 Pulse Wave Mode (PW) . 9-33 I images deleting . 9-91 K keyboard special keys .

5-10 Doppler Mode . 7-48. Doppler generic measurement . 9-9 AFI . 18-11 monitor speakers . 7-45 erasing . OB worksheet . . 9-15 crown rump length . 3-29 moving the system . 3-20 Multiple fetuses . 7-79 Heart Rate . 5-22 M-Mode measurements . 1-5 Logon Admin screen . 16-41 dual purpose controls . 5-24 intended uses . location . 10-3 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. mode time interval . 9-67 on OB worksheet . 11-16 Map values. 9-24 measurements. 5-17 Max Pressure Gradient. 9-71 identifying . 9-39 GYN exam . 7-60 M-Mode. 1-6 Indications for Use . 9-11 amniotic fluid index (AFI) .LOGIQ system contraindications . 5-58 managing images media handling tips . 9-23 antero-postero trunk diameter and transverse trunk diameter (APTD-TTD) . vascular measurement . 9-38 measurements. 7-11 selecting a calculation . 7-7 measurements. 9-16 fetal trunk area . general . 7-60 Monitor . 7-13 post-assignment for side/location . . 9-37 tibia length . Doppler generic measurement . 7-80 M-Mode measurements. 7-46. using adding . 7-9 Method OB worksheet . . displaying B-Mode . 16-100 M M/D Cursor. 9-18 humerus length . 7-26 calipers . changing . 7-78 A/B Ratio . 9-15 estimated fetal weight . generic % Stenosis . 9-17 head circumference . 7-29 automatically starting in workflow . general measurements . 9-43 Minimum Diastole (MD). generic overview . 9-26 measurements. 9-40 % Stenosis . 9-38 transverse abdominal diameter . types abdominal circumference . 7-61 time interval and velocity . 9-34 % Stenosis (M-Mode) . types AxT . 5-25 typical exam protocol . 15-12 using menu . 7-19 measurement controls. 9-28 foot length . 343 Measurements . 10-78 method. 9-22. 9-36 transverse cerebellar diameter . A Index-5 . 9-72 selecting a study or measurement . 7-87 Mean Pressure Gradient. 5-22 scanning hints . 9-47 Measurement Summary window. 15-12 media requirements . 9-33 occipitofrontal diameter . 9-39 OB . 8-11. 3-18 wheels . 9-70 N new patient scanning . 9-25 cardio-thoracic area ratio . 7-27 deleting . 5-22 optimizing . 7-15. 7-68 Measurements. 4-13 nl Calculation Formulas Left Ventricular . 7-88 Measurement & Analysis screen accessing . 7-6 changing . 9-66 fetal trending . 9-34 spinal length . 9-32 gestational sac . 7-61 tissue depth . 1121 M-Mode imaging changing presets . 7-5 Measurement information OB worksheet . 9-27 femur length . 7-8 selecting in different category . 9-99 OB . 9-39 M-Mode measurements. . . display location . 9-36 ulna length . . 3-19 precautions . 9-22. 3-17 during transport . 9-24 biparietal diameter . 9-35 thorax transverse diameter . 15-11 Manual Vascular Calculation . 9-47 Minimum diastole (MD) OB/GYN vessel measurement .

measurement . . 9-48 CUA . 4-17 patient exam reviewing . 8-9. 9-9 patient data . 8-11. . 9-46 OB/GYN vessel measurements . 8-11. 9-43 end diastole/peak systole ratio (D/S) . 9-11 amniotic fluid index . 8-10. . 943 selecting . 8-11. 9-15 estimated fetal weight . 9-34 spinal length . 9-45 AUA . 9-53 OB measurements B-Mode . 5-44 M-Mode . 2-5 Peak Systole (PS) vascular measurement . 9-26 crown rump length . 9-42 minimum diastole . 9-39 OB measurements. 9-47. 9-46 selecting ultrasound age . 9-46 calculations . 9-42 acceleration time . 9-43 Peak Systole/End Diastole ratio (S/D). 8-11. 10-3 Cubed Method . 11-21 Peak systole (PS) OB/GYN vessel measurement . 9-37 tibia length . 10-78 multiple fetuses . 9-33 OB/GYN vessels . 9-18 humerus length . 9-59 Patient Data transferring to a PC . A . 5-2 Color Flow . 9-61 OB worksheet . . . 9-4 OB graphs . 9-46 EFW growth percentile . 9-43 peak systole . . 9-61 viewing . 9-36 transverse cerebellar diameter . 9-38 transverse abdominal diameter . 18-12 optimizing images B-Mode . measuring . 9-28 foot length . adjusting . 8-11. 9-17 head circumference . 9-43 Peak systole/end diastole ratio (S/D) OB/GYN vessel measurement . 9-8 OB exam preparing . 4-15 printing . 10-3 Left Ventricular Calculation Formulas . 9-22 antero-postero trunk diameter and transverse trunk diameter (APTD-TTD) . 8-10. 8-3 OB worksheet . types abdominal circumference (AC) . PW . 9-5 OB graphs . . 9-25 biparietal diameter . 5-22 options system . 9-42 end diastole . . 9-5 studies . 9-24 antero-postero trunk diameter by transverse trunk diameter . 9-67 measurements . 9-70 patient data . 9-11 Doppler mode . 16-97 ovaries. 9-16 fetal trunk area . 9-52 fetal growth bar graph . 9-62 fetal growth curve graph . . 15-41 Patient data OB . 9-52 identifying multiple fetuses . 10-3 Measurements Cubed Method . 4-19 patient list entering . 9-27 femur length . . 5-28 Doppler. 5-40 past exam entering patient data . 9-54 patient data . 9-40 Occipitofrontal Diameter (OFD). 9-2 starting . 4-15 patient safety . 9-42 acceleration . 9-32 gestational sac . 4-23 searching .Cardiology Cubed Method . . 9-97 P Packet Size. 8-11. 9-47 method . 8-10. 9-43 peak systole/end diastole ratio (S/D) . 9-48 measurement information . . 9-40 M-Mode . 9-35 thorax transverse diameter . vascular Index-6 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 9-66 OB studies . 8-11. 9-23 amniotic fluid index (AFI) . 10-3 O OB graph . 9-40 occipitofrontal diameter . 9-41 OB/GYN vessel study . 9-36 OB mulitgestational . 9-15 cardio-thoracic area ratio . 943 heart rate . 9-34 Operator controls . 9-46 patient data deleting .

measurement . using selecting . 16-88 printers. 3-23 switch. 11-21 Peak systole/end diastole ratio. 13-3 preparing . 3-36 transporting . 5-15 Record keeping . 16-38 System . 17-13 probe identifier. 6-6 Power . 18-18 Plot Both. 16-52. 17-18 deactivating . 18-18 record keeping . 17-15 environmental requirements . 17-18 probe orientation . A Index-7 . 7-85 Pulsatility Index (PI). standard connecting to the system . 17-2 labeling . 17-3 planned maintenance . 18-20 phantoms . 3-8 peripherals. measuring . 4-30 Prostate volume. 16-55. 17-8 ergonomics . location . 7-85 pediatric exam calculations . 5-56 R Range Focus. measuring . 3-21 connection USA . 5-32 Doppler Mode . 16-56 Connectivity . 16-2 previous exam data entering manually . Doppler generic measurement . 14-7 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 15-44 post-processing controls. 12-10 Report Writer report templates. 17-8 cleaning . 3-21 Cord . 14-3 Direct Report. 18-31 system setup . 18-17 Introduction . 3-23 power power up sequence . 16-91 verifying . 16-42 PW/CF Ratio. locating . 14-50 editing . 3-17 On/Off . adjusting Color Flow . digital setting up . 3-25 Power Doppler imaging . 17-2 care and maintenance . adjusting . 9-59 PRF. 5-21 removable media formatting . 3-24 shut down . customizing . . probes . changing presets . 1641 Preset Program menu Acoustic Output Fetal Exposure . 16-91 Renal volume. measuring . 7-83 Pulse Wave Mode imaging changing presets . 9-3 presets organizing folders and measurements . 3-34 disconnecting . types alpha HIP . 17-14 coupling gels coupling gels. 13-2 pediatric measurements. 14-24 Report Writer reports activating . 18-22 test descriptions . 14-5 creating . 13-5 peripherals connector panel . 15-31 Probe handling and infection control . 5-54 print keys assigning to a device or dataflow . overview . 3-35 disinfecting . 18-22 typical tests . 18-20 frequency of tests . . 18-16 periodic checks . 18-17 Quick Angle. 18-16 baselines . 18-31 rejecting low level echos . 16-44 Body Patterns . 16-64 Imaging . adjusting . 3-31 probes cable handling . fetal trending . Doppler generic measurements . . 16-3 presets. using . overview . 3-36 probes. 13-8 hip dysplasia . 9-58 portable exam performing . 9-3 General Warning . 15-36 Phantoms . 17-9 using protective sheaths . 3-43 Probes connecting . 17-11 storing . 13-7 dD ratio . 9-3 Prudent Use . 2-2 PS/ED or ED/PS Ratio. 5-61 Q Quality Assurance . 12-7 prudent use . changing Anootations/Libraries . 7-25 presets. adjusting . 17-3 safety . 3-33. 5-41 Power Doppler Imaging (PDI).

761 Time Resolution. 3-29 Spectral Average. 16-62 TGC. 16-3 General . 16-4 T TAD (transverse abdominal diameter) . 3-40 Standard Print. 7-8 display location . 18-11 System Imaging Preset Menu . see Doppler Mode. 2-8 precaution icons. 5-63 Tissue depth. 17-9 handling precautions . adjusting . 7-3 deleting . 9-38 Tilt. 7-53. Doppler measurement . 16-12 System Measure . 7-85 safety electromagnetic compatiblity (EMC) . M-Mode measurement . 3-4 options . PW Spectral Trace method . 2-2 probes . 2-8. 7-57 manual trace . adjusting . printing images . adjusting . 16-63 overview . 7-54 Index-8 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 5-39 speakers. 5-33 Service Parameters Connectivity Services . see Reverse. 2-9 labels . general . adjusting . 9-36 TCPIP Connectivity . 2-6 electrical hazards . 3-3 small parts exam thyroid measurements . 5-13 Thorax transverse diameter (ThD) . A . . 3-43 moving to new location . 16-14 System presets. Doppler mode measurement auto trace . 17-10. 2-15 equipment . 17-9. measuring . 3-25 System Admin Admin screen . 5-10 reversing the image. 5-10 rotating an image . 16-97 System cabinet . 9-40 study adding . 3-4 system electrical configurations . adjusting B-Mode . 9-36 TAMAX/TAMEAN. 17-11 smoke and fire . types acoustic output . 3-43 Reverse. 16-37 System Imaging . 15-39 starting an OB exam . 5-38 Thyroid measurements . 16-12 System Measure Preset menu . adjusting . 2-3. 16-36 System/Backup and Restore . 7-61 time interval and velocity. 9-8 OB/GYN vessels . adjusting . 2-6 mechanical hazards . 5-63 Spectral Doppler. . 8-3. before the system arrives . 8-14 Spatial Filter. adjusting . 5-53 Scan Area. 5-61 Trace measurement. adjusting . 2-5 patient training. 7-29 definition . 3-3 environmental requirements . 5-25 System acclimation time . 9-4 Studies generic . . 16-69 service. 9-35 split-screen imaging . . 16-4 System About . 10-3 studies OB . 5-13 Time interval Doppler mode measurement . Doppler generic measurement . 5-14 Color Flow . 2-28. adjusting . defined . 5-60 Spinal Length (SL).inserting images . adjusting . 7-45 generic . 2-9. . . 7-84 Results window . 16-3 System/General Preset Menu . 5-14 Time Gain Compensation. overview . changing . 2-6 patient identification . 7-25 Sweep Speed. 7-60 Trace Direction. 17-13 sample volume. 5-52 length . . 7-68 organizing . 2-8 hazards . 16-66 Test Patterns brightness calibration . requesting . adjusting . defined . . 2-7 personnel . measuring . 2-2 precaution levels. 16-17 System presets. 7-57 TCD (transverse cerebellar diameter) . 8-14 Tibia Length. 2-5 acoustic output hazard hazard. ALARA . 7-59 M-Mode measurement . 5-20 S S/D Ratio. see TGC. 9-37 Threshold. M-Mode measurements . 16-14 System Peripherals . adjusting gate position . 16-97 power down . description . 1-7 site requirements. 14-16 Resistive Index (RI). 2-11 patient .

12-2 urology measurements bladder volume . Doppler measurement . 7-65 OB . 11-26 saving and printing . 7-15. 5-33 Doppler Mode . 11-30 vessel summary . 7-62 U Ulna Length. 6-14 Worksheet changing data . . 5-57 Warning icon. 16-98 user-defined calculations editing . 7-72 W Wall Filter. 9-45 viewing . A Index-9 . 9-46 urology exam. 16-64 XYZ zooming an image bioeffects . 9-36 Triplex mode. adjusting . 11-21 minimum diastole . 11-33 viewing . preparing . activating B-Mode/Color Flow . B-Mode generic LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev. 7-31 Users Admin screen . console . 16-98 Uterine cavity. 9-36 Transverse Cerebellar Diameter (TCD) . annotation . types acceleration . 5-39 Transverse Abdominal Diameter (TAD) . adjusting . adjusting . 11-18 Vascular measurements. 11-21 peak systole . 12-10 user IDs defining . display location . 9-22 Uterus measurements . 6-2 introduction . 7-42 user-defined measurement. 11-33 Virtual Convex. 11-21 end diastole/peak systole ratio (D/S) . vascular exam . 12-7 renal volume . 2-2 wheels. 5-62 measurement . 3-20 word wrap. 11-21 peak systole/end diastole ratio (S/D) . 7-48. amniotic fluid index (AFI) . 3-43 Transparency Map. adding . 7-56 verifying removable media . adjusting Color Flow . . 11-23 Velocity. 12-6 prostate volume . OB measurements. 5-61 Trackball functionality status. 11-20 acceleration time . types . 6-2 V Vascular exam preparation . 9-98 Utility function changing measurements and studies . 16-91 Vessel summary. 16-96 connectivity . . defined . 9-38 Ultrasound age selecting on OB worksheet .Trace Sensitivity. 11-36 typing examiner’s comments . 9-72 Utility screens Admin . 11-2 Vascular measurements. 11-21 Vascular worksheets editing . selecting . 746. 11-20 end diastole . 5-13 Volume measurement.

A .Index-10 LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO Basic User Manual Direction 5268596-100 Rev.

LOGIQ C5/C5 PRO . A 1-1 .Maverick Edition Basic User Manual 5268596-100 Rev.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful